File: floatrow-rus.tex

package info (click to toggle)
texlive-extra 2016.20170123-5
links: PTS
area: main
in suites: stretch
size: 2,578,600 kB
ctags: 25,000
sloc: perl: 139,711; python: 20,370; makefile: 14,165; sh: 10,734; ansic: 7,723; xml: 4,202; java: 3,567; csh: 1,129; ruby: 938; lisp: 630; awk: 163; tcl: 142; sed: 36; pascal: 25; cpp: 18; haskell: 5
file content (9238 lines) | stat: -rw-r--r-- 453,886 bytes
parent folder | download | duplicates (10)
% \iffalse
%    floatrow-rus.tex - The floatrow package
%                       (extension of float package)
%    Russian documentation.
%    (c) 2004-2007 Olga Lapko
%    (Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru
%     tr-paw@yandex.ru
%     tr-paw@mail.ru
%     http://www.ru.net/~Lapko.O/)
%
%    This documentation is provided under the terms of the
%    LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
%    archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt.
%
%<*dtx>
          \ProvidesFile{floatrow-rus.tex}
%</dtx>
%
%<*driver>
\input pictures
\documentclass[twoside]{ltxdoc}

\usepackage{cmap}

\usepackage{mathtext}
\usepackage[T2A]{fontenc}
\usepackage[cp1251]{inputenc}
\usepackage[english,russian]{babel}

\makeatletter%^^A -----------------------

\usepackage{calc}
\usepackage{tabularx,array}

\usepackage{ifpdf}
\ifpdf
   \usepackage{mathptmx}
   \IfFileExists{t2aftm.fd}{\def\rmdefault{ftm}}{}
   \IfFileExists{t2aftx.fd}{\def\sfdefault{ftx}}{}
   \IfFileExists{t2apxtt.fd}{\def\ttdefault{pxtt}}{}
\fi
\settowidth\marginparwidth{\texttt{0DeclareFloatFootnoterule}}
\advance\oddsidemargin.125\marginparwidth
\evensidemargin\oddsidemargin
\advance\textheight4\baselineskip
\advance\topskip-2\baselineskip

\IfFileExists{titlesec.sty}{\usepackage[raggedright]{titlesec}}{}
\let\FRorisection\section
\let\FRorisubsection\subsection
\let\FRorisubsubsection\subsubsection
\def\section{\RestoreSpaces\FRorisection}
\def\subsection{\RestoreSpaces\FRorisubsection}
\def\subsubsection{\RestoreSpaces\FRorisubsubsection}


\IfFileExists{footmisc.sty}{\usepackage[perpage]{footmisc}}{}

\IfFileExists{fancyhdr.sty}{\usepackage{fancyhdr}
\pagestyle{fancy}
\fancyhead{}\fancyfoot{}
\fancyhead[LE]{\setlength{\dimen@}{\marginparwidth+\marginparsep}%^^A
          \leavevmode\hbox to\dimen@{\normalsize\bfseries\thepage\hfil}
          \ignorespaces{\nouppercase\leftmark}\hfil\strut}
\fancyhead[LO]{\setlength{\dimen@}{\marginparwidth+\marginparsep}%^^A
          \leavevmode\hbox to\dimen@{}
          \ignorespaces{\nouppercase\rightmark}\hfill
          \hbox to2em{\hfil\normalsize\bfseries\thepage}\strut}
\fancyheadoffset[L]{\marginparwidth+\marginparsep}
}{}

\usepackage[font=small,labelfont=bf,labelsep=period,
            justification=centerlast]
            {caption}[2007/04/11]
\usepackage[format=default,justification=centerlast,
            labelfont=up,captionskip=5pt]
            {subfig}[2005/06/28]
\renewcommand\thesubfigure{\asbuk{subfigure}}
\renewcommand\thesubtable{\asbuk{subtable}}

%^^A\IfFileExists{subcaption.sty}{
%^^A\usepackage{subcaption}%^^A}{}

\DeclareCaptionSubType[asbuk]{table}
\DeclareCaptionSubType[asbuk]{figure}

\IfFileExists{rotating.sty}{\usepackage[figuresright]{rotating}}{}

\usepackage{longtable}
\usepackage{wrapfig}
%\usepackage{psfrag}
\usepackage[vflt]{floatflt}
\usepackage{picins}
%^^A\RequirePackage[writefile]{listings}[2004/09/07]

\usepackage[font=small,captionskip=5pt,
   footskip=.5\skip\footins,footnoterule=fullsize,
   floatrowsep=qquad,capbesidesep=quad,capbesideposition=inside,
   facing=yes,floatHaslist=yes,doublefloataswide=yes]{floatrow}

\usepackage{floatpagestyle,listpen}
\allowprelistbreaks[-4]
\newseparatedlabel\Flabel{\@captype}{sub\@captype}
\newseparatedref\Fref{,\,\textit}

\usepackage{fr-fancy}

\usepackage{color}
\definecolor{gray}{gray}{.5}
%\definecolor{emphblue}{rgb}{0,0,0.5}
\definecolor{emphblue}{rgb}{0,0,1}
\def\emphcolor{\color{emphblue}}

\usepackage[
    linktocpage,
    hyperindex,%
    plainpages=false,%
    bookmarksopenlevel=1,%
    bookmarksnumbered=false,%
    pdfview=FitH,
    pdfstartview=FitH,
    unicode
   ]{hyperref}
\usepackage{hypcap}

\ifx\pdftexversion\undefined
  \IfFileExists{pstricks.sty}{\usepackage{pstricks,pst-eps}}{}
\else\ifcase\pdfoutput
  \IfFileExists{pstricks.sty}{\usepackage{pstricks}}{}
\or
%^^A  \IfFileExists{pdftricks.sty}{
%^^A  \usepackage{pdftricks}
%^^A  }{}
\fi\fi
\ifx\pdfdisplay\undefined\else
  \begin{psinputs}
  \usepackage{pstricks}
  \end{psinputs}
\fi

\IfFileExists{makecell.sty}{\usepackage{makecell}}{}

\@ifundefined{thead}{\newcommand\thead[1]{\footnotesize\raisebox
   {0pt}[\height+\jot][\depth+\jot]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}} #1\end{tabular}}}
%^^A For this documentation only
  \def\multirowthead#1[#2]#3{\raisebox{-1.5ex}{\thead{#3}}}}{}

\IfFileExists{multirow.sty}{\usepackage{multirow}}{}
\IfFileExists{lscape.sty}{\usepackage{lscape}}{}
\floatsetup[table]{style=Plaintop,footnoterule=none}

%^^A-----------------------
\floatstyle{ruled}
\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}[section]
\floatname{Program}{\CYRP\cyrr\cyro\cyrg\cyrr\cyra\cyrm\cyrm\cyra}

\DeclareNewFloatType{Example}%
    {placement=tb,within=section,fileext=loe,name=\CYRP\cyrr\cyri\cyrm\cyre\cyrr}

\newfloatcommand{fcapsideleft}{figure}[{\capbeside
  \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{labelsep=newline,
   justification=raggedleft}%
   \thisfloatsetup{capbesideposition=left}}][\FBwidth]
\newfloatcommand{fcapsideright}{figure}[{\capbeside
  \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{labelsep=newline,
   justification=raggedright}%
   \thisfloatsetup{capbesideposition=right}}][\FBwidth]

\DeclareFloatStyle{MyBoxed}{style=Boxed,
  captionskip=5pt,frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep12pt}}

\DeclareFloatVCode{lowthickrule}{\par\vskip2pt\rule{\hsize}{.8pt}\par}
\DeclareFloatVCode{grayruleabove}{{\color{gray}\par\hrule height2.8pt depth0pt\vskip4pt\par}}
\DeclareFloatVCode{grayrulebelow}{{\color{gray}\par\vskip4pt\hrule height2.8pt depth0pt}}

\DeclareObjectSet{colorred}{\parskip2pt\parindent15pt\color{red}}

\DeclareMarginSet{hangtoheads}{\setfloatmargins
    {\hfil}{\hskip-.7\headheight\hskip-\headsep}}

\DeclareFloatSeparators{colorsep}{\begingroup\color{blue}%
  \floatfacing*
    {\hskip16pt\vrule width4.8pt\hskip6pt}{\hskip6pt\vrule width4.8pt\hskip16pt}%
   \endgroup}
\DeclareFloatSeparators{none}{}
\DeclareFloatSeparators{cicero}{\hskip1cc}
\DeclareFloatSeparators{enskip}{\hskip.5em}
\DeclareFloatSeparators{marginparsep}{\hskip\marginparsep}
\DeclareFloatSeparators{mcapwidth}{\hskip-\FCwidth}

\DeclareColorBox{framedfigure}{\fcolorbox{gray}{white}}
\DeclareColorBox{yellowplate}{\colorbox{yellow}}

\DeclareCBoxCorners{angles}
   {{\color{green}%green llcorner
      \linethickness{10pt}\put(-5pt,-5pt)
      {{\put(0pt,0pt){\line(0,1){\FRcolorboxht}}}%
       {\put(-5pt,0pt){\line(1,0){\FRcolorboxwd}}}}%
   }}{{\color{red}%red lrcorner
      \linethickness{10pt}\put(0pt,0pt)
      {{\put(0pt,0pt){\line(0,1){\FRcolorboxht}}}%
       {\put(5pt,0pt){\line(-1,0){\FRcolorboxwd}}}}%
   }}{{\color{blue}%blue urcorner
      \linethickness{10pt}\put(5pt,-5pt)
      {{\put(0pt,0pt){\line(0,-1){\FRcolorboxht}}}%
       {\put(5pt,0pt){\line(-1,0){\FRcolorboxwd}}}}%
   }}{{\color{magenta}%magenta ulcorner
      \linethickness{10pt}\put(0pt,0pt)
      {{\put(0pt,0pt){\line(0,-1){\FRcolorboxht}}}%
       {\put(-5pt,0pt){\line(1,0){\FRcolorboxwd}}}}%
   }}

%^^A -----------------------
\DeclareCaptionListOfFormat{comma-separated}{#1,\,#2}

\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}
\DeclareCaptionFont{magenta}{\color{magenta}}

\def\rightlast{\leftskip0ptplus1fil
  \rightskip0ptplus-1fil\parfillskip0ptplus1fil}
\def\leftlast{\leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parfillskip0ptplus1fil}

%^^A for all versions of caption 3.x?
\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{rightline}{\rightline{\bothIfFirst{#1}{ }#2}}
\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{\rightline{\bothIfFirst{#1}{ }#2 \textup{(\emph{})}}}
\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{finished}{\rightline{\bothIfFirst{#1}{ }#2 \textup{(\emph{})}}}

\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{thinspace}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\,}#2}

\DeclareCaptionJustification{togglelast}{\floatfacing*\rightlast\leftlast}
\DeclareCaptionJustification{rightlast}{\rightlast}

\captionsetup[table]{labelformat=rightline,textfont=bf,labelfont={md,sl},labelsep=newline}
\captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{justification=togglelast}
\captionsetup[floatfoot]{format=default}

\DeclareCaptionFormat{break}{#1#2\par#3\par}

\newcounter{Note}
\newcommand\Note{\ifhmode\ifdim\lastskip>0pt\unskip\fi~\nobreak\quad\fi
    \addtocounter{Note}1\textup{\theNote)}\nobreak\enskip}
\newcommand\startNotes{\setcounter{Note}0}
%^^A -----------------------

\advance\oddsidemargin.25\marginparwidth
\evensidemargin\oddsidemargin
\@mparswitchfalse
\widowpenalty10000
\clubpenalty10000
\@beginparpenalty10000
\@itempenalty1000
\@endparpenalty0
\tolerance2000
\hbadness8000
\vbadness5000
\hfuzz7pt
\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline {2}{1.5em}{2.7em}}
\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline {3}{4.2em}{3.9em}}

\newcommand\Resizebox[5]{\setbox0\hbox{\setlength\unitlength{#1/#3}%^^A
   \ifx\pspicture\undefined\else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi{#5}}%^^A
   \@tempdima\ht0\advance\@tempdima\dp0%^^A
   \ifdim\@tempdima>#2
     \setlength\unitlength{#2/#4}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
       \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
     {#5}\else\box0\fi}

\providecommand*{\file}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
\providecommand*{\package}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
\providecommand*{\cls}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
\providecommand*{\env}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
\providecommand*{\meta}[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1}$\rangle$}

\newenvironment{Options}[1]%
  {\RemoveSpaces
   \allowprelistbreaks[-4]\vspace*{\topsep}\list{}{\renewcommand{\makelabel}[1]{\texttt{##1}\hfil}%
   \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\texttt{#1\space}}%
   \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
   \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
   \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}%
   \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}}%
  {\endlist}

\newenvironment{Quote}[1][\parindent]{\par\hfuzz30pt\setlength{\leftmargini}{#1}\RestoreSpaces
    \small\begin{quote}\obeylines\parskip0pt}{\end{quote}\par\@endpetrue}
\def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight}

\newenvironment{preamble}{{\emphcolor\meta{preamble}}\nopagebreak
    \par\begingroup\advance\leftskip1em}{\par\endgroup{\emphcolor\nobreak\meta{preamble}}\par\vskip2ex}

\newcommand\FRkey[2][setup]{\hyperref[#1:#2]{\texttt{#2}}}

\DeclareRobustCommand\La{L\kern-.36em{\sbox\z@ T\vbox to\ht\z@{\hbox{\check@mathfonts
    \fontsize\sf@size\z@\math@fontsfalse\selectfont A}\vss}}}

%maybe there is better solution?
\def\DescribeMacro{\let\outer@nobreak\@nobreaktrue
    \leavevmode\everypar{\@nobreakfalse}\@bsphack
   \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Macro}
\def\DescribeEnv{\let\outer@nobreak\@nobreaktrue
    \leavevmode\everypar{\@nobreakfalse}\@bsphack
    \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Env}
\def\RestoreSpaces{\@nobreakfalse}

\newcommand\FRmpar{\@ifstar{\@nobreaktrue\xFRmpar}{\xFRmpar}}

\newcommand\xFRmpar[2]{\label{#2}\marginpar{\footnotesize
    \raggedleft\advance\leftskip.3\hsize#1}}

\providecommand\sectionname{.}
\def\SpecialUsageIndex#1{}
\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{}
\newcommand\seeIntro{\hyperref[sec:intro]{Intro}}

\makeatother%^^A---------------------------------

\OnlyDescription
\let\PrintChanges\relax
\let\PrintIndex\relax
\EnableCrossrefs
%\RecordChanges
\raggedbottom
\begin{document}
 \DocInput{floatrow-rus.tex}
 \PrintChanges
\end{document}
%</driver>
% \fi
%
% \GetFileInfo{floatrow-rus.tex}
%
%   \ifx\pspicture\undefined\else\psset{unit=1pt}\fi
%
%   \def\fileversion{v0.3b}
%   \def\filedate{2009/08/02}
%   \title{   \package{floatrow}\thanks{
%           \fileversion, 
%          \filedate.}}
%
%   \author{%
%    \\
%   {\tt Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru} }
%   \date{\filedate}
%   \maketitle
%
%   \begin{abstract}\openup-.5pt
%^^A%   This package was created as extension of the \package{float}
%^^A%   package. The \package{floatrow} package borrows core code from
%^^A%   the \package{float}\footnote{\package{float} package, version v1.3d dated
%^^A%   2001/11/08, \copyright{} 1991-2000 Anselm Lingnau.} and
%^^A%   \package{rotfloat}\footnote{\package{rotfloat} package, version v1.2
%^^A%   dated 2004/01/04, \copyright{} 1995--2004 Axel
%^^A%   Sommerfeldt.} packages, so you \emph{must not} load these packages.
%           \package{float}.
%    \package{floatrow}     \package{float}\footnote{ \package{float},
%    v1.3d  2001/11/08, \copyright{} 1991-2000
%   Anselm Lingnau.} ~\package{rotfloat}\footnote{ \package{rotfloat},
%    v1.2  2004/01/04, \copyright{} 1995--2004 Axel
%   Sommerfeldt.},    \emph{ } .
%
%^^A%   The \package{float} package has a~good mechanism for the creation (and easy
%^^A%   modification) of common layout for all floats without
%^^A%   adding any repeated code in the document; besides, this package allows to
%^^A%   create new float type; it deals only
%^^A%   with alone (plain) combinations ``object (float contents)---caption''.
%    \package{float}      (~, 
%   )      
%   ()       ~; 
%          ;  
%    ~  
%    ( )---.
%
%^^A%   The \package{rotfloat}
%^^A%   package changes environments of rotated floats (the |sideways...|
%^^A%   environment of \package{rotating} package)
%^^A%   to adapt them to \package{float}'s settings.
%    \package{rotfloat}     
%   ( |sideways...|  \package{rotating})   \package{float}.
%
%^^A%   The  package \package{floatrow} extends these possibilities and, at last, it allows:
%    \package{floatrow}    , ~, \-:
%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt\parskip0pt
%   \item
%^^A%   usage of mechanism borrowed from \package{float} package for
%^^A%   creation of new float type;
%    ,    \package{float},   
%     ;
%   \item
%^^A%   to change width of float box, either to a fixed value or to the width of object;
%        ,
%   ~       ;
%   \item
%^^A%   to put caption beside object;
%      ;
%   \item
%^^A%   to put a few floats side by side on the row;
%      ;
%   \item%
%^^A%   to put footnotes inside float box (using |minipage|-like mode);
%^^A%   and also put legend-like text;
%        ( ,
%     ~ |minipage|);   ;
%   \item%
%^^A%   to create and/or modify special layout for each type of float and
%^^A%   for different positioning of float and its components, e.g.
%^^A%   two-column or rotated float.
%    /       
%   ~   ~ ,  ,   
%       ().
%   \end{itemize}
%
%^^A%   The \package{floatrow} package is cooperated with \package{caption} package
%^^A%   (needs version 3.0\textbf{q} or later, \emph{the better} cooperation will be with
%^^A%   version \textbf{3.1\emph{x}}). Also the \package{floatrow} package (like
%^^A%   \package{caption} one) uses \package{keyval} package mechanism for layout
%^^A%   settings.
%    \package{floatrow}  ~ \package{caption}
%   (   3.0\textbf{q}  ,    \textbf{3.1\emph{x}}).
%     \package{floatrow} (
%   ~ \package{caption})    \package{keyval}
%   \emph{}---\emph{}    .
%   \medskip
%
%   \begingroup
%   \slshape
%^^A%   I do my best to follow this idea and I hope that someone
%^^A%   likes it: helps to maintain this idea in any way, or finds bugs
%^^A%   and absurdities in this package or documentation.
%   ~        ~,  -
%      ~   ,    
%       ~  .
%   \endgroup
%   \clearpage
%
%
%^^A%   \centerline{\textbf{Document Terminology}\nopagebreak\vspace{1ex}}
%   \centerline{\textbf{ }\nopagebreak\vspace{1ex}}
%   \begin{description}\itemsep0pt\parskip0pt
%^^A%   \item[float (float box)]
%^^A%   could include \emph{object}, \emph{caption}, and
%^^A%   \emph{foot material}; \emph{float} is created by |figure| or
%^^A%   |table| environments (\emph{plain float}), or by |\|\FRkey{floatbox}
%^^A%   command and its modifications (\emph{float box});
%   \item[,  ] (float, float box)
%    \textbf{ }   \emph{},
%   \emph{} ~\emph{ };
%      |figure|  |table| (\emph{ }),
%     |\|\FRkey{floatbox} ~  (\emph{ });
%
%^^A%   \item[float type]
%^^A%   means standard environments |figure| and |table|,
%^^A%   also their subtypes, like e.g.~|wrapfigure| (\package{wrapfig} package),
%^^A%   |sidewaysfigure| (\package{rotating} and \package{rotfloat} packages),
%^^A%   |longtable|  (\package{longtable} package) etc.;
%   \item[ ] (float type)
%       |figure|  |table|,
%    ~ \emph{}, ~|wrapfigure| ( \package{wrapfig}),
%   |side|\-|ways|\-|figure| ( \package{rotating} ~\package{rotfloat}),
%   |longtable|  (\package{longtable}) ~.;
%
%^^A%   \item[object]
%^^A%   means |tabular| or graphics, as contents of table
%^^A%   (|figure|) or figure (|table|) or other type of float;
%   \item[]
%   (object)    (, |tabular|)  
%   ,    (|table|),  (|figure|)
%       ;
%
%^^A%   \item[caption]means text in |\caption|;
%   \item[]
%   (caption)    ,  
%   |\caption|;
%
%^^A%   \item[foot material]explications, legends and/or footnotes inside
%^^A%   \emph{float} box (|\footnote|/|\mpfootnotemark|/|\footnotetext|,
%^^A%   and |\|\FRkey{floatfoot} macros).
%   \item[ ]
%   (foot material)  /  
%   \emph{ } (|\footnote|/|\mpfootnotemark|/|\footnotetext|  |\|\FRkey{floatfoot}).
%   \end{description}
%   \end{abstract}
%
% \begingroup\small
%^^A% \vspace{2ex}\centerline{\textbf{Frequently Appeared Design}\nopagebreak}
% \vspace{2ex}\pdfbookmark[1]{\TeX  }{FAD}\nopagebreak
% \centerline{\textbf{\TeX  }\nopagebreak}
% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedright\advance\rightskip1em
%   \makeatletter\let\item\@idxitem\ignorespaces\makeatother
%   \item{   (|\floatsetup|)}
%       \strut\pfill
%       \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup}
%
%   \item{}
%       \subitem{ ~ \LaTeX' (|\RawCaption|)}
%           \strut\pfill
%           .~\pageref{setup:RawCaption},
%              \pageref{subcap:RawCaption}
%
%       \subitem{ ( , |\ttabbox|)}
%           \strut\pfill
%           \textsl{{\seeIntro}},~%^^A
%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}
%
%       \subitem{    |longtable|
%           (~|LTcapwidth=|)}
%           \strut\pfill
%           .~\pageref{FAD:LTcapwidth}
%
%       \subitem{  }
%           \emph{}.~{,     }{}
%
%       \subitem{ ( , |\fcapside|)}
%           \strut\pfill
%           \textsl{{\seeIntro}},~%^^A
%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}
%
%   \item{ (  )}\nopagebreak
%       \subitem{~  }
%           \strut\pfill
%           .~\pageref{FAD:sublabelbeside:subcaption}, \pageref{FAD:sublabelbeside}
%
%       \subitem{~ }
%       \strut\pfill
%       .~\pageref{FAD:subcapabove:subcaption}, \pageref{FAD:subcapabove}
%
%   \item{  }
%       \strut\pfill
%       \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatfootnote}
%
%      \subitem{  (|\mpfootnotemark|)}
%           \strut\pfill
%           .~\pageref{FAD:FnoteInsideFloat}
%
%   \item{    (|\DeclareNewFloatType|)}
%       \strut\pfill
%       \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:newfloat}
%
%   \item{}\nopagebreak
%       \subitem{ (|\floatbox|)}
%           \strut\pfill
%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}
%
%           \subsubitem{ (|\ffigbox|)}
%               \strut\pfill
%               \textsl{{\seeIntro}},~%^^A
%               \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}
%
%           \subsubitem{ (|\ttabbox|)}
%               \strut\pfill
%               \textsl{{\seeIntro}},~%^^A
%               \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}
%
%       \subitem{~}
%               \strut\pfill
%               \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{ssec:wrapfig}--\ref{ssec:picins}
%
%       \subitem{ }\nopagebreak
%
%           \subsubitem{ ~|\floatbox| ~.}
%               \strut\pfill
%               \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}
%
%           \subsubitem{   ~
%               ( |\Xhsize| (|\floatbox|))}
%               \strut\pfill
%               .~\pageref{FAD:floatfillspace}
%
%           \subsubitem{   ( |\FBwidth|
%               (|\floatbox|))\kern-1em\allowbreak}
%               \strut\pfill
%               \textsl{{\seeIntro}},~%^^A
%               \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}
%
%       \subitem{  (|\emptyfloatpage|)}
%               \strut\pfill
%               .~\pageref{FAD:emptyfloatpage}
%
%       \subitem{ (.~|sideways..|)\kern-1em\allowbreak}
%           \strut\pfill
%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{ssec:rotating}
%
%           \subsubitem{  }
%               \strut\pfill
%               .~\pageref{FAD:ContRotated}
%
%       \subitem{ (. |floatrow|)}
%           \strut\pfill
%           \textsl{{\seeIntro}},~%^^A
%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatrow}
%
%           \subsubitem{    ~}
%               \emph{.}~{,      ~}
%
%           \subsubitem{   ~ }
%               \strut\pfill
%               .~\pageref{FAD:MixedRowII},
%                  \pageref{FAD:MixedRow}
%
%       \subitem{ ~ \LaTeX' (|\RawFloats|)}
%           \strut\pfill
%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:rawfloats}
%
%       \subitem{\textbf{!}     (~|H|)}
%           \strut\pfill
%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatborrowII}
%
%   \item{ (|\floatfoot|)}
%       \strut\pfill
%       \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{subsec:floatfoot}
% \end{multicols}%
% \endgroup
%
%   \clearpage
%   \begingroup\addtocounter{lofdepth}1\addtocounter{lotdepth}1
%   \small
%   \pdfbookmark[1]{}{TOC}\nopagebreak\tableofcontents
%   \pdfbookmark[1]{ }{LOF}
%       \nopagebreak\listoffigures
%   \pdfbookmark[1]{ }{LOT}
%       \nopagebreak\listoftables
%   \pdfbookmark[1]{ }{LOE}
%       \nopagebreak\listof{Example}{ }
%   \pdfbookmark[1]{ }{LOP}
%       \nopagebreak\listof{Program}{ }
%   \endgroup
%   \clearpage
%   \suppressfloats[t]
%
%^^A%   \section{Introduction}\label{sec:intro}
%   \section{}\label{sec:intro}
%
%^^A%   During creation of document, you usually type figures and tables as \emph{floating objects}
%^^A%   (\emph{floats}), i.e. put their contents
%^^A%   inside |figure| and~|table| environments consequently. The simplest floating environment
%^^A%   looks like:
%    ,    ~ ~ \emph{ }  \emph{},
%    ,  ~ |figure| ~|table|.    
%    :
%\begin{Quote}
%|\begin{|\meta{ }|}|
%\meta{  ()}
%|\caption{|\meta{ }|}|
%|\end{|\meta{ }|}|
%\end{Quote}
%^^A%   or (if you want to put caption above):
%    (       ):
%\begin{Quote}
%|\begin{|\meta{ }|}|
%|\caption{|\meta{ }|}|
%\meta{  ()}
%|\end{|\meta{ }|}|
%\end{Quote}
%
%^^A%   \subsection{Loading The Package}\label{sec:load}\label{sec:start}
%   \subsection{ }\label{sec:load}\label{sec:start}
%
%^^A%   Just now you have loaded the \package{floatrow} package:
%       \package{floatrow}.
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\usepackage{floatrow}|\quad.
%\end{preamble}
%\end{Quote}
%^^A%   In the time, when this package was loaded,
%^^A%   all float contents in the document will be centered (unless another alignment command
%^^A%   appears inside the float contents). All captions appear
%^^A%   below float contents, regardless of how they were typed in source file.
%^^A%   But, I'm almost sure, that you want to put table captions above table material.
%^^A%   If you put in the next line the |\floatsetup| command:
%     
%         (     
%     ).     ,   
%   ~ ,  .  ~ ,     
%      .        |\floatsetup|:
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\usepackage{floatrow}|
%|\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[table]{|\FRkey{style}|=plaintop}|\quad,
%\end{preamble}
%\end{Quote}
%^^A%   after that, again, you will get all table captions above table material, regardless of how
%^^A%   they were typed in source file. These first minimal settings will arrange all floats
%^^A%   contents and their captions accordingly to the real typographic rules.
%^^A%   (The {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup} describes and demonstrates various layouts,
%^^A%   which you can get with the settings of |\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup} command.)
%        ,  ,     
%   ,   ,    .   
%         ~ 
%      . (~\ref{sec:floatsetup}  ~
%    ,    ~   |\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}.)
%
%^^A%   But surely the settings above are still not sufficient to you, because you need to get
%^^A%   the table caption width equal to the width of table material. Also you may want to put some
%^^A%   figure captions beside graphics. Besides that, it is better to put small floats beside
%^^A%   in one row. For all these reasons this package offers special commands for building of float boxes
%^^A%   and a special environment to put these float boxes beside each other.
%         
%      ,        .
%   ~  ~      .   
%    ~   .       
%    ~      .
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Float Box Commands}\label{sec:intro:flbox}
%   \subsubsection{  }\label{sec:intro:flbox}
%^^A%   One of the first macros of this package for creation of float boxes
%^^A%   is a macro which builds contents of the table environment with caption
%^^A%   above (|\|\FRkey[FB]{ttabbox}). The width of caption equals to the width of contents, e.g.
%^^A%   of tabular (see table~\ref{intro:table}). Let's look at the first example with plain \LaTeX{}
%^^A%   layout---the \package{caption} and \package{floatrow} packages loaded without package setting options;
%^^A%   the options at the end of |\usepackage| command define dates of package versions
%^^A%   which support correct work of this tandem.)%^^A
%^^A%   \FRmpar{Caption above table object}{FAD:CaptionAbove}%^^A
%              (),
%    ,     ~ 
%    (|\|\FRkey[FB]{ttabbox}).     ,  \cdash--- 
%    (.~.~\ref{intro:table}). (  
%   ~  \LaTeX',  \package{caption}
%   ~\package{floatrow}     ; ~  ~ 
%   |\usepackage|    ,  ~   
%     .)%^^A
%   \relax\FRmpar{ ()  }{FAD:CaptionAbove}%^^A
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%  |\usepackage{caption}[2007/04/11]|
%  |\usepackage{floatrow}[2007/08/24]|
%\end{preamble}
%|\begin{table}|\nopagebreak
%|\|\FRkey[FB]{ttabbox}
%|  {\caption{ ...}\label{...}}|
%|  {\begin{tabular}...\end{tabular}}|\nopagebreak
%|\end{table}|
%\end{Quote}
%\begingroup
%\clearcaptionsetup{table}\clearfloatsetup{table}
%\floatsetup{style=default}\captionsetup{style=default}\def\thead#1{#1}\extrarowheight1pt
%   \begin{table}[H]\jot1.5pt\tabcolsep1.5\tabcolsep
%   \ttabbox
%     {\caption{    (\cmd{\ttabbox}) ~  \LaTeX'}\label{intro:table}}
%     {\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}
%      \hline
%       \thead{First column} & \thead{Second column} & \thead{Third column} \\
%      \hline
%       A & B & C \\
%       D & E & F \\
%      \hline
%      \end{tabular}}
%   \end{table}%^^A
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   Another command which creates figures---|\|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox} (figure~\ref{intro:figure})---puts
%^^A%   caption below contents. The default width of caption equals
%^^A%   to the width of text. (In the following example the most popular
%^^A%   layout settings for captions were added.)
%    ,   \cdash--- |\|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox} (.~\ref{intro:figure}) \cdash---
%        .     
%    . (~       
%     .)
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%  |\usepackage|{\emphcolor|[font=small,labelfont=bf,labelsep=period,|
%  |      justification=centerlast]|}|{caption}|\vspace{1ex}
%  |\usepackage{floatrow}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\begin{figure}|
%|\|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox}
%|  {\caption{  ...}\label{...}}|
%|  {...}|\nopagebreak
%|\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}
%\begingroup\floatsetup{style=default}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \ffigbox
%     {\caption[   (\cmd{\ffigbox})]{  
%       ~    
%            }\label{intro:figure}}
%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength\input{Doll.picture}}
%   \end{figure}\pagebreak[3]%^^A
%\endgroup
%^^A%   The example above shows that a float box, created by
%^^A%   the |\ffigbox| command looks similar to the plain |figure| environment.
%^^A%   But if you set, for example, the option |[\|\FRkey{FBwidth}|]| like below:
%^^A%     \FRmpar{Caption's width equals to object}{FAD:FBwidthI}
%      ,   ,     |\|\FRkey{ffigbox}   ,
%      |figure|.  , ,   |[\|\FRkey{FBwidth}|]|,
%     \FRmpar{    }{FAD:FBwidthI}
%     :
%\begingroup\allowprelistbreaks[-4]
%\begin{Quote}
%|...|
%|\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
%|\ffigbox[\|\FRkey[FB]{FBwidth}|]|
%|  {\caption{A figure}\label{...}}|
%|  {...}|
%|\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}\vspace*{-\intextsep}
%\floatsetup{style=default}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
%     {\caption[      (\cmd{\ffigbox})]{  
%          ~  
%        }\label{intro:figure:FBwidth}}
%     {\unitlength1.67\unitlength\input{Horse.picture}}
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%\endgroup
%^^A%   you'll get a~caption width equal to the width of picture
%^^A%   (see figure~\ref{intro:figure:FBwidth}).
%        
%   (.~.~\ref{intro:figure:FBwidth}).
%
%^^A%   The third macro---|\|\FRkey[FB]{fcapside} (figure~\ref{intro:beside})---puts
%^^A%   caption beside. (In the next example the float layout settings were added,
%^^A%   which put captions to the binding margin
%^^A%   and changed value of separation space between caption and object.)
%     \cdash--- |\|\FRkey[FB]{fcapside} (.~\ref{intro:beside}) \cdash--- 
%    . (~   ,   
%   ~ , ~        |\quad|.)
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|...|
%  |\usepackage|{\emphcolor|[|%^^A
%       \FRkey{capbesideposition}|=inside,|
%  |    |\FRkey{facing}|=yes,|\FRkey{capbesidesep}|=quad]|}|{floatrow}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\begin{figure}|
%|\|\FRkey[FB]{fcapside}
%|  {\caption[...]{...}\label{...}}|
%|  {...}|
%|\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}
%\begingroup
%\begingroup\floatsetup{style=default,capbesideposition=inside,facing=yes,capbesidesep=quad}%
%\clearcaptionsetup{capbesidefigure}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \fcapside
%   {\caption[  ~  (   )]{ ,
%   (    ) ~ , ~  ,
%   ~ - , ~   , ~ 
%    ,   
%   }\label{intro:beside}}
%   {{\setlength\unitlength{3.68cm/100}%^^A
%   \input{Bear.picture}}}
%   \end{figure}
%\endgroup
%^^A%   The width of text,
%^^A%   by default, divided into two columns, their width equals to the half text width
%^^A%   (figure~\ref{intro:beside}) float margins and
%^^A%   horizontal space (or width of the separation material) between float and caption are taken into account.
%^^A%   The one column is occupied by the object, the other by the caption and foot material (explications
%^^A%   or legends and footnotes).
%       
%      (.~\ref{intro:beside}), ~
%      ~ (   )
%     ~. ~    ,
%   ~ \cdash---  (~  ~).
%
%^^A%   If you set the |[\FBwidth]| option:
%^^A%     \FRmpar{The width of object box equals to object}{FAD:FBwidthII}
%      |[\FBwidth]|:
%     \FRmpar{      }{FAD:FBwidthII}
%\begin{Quote}
%|...|
%|\fcapside[\FBwidth]|
%|...|
%\end{Quote}
%\begingroup
%\begingroup\floatsetup{style=default,capbesideposition=inside,facing=yes,capbesidesep=quad}%
%\clearcaptionsetup{capbesidefigure}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]
%   {\caption[  ~  (     )]{ 
%   (      ~) ~ , ~  ,
%   ~ - , ~   , ~ 
%    ,   
%   }\label{intro:beside:FBwidth}}
%   {{\setlength\unitlength{3.68cm/100}%^^A
%   \input{Bear.picture}}}
%   \end{figure}
%\endgroup
%^^A%   the graphic box width will be equal to the width of the  graphics and the caption
%^^A%   will occupy the rest space (see figure~\ref{intro:beside:FBwidth}).
%     ()       ,
%   ~    (.~.~\ref{intro:beside:FBwidth}).
%
%^^A%   The examples above show the most frequent and most simple variants of float creation. Read
%^^A%   {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox} about usage of these commands in different ways
%^^A%   and how to create new commands for float creation.
%        ~    . ~
%         ~      , 
%   {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}.
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Float Boxes In The Row}\label{sec:intro:flrow}
%   \subsubsection{  }\label{sec:intro:flrow}
%^^A%   If you need to put two or more floats of one type side by side,%^^A
%^^A%   \FRmpar{Floats of one type\\ side by side}{FAD:floatrow}
%^^A%   you may use the |floatrow| environment.
%           ,%^^A
%   \FRmpar{   }{FAD:floatrow}
%       |floatrow|.
%
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%  {\emphcolor %^^A
%  |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{rightline}{\rightline|
%  |         {\bothIfFirst{#1}{ }#2}}|
%  |\captionsetup[table]{labelformat=rightline,labelsep=newline,|\nopagebreak
%  |      labelfont={md,sl},textfont=bf}|}\vspace{1ex}
%  |\usepackage[|{\emphcolor\FRkey{font}|=small,|%^^A
%       \FRkey{floatrowsep}|=qquad,|\FRkey{captionskip}|=5pt|}|]{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
%  |\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[table]{|%^^A
%       {\emphcolor\FRkey{style}|=Plaintop|}|}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\begin{table}|
%| \begin{|\FRkey[sec]{floatrow}|}|
%|  \|\FRkey[FB]{ttabbox}
%|    {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
%|    {...}|
%| |
%|  \ttabbox|
%|    {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
%|    {...}|
%| \end{floatrow}|
%|\end{table}|
%\end{Quote}
%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
%   \begin{table}[H]
%   \begin{floatrow}
%   \extrarowheight1pt\tabcolsep2\tabcolsep
%   \ttabbox
%    {\caption[  ~,  ]%^^A
%     {  ~ ~, ,    ~  }%^^A
%     \label{tab:row:tabIII}}%^^A
%    {\begin{tabular}{|l|>{\phantom0}c|>{\phantom0}c|}
%     \hline
%     \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Left Column Head}
%                  & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
%                  \cline{2-3}
%                  & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{I}}
%                              & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{II}}
%     \\\hline
%     First row    &         1 &         2 \\
%     Second row   &         3 &         4 \\
%     Third row    &         6 &         8 \\
%     Fourth row   & \llap{1}0 & \llap{1}6 \\
%     \hline
%   \end{tabular}}
%
%   \ttabbox
%    {\caption{  ~,     }\label{tab:row:tabIV}}%^^A
%    {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|c|}
%     \hline
%     \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Column Head}
%                  & \multicolumn{3}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
%                  \cline{2-4}
%                  & \thead{I}      & \thead{II}      & \thead{III}        \\
%     \hline
%     First row    & 1      & 2       & \phantom01 \\
%     Second row   & 3      & 4       & \phantom06 \\
%     Third row    & 6      & 8       &         28 \\
%     \hline
%   \end{tabular}}
%   \end{floatrow}
%   \end{table}
%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
%^^A%   As you see in the example with tables \ref{tab:row:tabIII} and~\ref{tab:row:tabIV},
%^^A%   you \emph{need} to use commands |\ttabbox|, which build box for each table.
%       ~ \ref{tab:row:tabIII} ~\ref{tab:row:tabIV},
%     \emph{}   |\ttabbox|,   
%     .
%
%^^A%   In the example with beside floats the special settings for table captions were applied
%^^A%   (see \package{caption} package documentation).
%^^A%   Float layout: The value of the separation space between beside floats have been changed to |\qquad|,
%^^A%   the vertical skip between captions and float objects was changed to 5pt. For the tables
%^^A%   the style |Plaintop| was used which not only puts captions above, but also aligns them by top line
%^^A%   (see \sectionname~\ref{sec:floatsetup} of current documentation).
%   ~ ~        
%   (    ~  ;
%   .~ ~   ~ \package{caption}). ~
%         ~|\qquad|,    /
%     ~5pt.
%      ,       , 
%   ~    ~  (.~.~\ref{sec:floatsetup}  ).
%
%^^A%   \subsection{Do not write that with \package{floatrow} package}\label{floatrow:wrong}
%   \subsection{    \package{floatrow}}\label{floatrow:wrong}
%\begingroup
%^^A%   The \package{floatrow} package offers many features, and it causing some limitations
%^^A%   for writing code of float contents in source file, too. If you'll write something like
%    \package{floatrow}    ~
%   ~    ~ .   :
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\usepackage{floatrow}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\begin{table}|
%|  \caption{     ...}|
%|  \centering \begin{tabular}{cc} A & B  \\ C & D \end{tabular}|
%|\end{table}|
%\end{Quote}
%^^A%   please do not expect that the caption appears at the top of table:
%          :
%
%   \begingroup\clearfloatsetup{table}
%   \begin{table}[H]
%   \caption{    ,    }\label{Wrong:expect}
%   \centering \begin{tabular}{cc} A & B  \\ C & D \end{tabular}
%   \end{table}
%   \endgroup
%
%^^A%   So if you want to put table captions above its contents\startNotes
%^^A%   \Note change code, using command |\ttabbox|,
%^^A%   like in table~\ref{intro:table}; \Note
%^^A%   write |\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[table]|\allowbreak|{|\FRkey{style}|=plaintop}| in the preamble
%^^A%   ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup}); or
%^^A%   \Note restore the standard \LaTeX{} behavior with the |\|\FRkey{RawFloats} command
%^^A%   or the package option \FRkey{rawfloats} ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:rawfloats}).
%   ,       \startNotes
%   \Note  ,  
%   |\ttabbox|,  ~.~\ref{intro:table}; \Note 
%   ~ |\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[figure]|\allowbreak|{|\FRkey{style}|=plaintop}|
%   ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup});
%   \Note ,    ~  \LaTeX',
%     |\|\FRkey{RawFloats},    
%   \FRkey{rawfloats}, ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:rawfloats}).
%
%^^A%   The next example. If you put beside floats by following way:
%    .        :
%\par\nobreak\vbox{\begin{Quote}
%|...|\nopagebreak
%|\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
%|\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}|
%|  \centering ...|
%|  \caption{  , ...}|
%|\end{minipage}\hfill|
%|\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}|
%|  \captionof{table}{  , ...}}|
%|  \centering ...|
%|\end{minipage}|\nopagebreak
%|\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}}\noindent
%^^A%   you'll get error message about lost caption.
%        ,   .
%^^A%   Here you may:\startNotes\Note
%^^A%   to put table contents inside |\|\FRkey[FB]{ttabbox} resp.\ the figure contents inside
%^^A%   |\|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox}; then both floats put inside \FRkey[sec]{floatrow} environment, and, since
%^^A%   there is mixed row (it includes floats of different types, and also with different caption position),
%^^A%   put the |\|\FRkey{killfloatstyle} command before ``foreign'' float |\ttabbox|, and
%^^A%   |\|\FRkey[FB]{CenterFloatBoxes} command before |floatrow| environment
%^^A%   (see~{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:mixrow} about mixed rows); or \Note
%^^A%   to restore the standard \LaTeX{} behavior, using command |\|\FRkey{RawFloats}
%^^A%   or package option  \FRkey{rawfloats} ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:rawfloats}).
%    :\startNotes\Note  
%   ~|\|\FRkey[FB]{ttabbox}, ~ \cdash--- ~|\|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox},   
%   \cdash--- ~ \FRkey[sec]{floatrow}, ,     (
%      ,    ~~   ),
%     |\|\FRkey{killfloatstyle}, ~ ,    |\ttabbox|
%   ~ |\|\FRkey[FB]{CenterFloatBoxes}  
%   (.~{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:mixrow} ~ )  \Note
%      \LaTeX' ~  |\|\FRkey{RawFloats}   
%   \FRkey{rawfloats} ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:rawfloats}).
%
%\endgroup
%\clearpage
%^^A%   \section{Macros for Building Floats}
%   \section{   }
%^^A%   \FRorisubsection{The Floatbox Macro}\label{sec:floatbox}
%   \FRorisubsection{ \texorpdfstring{\cs{floatbox}}{floatbox}}\label{sec:floatbox}
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\floatbox}
%^^A%   The examples in Introduction ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:intro:flbox})
%^^A%   use three commands |\ttabbox|, |\ffigbox| and |\fcapside|. All these commands
%^^A%   were built using the |\floatbox| macro.
%^^A%   This macro creates the float box with defined positioning of its elements (object,
%^^A%   caption, foot material) and applies the layout of current float type.
%^^A%   The usage of the |\floatbox| macro looks like:
%     ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:intro:flbox})    
%   |\ttabbox|, |\ffigbox| ~|\fcapside|.   
%     |\floatbox|.      ~ 
%     (, ,  ) ~ 
%     .  , |\floatbox|   :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\floatbox|\oarg{preamble}\marg{captype}\oarg{width}\oarg{height}\oarg{vert pos}
%   |         |\marg{caption}\marg{object}
%   \end{Quote}%^^A
%^^A%   where\label{floatboxsets}:
%    |\floatbox|\label{floatboxsets}:
%   \begin{description}\itemsep0pt
%^^A%   \item[\meta{preamble}]there could be |\capbeside|\label{FB:capbeside} command which
%^^A%     places caption beside float contents;
%^^A%     |\nocapbeside|\label{FB:nocapbeside}
%^^A%     (to put caption above/below, accordingly
%^^A%     to float type's style);
%^^A%     |\captop|\label{FB:captop}
%^^A%     (to put caption above);
%^^A%     or another systematic command
%^^A%     (even with usage of |\captionsetup|
%^^A%     and |\|\FRkey{thisfloatsetup},
%^^A%     see examples in documentation and appendix).
%   \item[\meta{preamble}]    , 
%     |\capbeside|\label{FB:capbeside},     ;
%     |\nocapbeside|\label{FB:nocapbeside} (  /, ~
%       );
%     |\captop|\label{FB:captop} (  );
%        
%     (    |\captionsetup|
%     ~|\|\FRkey{thisfloatsetup} "---
%     .  ~ ~).
%^^A%   \item[\meta{captype}]the type of float this command is created for. Since this command
%^^A%     is supposed to appear outside floating environments or in ``foreign'' environments
%^^A%     (see {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:mixrow} below),
%^^A%     we write here, usually, the \emph{actual} name of float type;
%   \item[\meta{captype}] ,    .   
%         ~   ~~ 
%     (.~{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:mixrow} ),    \emph{}   ;
%^^A%   \item[\meta{width}]the width of object---caption box
%^^A%     (in case of caption above or below object),
%^^A%     or width of object box (if caption stays beside object).
%^^A%     The empty width option, |[]|, and option |[\hsize]| mean the same;
%   \item[\meta{width}]   
%     (     ),
%         (  ).
%        , |[]|, ~ |[\hsize]| \cdash---  ~ ;
%^^A%   \item[\meta{height}]the height of object---caption box
%^^A%     (in case of caption above or below object),
%^^A%     or height of object box (if caption stays beside object). With the empty height
%^^A%     option, |[]|, is used the natural height of object;
%   \item[\meta{height}]  
%     (    ),
%         (  ).     , |[]|,
%         ();
%^^A%   \item[\meta{vert pos}]vertical alignment of object contents in
%^^A%     object's box in case of the \meta{height} argument differs from the natural value of
%^^A%     object height, or in the float layout there are used settings
%^^A%     for common (max) height for float objects inside |floatrow| environment.
%^^A%     Arguments are analogous to |minipage|'s ones:
%   \item[\meta{vert pos}]  
%      ~ ~,   \meta{height} 
%     ,     ,   
%     ~ |floatrow| ~,    ()
%        .
%        ~ |minipage|:
%   \begin{Options}{cc}\samepage
%     \item[t]
%^^A%     aligns objects by top line;
%         ;
%     \item[c]
%^^A%     aligns objects by center line;
%         ;
%     \item[b]
%^^A%     aligns objects by bottom line;
%         ;
%     \item[s]
%^^A%     stretches objects by full height (if it is possible).
%          ( ).\vspace*{-.5\baselineskip}
%   \end{Options}
%^^A%   \item[\meta{caption}]text of caption; you
%^^A%     may also use the |\footnote|/\allowbreak|\mpfootnotemark|/\allowbreak|\footnotetext| stuff
%^^A%     for footnotes inside float, and/or |\floatfoot| command;
%   \item[\meta{caption}];    
%       
%     |\footnote|/\allowbreak|\mpfootnotemark|/%^^A
%     \allowbreak|\footnotetext|
%        , /  |\floatfoot|;
%^^A%   \item[\meta{object}]contents of float; you may also use the
%^^A%     |\footnote|/\allowbreak|\mpfootnotemark|/\allowbreak|\footnotetext| stuff and/or
%^^A%     |\floatfoot| command.
%   \item[\meta{object}] ;   
%      
%     |\footnote|/\allowbreak|\mpfootnotemark|/%^^A
%     \allowbreak|\footnotetext|
%     / |\floatfoot|.
%   \end{description}
%^^A%   \emph{Note}. The order of the two last mandatory arguments,
%^^A%     \meta{caption} and \meta{object}, and their contents makes no
%^^A%     difference during building of float box. The |\floatbox| macro
%^^A%     historically needs two mandatory arguments, but they could
%^^A%     be filled freely, i.e. you may fill only one mandatory argument with object contents, caption etc.
%^^A%     and left another one empty.
%   \emph{}.   ,
%     \meta{caption} ~\meta{object}, ~    
%       .  |\floatbox|  
%       ,      
%     , .\,.   ~  ~ , ~ ~.\,.,
%       .\par
%
%^^A%       \subsubsection{Float box width equals to the width of object contents.}
%     \subsubsection{      ().}
%   \DescribeMacro{\FBwidth}\label{FB:FBwidth}%^^A
%^^A%   The |[\FBwidth]| option%^^A
%^^A%   \FRmpar{Caption's width\\ equals to object}{FAD:FBwidthIII}
%^^A%   in~the \meta{width} argument
%^^A%   allows usage of natural width of float contents:\startNotes\Note
%^^A%   for full float box in the case of caption
%^^A%   above/\allowbreak below; \Note  in~the case of caption beside float object,
%^^A%   the natural width of float object expands to the
%^^A%   object box only.
%      |[\FBwidth]|%^^A
%     \FRmpar{ \texorpdfstring{\\}{}   }{FAD:FBwidthIII}
%     ~ \meta{width}
%         :\startNotes\Note
%         
%     ~ /; \Note      ,
%         .
%
%   \RestoreSpaces
%^^A%   \emph{Note}. If you use the \verb|\FBwidth| command in the
%^^A%   optional argument \meta{width}, please get sure that object contents can be placed
%^^A%   in |\hbox| command. (You only allowed to use |\vspace| (not |\vskip|!)
%^^A%   command at the very
%^^A%   beginning and very end of object contents for fine tuning
%     \emph{}.   \verb|\FBwidth|
%     ~ \meta{width},    , 
%           |\hbox|
%     (    |\vspace| (  |\vskip|!) ~
%     / ~    
%      ).\medskip
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\FBheight}\label{FB:FBheight}%^^A
%^^A%   The similar command, |[\FBheight]|, was
%^^A%   created for the \meta{height} argument. The usage of this command makes sense, e.g.,
%^^A%   when \package{calc} is loaded: you may define height option like |[\FBheight+1cm]|.
%    , |[\FBheight]|\label{FB:FBheight},
%      \meta{height}.     , .
%      \package{calc}:    ~ |[\FBheight+1cm]|.
%
%   \RestoreSpaces
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Complex example of usage of \cmd{\floatbox} command}
%   \subsubsection{    \texorpdfstring{\cs{floatbox}}{floatbox}}
%
%^^A%   The next example shows |figure| environment with beside left caption.
%^^A%   In this example the \meta{preamble} argument consists of rather complex definition.
%^^A%   The \meta{width} option includes the |\FBwidth| command, so the object box
%^^A%   has its natural width, the with of caption box equals to 4cm, and  all lines in
%^^A%   caption justified, but the last one flushed to the right.
%       |figure|  
%     . ~    
%   ~ \meta{preamble}. ~
%   \meta{width}   |\FBwidth|,      ,
%       4~,      
%      ~ .
%
%\begin{Quote}
%|\begin{figure}|
%\begin{preamble}
%|\newcommand\rightlast{\leftskip0ptplus1fil|
%|  \rightskip0ptplus-1fil\parfillskip0ptplus1fil}|
%|\DeclareCaptionJustification{rightlast}{\rightlast}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\floatbox[{\capbeside|
%|     \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{labelsep=newline,|
%|          justification=rightlast}%|
%|     \|\FRkey{thisfloatsetup}%^^A
%       |{|\FRkey{capbesideposition}|={left,center},|
%|      |\FRkey{capbesidewidth}|=4cm}}]{figure}[\FBwidth]|
%|  {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
%|  {...}|
%|\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \floatbox[{\capbeside
%     \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{labelsep=newline,
%          justification=rightlast}%
%     \thisfloatsetup{capbesideposition={left,center},capbesidewidth=4cm}}]{figure}[\FBwidth]
%   {\caption[  (    ~ \cmd{\floatbox})]%^^A
%       {  ~ , ~  ,
%   ~ 
%    ,   
%   }\label{fig:beside:mouse}}
%   {{\setlength\unitlength{4cm/58}%^^A
%   \input{Mouse.picture}}}
%   \end{figure}
%^^A%   Please note that complex preamble options, which contain more than one command, must be placed
%^^A%   inside curly braces. (See {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup} about settings for floats
%^^A%   with |\floatsetup|.)
%    ,   ,    ,   
%   ~ .
%   (      |\floatsetup| .~{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup})
%
%^^A%   \subsection{Creation of Personal Commands for Float Boxes}\label{ssec:ffigbox:etc}
%   \subsection{    }\label{ssec:ffigbox:etc}
%
%^^A%   The usage of |\floatbox| command  with options (which could be cumbersome)
%^^A%   is sometimes rather complex.
%^^A%   The Introduction demonstrates the three already defined commands-abbreviations of this command.
%^^A%   You may define commands-abbreviations (or redefine existing) for your own purposes and
%^^A%   include  some additional style definitions and settings there.
%    ~  |\floatbox| ~ , ~ ,  
%   .     ~    "=.
%          
%   ~       .
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\newfloatcommand}\label{FB:newfloatcommand}%^^A
%   \DescribeMacro{\renewfloatcommand}\label{FB:renewfloatcommand}%^^A
%^^A%   The definition of new float abbreviation looks like:
%        :%^^A
%   \begin{quote}
%   |\newfloatcommand|\marg{command}%^^A\\\strut\qquad
%   \marg{captype}\oarg{preamble}\oarg{default width}
%   \end{quote}
%   :
%   \begin{description}
%^^A%   \item[\meta{command}]the user's command name (without backslash);
%   \item[\meta{command}]  (  );
%^^A%   \item[\meta{captype}]the name of floating environment
%^^A%     this command is created for;
%   \item[\meta{captype}] ,    ;
%^^A%   \item[\meta{preamble}]
%^^A%     you may use commands, mentioned in page~\pageref{floatboxsets}
%^^A%     and other layout commands, like was shown in examples;
%^^A%     you may try to add any other regular command (e.g. |\captionsetup|
%^^A%     or |\thisfloatsetup| stuff);
%   \item[\meta{preamble}]
%        ,  
%     .~\pageref{floatboxsets}
%     ~  ,   ~;
%          
%       (,
%     |\captionsetup|  |\thisfloatsetup|);
%^^A%   \item[\meta{default width}]the main purpose of this optional argument is
%^^A%     setting it to |\FBwidth|, which is already included in definition of |\ttabbox|---the command for
%^^A%     building tables. You may also use any dimensions like |6cm| or |\textwidth| here.
%   \item[\meta{default width}]      \cdash---
%       |\FBwidth|,   ~ |\ttabbox|   .
%         ~  |6cm|  |\textwidth|.
%   \end{description}
%
%^^A%   For example you may define command for figure~\ref{fig:beside:mouse}
%^^A%   like following:
%   ,  .~\ref{fig:beside:mouse},
%      :
%\begin{Quote}%
%|\newfloatcommand{fcapbesideleft}[{\capbeside|
%|     \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{labelsep=newline,|
%|          justification=rightlast}%|
%|     \|\FRkey{thisfloatsetup}%^^A
%       |{|\FRkey{capbesideposition}|={left,center},|
%|      |\FRkey{capbesidewidth}|=4cm}}][\FBwidth]|
%\end{Quote}
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Usage of Personal float box commands}
%   \subsubsection{    }
%^^A%   Your defined commands can be used in the following way (example for |\ffigbox|):
%         
%   (  |\ffigbox|):
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\ffigbox|\oarg{width}\oarg{height}\oarg{vert pos}\marg{caption}\marg{object}
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   where the options are:
%     :
%   \begin{description}\itemsep0pt\parskip1ptplus1pt
%   \item[\meta{width}]
%^^A%     the width of object---caption box
%^^A%     (in case of caption above or below object),
%^^A%     or width of object box (if caption stays beside object).
%^^A%     The empty width option, |[]|, and option |[\hsize]| mean the same. The |[\FBwidth]|
%^^A%     option sets natural object width;
%       ---
%     (    ),
%        (  ).
%      , |[]|, ~ |[\hsize]|   ~ .  |[\FBwidth]|
%        ;
%   \item[\meta{height}]
%^^A%     the height of object---caption box
%^^A%     (in case of caption above or below object),
%^^A%     or height of object box (if caption stays beside object). The |[\FBheight]|
%^^A%     option sets natural object height. With the empty height option, |[]|, is used
%^^A%     the natural height of object;
%       ---
%     (    ),
%        (  ).  |[\FBheight]|
%        .     , |[]|,
%         ();
%   \item[\meta{vert pos}]
%^^A%     vertical alignment of object contents in
%^^A%     object's box in the case of \meta{height} argument has a~different value than
%^^A%     natural height of object contents, or in the float layout there are used settings for common (max)
%^^A%     heights of float elements (object or/and caption) inside |floatrow| environment.
%^^A%     Arguments are analogous to |minipage|'s:
%^^A%      |t|, |c|, |b|, |s| (see above).
%         ~
%      ~ \meta{height}   ( )  
%     ,   
%     ~ |floatrow| ~,    () 
%       ( ~).
%        ~  |minipage|:
%     |t|, |c|, |b|, |s| (.~).
%   \end{description}
%^^A%   See examples with usage of all options on the page~\pageref{fig:rotrow:FcatI} and in Appendix.
%   .~ ~    .~\pageref{fig:rotrow:FcatI} ~~.
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Predefined float box commands}
%   \subsubsection{   }
%^^A%   Let's repeat three already defined commands-abbreviations, defined in package:\label{abbrcom}%^^A
%       ,  ~:\label{abbrcom}
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\newfloatcommand{ffigbox}{figure}[\nocapbeside]|\label{FB:ffigbox}\nopagebreak
%   |\newfloatcommand{fcapside}{figure}[\capbeside]|\label{FB:fcapside}\nopagebreak
%   |\newfloatcommand{ttabbox}{table}[\captop][\FBwidth]|\label{FB:ttabbox}
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   You may see that these commands-abbreviations are equivalent to the following code:
%    ,  "=   :
%   \begin{Options}{fcapside}
%   \item[\cmd\ttabbox]---|\floatbox[\captop]{table}[\FBwidth]|;
%   \item[\cmd\ffigbox]---|\floatbox{figure}| ( ); 
%   \item[\cmd\fcapside]---|\floatbox|\allowbreak|[\capbeside]{figure}|.
%   \end{Options}%
%^^A%   The first two are defined for figures, and the third one for tables. You may
%^^A%   redefine existing macros using |\renewfloatcommand| command (it uses
%^^A%   the same arguments as |\newfloatcommand| one).
%       , ~ \cdash---  .
%       ,  
%   |\renewfloatcommand| (   
%   ,  ~|\newfloatcommand|).\medskip
%
%^^A%   \emph{Note}. In the documentation text below the name of the |\floatbox| command means
%^^A%   both itself and all commands-abbreviations, defined with |\(re)newfloatcommand|.
%   \emph{}. ~   |\floatbox|     ,
%    ~  "=,  ~ |\(re)newfloatcommand|.
%
%\begin{small}
%
%^^A%   \medskip\emph{Some explanation}. The strange ``stammering'' names of float boxes,
%^^A%   with doubled first letters, |\ffigbox| and |\ttabbox| were created, because of the
%^^A%   expected names, |\figbox| and |\tabbox|, are already used by the \package{floatflt}
%^^A%   package, which creates figures and tables which do not span the full width of a page and
%^^A%   are filled around by text (i.e. \emph{wrapped} floats, see {\sectionname}~\ref{ssec:floatflt} on the
%^^A%   page~\pageref{ssec:floatflt}). Also there were founded |\figbox| in \package{formlett}
%^^A%   package and |\tabbox| in \package{automata} package among styles in \LaTeX{} folder.
%   \medskip\emph{}.      ,
%   ~  , |\ffigbox| ~|\ttabbox|   ,  
%    , |\figbox| ~|\tabbox|,    \package{floatflt},
%      ~  (.\,. \emph{~},
%   .~{\sectionname}~\ref{ssec:floatflt} 
%   .~\pageref{ssec:floatflt}). ,   \LaTeX' 
%     |\figbox| ~ \package{formlett}
%   ~|\tabbox| \cdash--- ~ \package{automata}.
%
%\end{small}
%
%^^A%   \subsection{Building Float Row}\label{sec:floatrow}
%   \subsection{  }\label{sec:floatrow}
%^^A%   The |floatrow| environment allows to put two or more floats beside. The usage of it looks like:
%    |floatrow|       .
%       :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\begin{floatrow}[|\meta{number of beside floats}|]|\nopagebreak
%   |\floatbox...|\nopagebreak
%   |\floatbox...|\nopagebreak
%   |...|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{floatrow}|
%   \end{Quote}
%
%^^A%   Please note that \emph{for each float box} inside |floatrow| you must use |\floatbox|, |\ffigbox|,
%^^A%   |\ttabbox| or your own command, created with |\newfloatcommand| macro.
%    ,  \emph{  }   |floatrow| 
%     |\floatbox|, |\ffigbox|,
%   |\ttabbox|    ,  ~ |\newfloatcommand|.
%
%^^A%   The |floatrow| environment creates necessary number of ``columns'',
%^^A%   the default number is two, where floats are placed (during the calculation of width of column
%^^A%   the widths of the separations between beside floats and margins around the float row are taken into account).
%^^A%   You may redefine the width of each float box,
%^^A%   e.g. the boxes of tables~\ref{tab:row:tabIII} and~\ref{tab:row:tabIV} (page~\pageref{tab:row:tabIII})
%^^A%   have the width of their contents
%^^A%   (remember, the |[\FBwidth]| is default option of |\ttabbox|).
%    |floatrow|    ,
%     ,    (  ,  
%     (  ) ~ /     ).
%        ,
%   ,  ~\ref{tab:row:tabIII} ~\ref{tab:row:tabIV} (.~\pageref{tab:row:tabIII})
%    ,  
%     (,  |[\FBwidth]| ~|\ttabbox|   ).
%
%^^A%   During building each float box inside float row, the |floatrow| environment calculates
%^^A%   the rest space in the row and writes this value at the special parameter |\Xhsize|, which you
%^^A%   may use inside \meta{width} option of |\floatbox| command.
%^^A%   The next example with figures uses |[\FBwidth]| command in option for the left float,
%^^A%   and |[\Xhsize]| command---for the right.
%     ,     ~ |floatrow|  
%    ~,    ~  |\Xhsize|,  
%    ~ \meta{width}  |\floatbox|.
%     ~   |[\FBwidth]|    ~|[\Xhsize]|  .
%\begin{Quote}
%|...|\nopagebreak
%|\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
%| \begin{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
%|  \ffigbox[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%|    {...}|\nopagebreak
%|    {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
%| |
%|  \ffigbox[\Xhsize]|%^^A
%   \FRmpar{ :     }{FAD:floatfillspace}
%|    {...}|
%|    {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
%| \end{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
%|\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%    \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
%   {\caption{  ~,     }%
%   \label{intro:leftfig:FBwidth}}%
%   {\unitlength1.12\unitlength\input{Bear.picture}}
%
%   \ffigbox[\Xhsize]
%   {\caption[  ~,    ]{ ~, ~   
%           ,     ~}%^^A
%    \label{intro:rightfig:Xhsize}}
%   {\unitlength1.44\unitlength\input{Doll.picture}}
%    \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%
%^^A%   Usually the command |\Xhsize|\label{FB:Xhsize} is used for the last float
%^^A%   box to occupy the rest space of the row.
%^^A%   But if you use \package{calc} package you may try to use |\Xhsize|
%^^A%   earlier, if the \emph{absolute} value of the width of float boxes to
%^^A%   the right in float row is known. Another variant: you may set something in \meta{width}
%^^A%   argument something like |\Xhsize/2| and then |\Xhsize| for two last
%^^A%   float boxes---the next example just uses it: the first float has default
%^^A%   width equal to ``column'' width, the next uses width of included
%^^A%   graphic (uses command |\FBwidth| in optional argument \meta{width}),
%^^A%   the last two floats divide the rest horizontal space of page into two equal pieces which were
%^^A%   calculated by command |\Xhsize| and  \package{calc} package.\pagebreak[1]
%     |\Xhsize|\label{FB:Xhsize}  
%     ~. 
%       \package{calc}   
%    |\Xhsize| ,  
%   \emph{}      .
%    :  ~ \meta{width}   |\Xhsize/2|
%   ~ |\Xhsize|    ,  ~ ~ :
%        ,  
%   ,      (
%    |\FBwidth| ~  \meta{width}),
%   ~      ~, 
%     |\Xhsize| ~ \package{calc}.%^^A
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%   |\usepackage{calc}|\vspace{1ex}
%   |\makeatletter\@mparswitchfalse\makeatother|\vspace{1ex}
%   |\|\FRkey{DeclareMarginSet}|{hangleft}{\|\FRkey{setfloatmargins}
%   |    {\hskip-\marginparwidth\hskip-\marginparsep}{\hfil}}|\vspace{1ex}
%   |\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[widefigure]{|%^^A
%       \FRkey{margins}|=hangleft}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\begin{figure*}|
%|\begin{floatrow}|{\emphcolor|[4]|}
%|  \ffigbox|\nopagebreak
%|    {\caption{ ...}...}|\nopagebreak
%|    {...}|
%| |
%|  \ffigbox[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%|    {\caption{ ...}...}|\nopagebreak
%|    {...}|
%| |
%|  \ffigbox[\Xhsize/2]|\nopagebreak
%|    {\caption{ ...}...}|\nopagebreak
%|    {...}|
%| |
%|  \ffigbox[\Xhsize]|\nopagebreak
%|    {\caption{ ...}...}|\nopagebreak
%|    {...}|
%|\end{floatrow}|
%|\end{figure*}|
%\end{Quote}
%   \floatsetup[widefloat]{margins=hangleft}
%   \begin{figure*}%
%   \begin{floatrow}[4]
%   \ffigbox
%   {\caption{  ~,  }%
%   \label{fig:row:Dog}}
%   {\input{TheDog.picture}}
%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
%   {\caption{  ~,  }%
%   \label{fig:row:WcatI}}
%   {\input{TheCat.picture}}
%
%   \ffigbox[\Xhsize/2]
%   {\caption{  ~, 
%       }%
%   \label{fig:row:BcatI}}
%   {{\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/58}%^^A
%   {\input{Mouse.picture}}}}
%
%   \ffigbox[\Xhsize]
%   {\caption{  ~,
%     }%
%   \label{fig:row:cheese}}
%   {\input{Cheese.picture}}
%   \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure*}%
%^^A%   The result you see in the row of
%^^A%   figures~\ref{fig:row:Dog}--\ref{fig:row:cheese}. Please note that in the examples with rows,
%^^A%   the vertical alignment of floats lays on the bottom of upper part (here: objects)
%^^A%   of float and the top of lower part (captions).
%      ~
%   ~\ref{fig:row:Dog}--\ref{fig:row:cheese}.  ,  ~ ~ 
%           
%   (: ) ~   ().
%
%^^A%   The current example uses the starred |figure*| environment, which demonstrates here the possibility
%^^A%   of creation and usage of the alternative layout for the float type (here for the figure).
%^^A%   It sets the special margin settings,
%^^A%   which allow to expand to the left margin (see page~\pageref{setup:margins} about margins settings
%^^A%   in |\floatsetup| command). The first command in this example, between |\makeatletter| and
%^^A%   |\makeatother| commands, switch of facing margins in twoside document: margins on all pages
%^^A%   appear on the left side (like in current document).
%       
%   ,        (.~.~\pageref{setup:margins}
%   ~  ~ |\floatsetup|).   ~,  
%    |\makeatletter| ~|\makeatother|,      :
%        ~  ( ~ ).
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Mixed Row}\label{sec:mixrow}
%   \subsubsection{ }\label{sec:mixrow}
%^^A%   \textbf{Problems}.\startNotes\Note Sometimes, for example, it is necessary to put beside
%^^A%   figure and table. The problem of such mixed row is that you must put different types of float in
%^^A%   one floating environment, which sets its own layout for included float box(es).
%   \textbf{}.\startNotes\Note
%       , ,  ~.
%        ~,    
%     ~  ,    
%    .
%
%^^A%   \Note Another problem is that figures usually have captions below
%^^A%   graphics, but tables could have caption \emph{above} their contents.
%^^A%   The alignment of all floats is similar: the bottom of upper part and
%^^A%   top of lower part. In this case if you want to put such beside figure
%^^A%   and table you'll get an undesirable result.
%   \Note    ~,   ~ 
%    , ~    .
%      :     
%   ~  "--- ~. ~ ,   
%     ~ ,
%        .
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\killfloatstyle}
%^^A%   \textbf{Solutions}.\startNotes\Note For creation of right layouts for each float type in mixed row,
%^^A%   you ought to write |\|\FRkey{killfloatstyle} command just before each ``foreign''
%^^A%   (for current floating environment) |\floatbox| macro.
%   \textbf{}.\startNotes\Note
%          ,    |\|\FRkey{killfloatstyle}
%      (   )  |\floatbox|.
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\CenterFloatBoxes}
%   \DescribeMacro{\TopFloatBoxes}
%   \DescribeMacro{\BottomFloatBoxes}
%^^A%   {\sloppy\Note For correct vertical alignment of different float types, which put captions in different
%^^A%   positions, you may use one of the following commands:
%   \Note      ,
%      -,
%        :
%\begin{Quote}
%|\CenterFloatBoxes|\label{FB:CenterFloatBoxes}
%|\TopFloatBoxes|\label{FB:TopFloatBoxes}
%|\BottomFloatBoxes|\label{FB:BottomFloatBoxes}
%\end{Quote}
%^^A%   which align \emph{full} float boxes by center, top or bottom lines.
%       \emph{}   ,
%       .
%^^A%   There is also |\PlainFloatBoxes|\label{FB:PlainFloatBoxes} which restores standard behavior of
%^^A%   |\floatbox|'es.\par}
%      |\PlainFloatBoxes|\label{FB:PlainFloatBoxes},  
%       |\floatbox|.
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\buildFBBOX}
%^^A%These macros were created by |\buildFBBOX|\label{FB:buildFBBOX} macro, which can be written like
%       |\buildFBBOX|\label{FB:buildFBBOX},    
%    :
%\begin{Quote}
%|\buildFBBOX|\marg{starting code of the box}\marg{finishing code of the box}
%\end{Quote}
%^^A%   just before any |\floatbox| command (or |floatrow| environment).
%^^A%   For example, definition of |\CenterFloatBoxes|
%^^A%   looks almost like following:
%      |\floatbox| (   |floatrow|).
%   ,   |\CenterFloatBoxes|
%       :
%\begin{Quote}
%%^^A|\newcommand\CenterFloatBoxes{\CADJfalse\OADJfalse|
%|\newcommand\CenterFloatBoxes{%|
%|  \buildFBBOX{\hbox\bgroup$\vcenter\bgroup\vskip0pt}%|
%|             {\vskip0pt\egroup$\egroup}}|
%\end{Quote}
%^^A%   The other two commands use |\vtop| and |\vbox| boxes consequently.
%^^A%   (see also example with usage of |\buildFBBOX| command on the page~\pageref{buildFBBOX:def}).
%        |\vtop| ~|\vbox| .
%   (.~      .~\pageref{buildFBBOX:def}).
%
%^^A%   In the next example we use |\CenterFloatBoxes| command before |floatrow|
%^^A%   and |\killfloatstyle| just before |\ttabbox| macro
%^^A%   (mixed float row with figure~\ref{fig:rowmixspec:WcatI} in |Boxed| style, and
%^^A%   table~\ref{tab:rowmixspec:tabI}\label{mixrow}):
%        |\CenterFloatBoxes|   |floatrow|
%   ~|\killfloatstyle|  |\ttabbox|
%   ( ,   .~\ref{fig:rowmixspec:WcatI} ~ |Boxed|
%   ~.~\ref{tab:rowmixspec:tabI}\label{mixrow}):
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[figure]{|\FRkey{style}|=Boxed}|
%\end{preamble}\RestoreSpaces
%|\begin{figure}\CenterFloatBoxes|\nopagebreak
%|\begin{floatrow}|
%|  \|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox}|[\|\FRkey[FB]{FBwidth}|]|
%|     ...|
%|  \|\FRkey{killfloatstyle}|\|\FRkey[FB]{ttabbox}
%|     ...|
%\end{Quote}
%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
%   \begingroup\floatsetup[figure]{style=Boxed}
%   \begin{figure}[H]\CenterFloatBoxes
%   \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
%   {\unitlength1.92\unitlength\input{Horse.picture}}
%   {\caption{ ~ }\label{fig:rowmixspec:WcatI}}%
%   \extrarowheight1pt
%   \killfloatstyle\ttabbox
%   {\caption{ ~ \hbox{}}\label{tab:rowmixspec:tabI}}
%   {\tabcolsep5\tabcolsep\begin{tabular}{|c|c|}\hline A & B  \\ C & D \\ \hline\end{tabular}}
%   \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure}
%   \endgroup
%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
%   \RestoreSpaces
%
%^^A%   \emph{Note.} Both figure and table boxes have got width equal to
%^^A%   contents of objects: the |\ffigbox| command in the example has optional argument
%^^A%   |[\FBwidth]|, but |\ttabbox| does not have any option---it uses
%^^A%   |[\FBwidth]| option as default (see definitions on page~\pageref{abbrcom}).\label{FAD:MixedRowII}
%   \emph{.}  ,  ~  , 
%    .  |\ffigbox| ~  
%    |[\FBwidth]|,  ~ |\ttabbox|   
%   "---  |[\FBwidth]|    (. 
%     .~\pageref{abbrcom}).\label{FAD:MixedRowII}
%
%^^A%   \subsection{Running Floats In The Raw \LaTeX\ mode}\label{sec:rawfloats}
%   \subsection{ ~  \LaTeX'}\label{sec:rawfloats}
%
%^^A%    The\label{FAD:PlainFloat}
%^^A%    \package{floatrow} package redefines floating environments for the case
%^^A%    of creation of common layout for all floats. This redefinition creates
%^^A%    some limitations for source document file, which were mentioned in
%^^A%    introduction (see \sectionname~\ref{floatrow:wrong}). If you still need a raw behavior
%^^A%    of floating environment, you may do that by one of the following three ways.\startNotes
%    \label{FAD:PlainFloat}
%    \package{floatrow}    , 
%       
%      .    
%       ~ , ~, ~,
%       (.~\sectionname~\ref{floatrow:wrong}).   
%      ,   ~ \LaTeX'
%        .\startNotes
%
%   \Note\DescribeMacro{\RawFloats}\label{setup:RawFloats}%^^A
%^^A%    If you want \LaTeX\ behavior \emph{just for one environment},
%^^A%    input a |\RawFloats| command \emph{inside} environment:
%     ,  \emph{  }   ~
%    \LaTeX',   |\RawFloats| \emph{} :
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[figure]{|\FRkey{style}|=Boxed}|\%{\itshape\smash{\begin{tabular}[t]l
%        :  \\ ~    \end{tabular}}}
%\end{preamble}
%|\begin{figure}\RawFloats|\nopagebreak
%|\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|
%|\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}|
%|  \centering ...|
%|  \caption{...}\label{...}|
%|\end{minipage}|
%|\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}|
%|  \captionof{table}{...}\label{...}|
%|  \centering ...|
%|\end{minipage}|\nopagebreak
%|\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}
%^^A%    And you'll get figure~\ref{Right:expect:fig}
%^^A%    and table~\ref{Right:expect:tab}.
%    ~  .~\ref{Right:expect:fig}
%    ~.~\ref{Right:expect:tab}.
%\begingroup\floatsetup[figure]{style=Boxed}
%    \begin{figure}[H]\RawFloats
%    \captionsetup[table]{position=top}
%    \begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
%    \centering {\unitlength1.92\unitlength\input{Horse.picture}}
%    \caption{ ~ ~   \LaTeX'}\label{Right:expect:fig}
%    \end{minipage}\quad\hfill
%    \killfloatstyle\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
%    \captionof{table}{ ~ ~   \LaTeX'}\label{Right:expect:tab}
%    \centering\tabcolsep5\tabcolsep
%    \begin{tabular}{|c|c|}\hline A & B  \\ C & D \\ \hline\end{tabular}
%    \end{minipage}
%    \end{figure}
%\endgroup
%   \RestoreSpaces
%^^A%   Compare this example with example in the {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:mixrow} and the following
%^^A%   figure~\ref{leftfig:raw} and table~\ref{righttab:raw}.
%      ~  {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:mixrow}
%   ~ ~\ref{leftfig:raw} ~~\ref{righttab:raw}.
%\begin{Quote}\openup.65pt
%\begin{preamble}
%|\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[figure]{|\FRkey{style}|=Boxed}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\begin{figure}\RawFloats\|\FRkey[FB]{CenterFloatBoxes}\nopagebreak
%|\begin{|\FRkey[sec]{floatrow}|}|
%|  \|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox}|[\|\FRkey[FB]{FBwidth}|]|\nopagebreak
%|   {...}|\nopagebreak
%|   {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
%
%|  \|\FRkey[FB]{ttabbox}\nopagebreak
%|   {...}|\nopagebreak
%|   {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
%|\end{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
%|\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}
%\begingroup\floatsetup[figure]{style=Boxed}
%   \begin{figure}[H]\RawFloats\CenterFloatBoxes
%    \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
%   {\unitlength1.92\unitlength\input{Horse.picture}}
%   {\caption{ ~   \cmd{\floatbox} ~~ \env{floatrow} ~  \LaTeX'}%^^A
%   \label{leftfig:raw}}%
%
%   \ttabbox
%   {\caption{ ~   \cmd{\floatbox} ~~ \env{floatrow} ~  \LaTeX'}%^^A
%    \label{righttab:raw}}
%   {\tabcolsep5\tabcolsep
%    \begin{tabular}{|c|c|}\hline A & B    \\ C & D \\ \hline
%    \end{tabular}}
%    \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   \Note Canceling of \package{floatrow}'s behavior for \emph{all floats of one type
%^^A%   or subtype} should be done outside any floating environment, usually in the
%^^A%   preamble of the document. In this case the |\RawFloats| command needs optional
%^^A%   argument with name(s) of float type. You may set that by two ways:
%   \Note    \package{floatrow}   \emph{   
%    }. ~   |\RawFloats|     ~
%       \cdash---    
%   ~.     :
% \begin{Quote}
% |\RawFloats|\oarg{type,type,\ldots}\quad or\nopagebreak
% |\RawFloats|\oarg{type}\oarg{subtype,subtype,\ldots}
% \end{Quote}
%^^A%   So if you set |\RawFloats[figure]|, that will return the plain \LaTeX{} mode to all
%^^A%   figures in all subtype environments (|figure|, |figure*|,
%^^A%   |sidewaysfigure|, |wrapfigure|, etc., see page~\pageref{sec:floatsetup}).
%^^A%   If there is also a table,
%^^A%   |\RawFloats[figure,table]|, you also will set the same for all table
%^^A%   subtypes.
%   ,    |\RawFloats[figure]|,      \LaTeX'
%      ~  (|figure|, \texttt{figure*},
%   |sidewaysfigure|, |wrapfigure| ~. .~.~\pageref{sec:floatsetup}).
%      :
%   |\RawFloats[figure,table]|,     \package{floatrow}
%   ~   .
%
%^^A%   The second way, with second optional argument, cancels \package{floatrow}'s
%^^A%   behavior for mentioned float ``subtype(s)'' of \emph{one} float type
%^^A%   in second optional argument you may use |float|, |widefloat|,
%^^A%   |rotfloat|, |widerotfloat|---the meaning of this options
%^^A%   analogous to options of |\floatsetup| macro (see
%^^A%   {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup}, but you may use here only options
%^^A%   which include ``float'' word).\label{FAD:PlainFloatII}%^^A
%    ,   ,   \package{floatrow}
%    ~    .   
%     |float|, |widefloat|,
%   |rotfloat|, |widerotfloat|---   
%     |\floatsetup|
%   (. {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup},  ~   
%       float).\label{FAD:PlainFloatII}%^^A
%
%   \Note\DescribeMacro{rawfloats}\label{setup:rawfloats}%^^A
%^^A%    This option stores the plain \LaTeX{} mode (i.e. stores usage of
%^^A%   standard \LaTeX{} float macros) for all \emph{standard and new defined}
%^^A%   float types. This option can be used only in |\usepackage| line.
%       plain \LaTeX' (.\,. 
%     \LaTeX')   \emph{ ~ }
%    .     ~
%   |\usepackage|.
%
%\medskip
%^^A%   \emph{Notes}.\startNotes\nopagebreak
%   \emph{}.\startNotes\nopagebreak
%
%^^A%   \Note Please note that with |\RawFloats[...]| command  and |rawfloats=| key
%^^A%   you will cancel layout (|\floatsetup|) settings of all chosen float types/subtypes
%^^A%   ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup}) for plain floats.
%   \Note  ,  ~  ~ |\RawFloats[...]| ~ |rawfloats=|
%      (|\floatsetup|)     ~ 
%   ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup}).
%
%\begingroup
%^^A%   {\Note The |floatrow| environment ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatrow})
%^^A%   and commands of |\floatbox| stuff ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox})
%^^A%   still work  after |\RawFloats[...]| command and |rawfloats=| key
%^^A%   (see example with figure~\ref{leftfig:raw}
%^^A%   and table~\ref{righttab:raw})\label{FAD:MixedRow}.
%^^A%   Also note that\startNotes\def\theNote{\alph{Note}}\Note
%^^A%   the layout settings of the package, written in |\usepackage| line
%^^A%   and inside |\floatsetup{...}| command, and settings for main types of floats
%^^A%   like |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[figure]{...}| or |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[table]{...}|
%^^A%   still can work inside |\|\FRkey{floatbox} commands; \Note for the figures inside |\fcapside|
%^^A%   command and similar ones (with the |\|\FRkey{capbeside} command
%^^A%   inside the |\floatbox|'s \meta{preamble} option)---the settings |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[capbesidefloat]{...}|
%^^A%   and |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[capbesidefigure]{...}| or |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[capbesidetable]{...}|
%^^A%   work; \Note inside the \FRkey{floatrow} environment---the settings |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[floatrow]{...}|
%^^A%   and |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[figurerow]{...}| or |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[tablerow]{...}| are added
%^^A%   to the settings for |\floatbox|'es inside;
%^^A%   \Note also you may use |\|\FRkey{thisfloatsetup} settings in the case of usage of |\floatbox| commands.
%   \Note  |floatrow| ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatrow})
%   ~   |\floatbox| ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox})
%         |\RawFloats[...]|
%   ~ |rawfloats=| (.~.~\ref{leftfig:raw}
%   ~.~\ref{righttab:raw})\label{FAD:MixedRow}.
%    \startNotes\def\theNote{\asbuk{Note}}\Note   |\|\FRkey{floatbox}  
%    ,  ~ |\usepackage|  
%   |\floatsetup{...}|, ~    ,
%   |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[figure]{...}|  |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[table]{...}|;
%   \Note    |\fcapside| ~  (~|\capbeside| ~\meta{preamble}
%    |\floatbox|)  |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[capbesidefloat]{...}|
%   |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[capbesidefigure]{...}|  |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[capbesidetable]{...}|;
%   \Note   |floatrow| ~  |\floatbox|
%     |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[floatrow]{...}|
%   |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[figurerow]{...}|  |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[tablerow]{...}|.
%
%^^A%   The settings for all other layout subtypes
%^^A%   (see {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup}) will be canceled.\par}
%        (.~{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup})
%    .
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Raw Caption---Printing in Unusual Way}
%   \subsubsection{  --- }
%   \DescribeMacro{\RawCaption}\label{setup:RawCaption}%^^A
%^^A%   This command allows to ``release'' caption contents from special box register created by
%^^A%   \package{floatrow} package for the creation of necessary layout. The caption is placed as
%^^A%   argument of |\RawCaption|:
%          
%    ,   \package{floatrow}    
%   . ~    ~  |\RawCaption|:
% \begin{Quote}
%   |\RawCaption{\caption\marg{contents}\label{...}}|
% \end{Quote}
%^^A%   In this case the settings of float layout of current type will be stored, but
%^^A%   you may put caption in non-standard way. For example in the free corner of the
%^^A%   graphics (figure~\ref{rawcaption:plain}):
%   ~ ,     , 
%      .  ~  
%   (.~\ref{rawcaption:plain}):
%\begingroup
% \begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[figure]{|\FRkey{style}|=plain}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\begin{figure}|
%|\framebox(70,60){...}\hskip2\unitlength|
%|\framebox(70,60){...}\vskip2\unitlength|
%|\framebox(70,60){...}\hskip2\unitlength|
%|\parbox[b][60\unitlength]{70\unitlength}%|
%|          {\RawCaption{\caption{...}\label{...}}}|
%|\end{figure}|
% \end{Quote}
%\floatsetup{style=plain}
%\begin{figure}[H]\unitlength1.28\unitlength\lineskip0pt
%\framebox(70,60){\input{TheCat.picture}}\hspace{2\unitlength}%%^^A
%\framebox(70,60){\unitlength.5\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}}\vspace{2\unitlength}\par
%\framebox(70,60){\unitlength.25\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}}\hspace{2\unitlength}%%^^A
%\parbox[b][60\unitlength]{70\unitlength}{\RawCaption{\caption
%     [ ~  \LaTeX;,  ~  ]{ ~  \LaTeX;,  ~  }\label{rawcaption:plain}}}
%\end{figure}%
%^^A%   The more suitable example of usage of the |\RawCaption| command see on the
%^^A%   page~\pageref{fig:subIcap:IcatsI} (figure~\ref{fig:subIcap:IcatsI} with modified
%^^A%   \verb|BOXED| style).
%        |\RawCaption| .~~%^^A
%   .~\pageref{fig:subIcap:IcatsI} (.~\ref{fig:subIcap:IcatsI} ~ 
%   \verb|Boxed|).
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   \subsection{Usage of Footnotes Inside Float Environment}
%   \subsection{   }\label{sec:floatfootnote}
%
%^^A%   Sometimes table or figure contents have material, which authors mark
%^^A%   and then write some explanation like footnotes. This package has
%^^A%   a~mechanism which allows to put footnotes inside floating environments, in
%^^A%   the same way as is in \LaTeX's |minipage| environment.
%        
%   ,  , ~   ~ .
%     ,      ,
%      ~ \LaTeX' |minipage|.
%
%^^A%   In the case of few elements have the same footnote, we cannot
%^^A%   use standard |\footnotemark|---|\footnotetext| combination, because
%^^A%   |\footnotemark| in standard \LaTeX\ always creates the sign of main text footnote.
%^^A%   For these cases current package offers |\mpfootnotemark|%^^A
%^^A%   \FRmpar{Footnotemark \\inside float}{FAD:FnoteInsideFloat}\label{FB:mpfootnotemark}
%^^A%   macro instead of |\footnotemark|.
%^^A%   (The same macro also is defined in \package{footmisc} package.
%^^A%   The \package{floatrow} package doubles this definition.)
%   ~ ,   
%     ,     
%    |\footnotemark|---|\footnotetext|,   
%   |\footnotemark|
%   \FRmpar{   }{FAD:FnoteInsideFloat}\label{FB:mpfootnotemark}
%   ~ \LaTeX'       .
%         
%   |\mpfootnotemark|  |\footnotemark|.
%   (     ~
%   \package{footmisc}.  \package{floatrow}    .)
%   \begin{Quote}\openup-.35pt%
%   \begin{preamble}
%   |\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|{...,|\FRkey{footnoterule}|=none,|%^^A
%       \FRkey{footskip}|=.35\skip\footins,...}|
%   \end{preamble}
%     |\begin{table}|
%     |\|\FRkey[FB]{ttabbox}
%     | {\caption{...}\label{...}}%|
%\verb+ {\begin{tabular}{...}+
%     |... & 2\mpfootnotemark[1] \\|
%     |...|
%     |  \end{tabular}%|
%     |  \footnotetext[1]{Even numbers.}}|
%   |\end{table}|
%   \end{Quote}%
%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
%\begingroup\floatsetup[table]{footnoterule=none,footskip=.35\skip\footins}\tabcolsep.5\tabcolsep
%   \begin{table}[H]
%   \ttabbox
%   {\caption{  }%^^A
%   \label{tab:floatfnote}}%^^A
%    {\extrarowheight1pt
%   \begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}
%     \hline
%     \thead{Column head}  & \thead{Data I}     & \thead{Data II} \\
%     \hline
%     First row    & \phantom01 & 2\mpfootnotemark[1]       \\
%     Second row   & \phantom06\mpfootnotemark[1] & 4\mpfootnotemark[1]       \\
%     Third row    &         28\mpfootnotemark[1] & 8\mpfootnotemark[1]       \\
%     \hline
%   \end{tabular}%^^A
%   \footnotetext[1]{Even numbers.}}
%   \end{table}%
%\endgroup
%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
%
%^^A%   {\sloppy The |\|\FRkey[sec]{floatbox} macro uses special definition of footnote rule
%^^A%   (the \FRkey{footnoterule}|=| key, see also
%^^A%   page~\pageref{sec:footnotestyle} for variants of footnote rule) and skip before footnotes and
%^^A%   explications or legends (the \FRkey{footskip}|=| key).\par}
%    |\|\FRkey[sec]{floatbox}     
%    ( \FRkey{footnoterule}|=|, . 
%   .~\pageref{sec:footnotestyle} ~     ) ~  
%   ~ ( \FRkey{footskip}|=|).
%
%^^A%   \subsection{The Legend-Like Macro}\label{subsec:floatfoot}
%   \subsection{  }\label{subsec:floatfoot}
%^^A%   In the case of table or figure have some additional explanations
%^^A%   which could not put in caption contents and they are definitely not
%^^A%   a footnote you may use the |\floatfoot|\label{FAD:Legend}
%^^A%   command. The |\floatfoot| is
%^^A%   build by usage of |\caption| stuff and uses by default caption's text justification:
%         ,
%       ~ ~   
%       |\floatfoot|\label{FAD:Legend}.  |\floatfoot|
%       |\caption| ~  
%   ,     (.~\ref{tab:floatfoot}):
%\begin{Quote}
%|\begin{table}|
%|\|\FRkey[FB]{ttabbox}
%|  {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
% \verb+  {\begin{tabular}{...}+
%|  ...|
%|  \end{tabular}%|
%|  \floatfoot*{`Data I' column ...}}|
%|\end{table}|
%\end{Quote}
%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
%\begingroup\floatsetup[table]{footnoterule=none,footskip=.35\skip\footins}\tabcolsep.5\tabcolsep
%   \begin{table}[H]
%   \ttabbox
%   {\caption{  }%^^A
%   \label{tab:floatfoot}}%^^A
%    {\extrarowheight1pt\tabcolsep2\tabcolsep
%   \begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}
%     \hline
%     \thead{Column head}  & \thead{Data I}     & \thead{Data II} \\
%     \hline
%     First row    & \phantom01 & 2       \\
%     Second row   & \phantom06 & 4       \\
%     Third row    &         28 & 8       \\
%     \hline
%   \end{tabular}%^^A
%   \floatfoot{`Data I' column---numbers which equal to sum of all
%   their divisors; `Data II' column---$2^n$ values}}
%   \end{table}%
%\endgroup
%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
%
%^^A%   The star form (|\floatfoot*|) prints its contents as plain unindented
%^^A%   paragraph (see table~\ref{tab:floatfoot}).
%     (|\floatfoot*|)   ~ 
%      (. .~\ref{tab:floatfoots}):
%\begin{Quote}
%|\begin{table}|
%|  ...|
%|  \end{tabular}%|
%|  \floatfoot*{`Data I' column ...}}|
%|\end{table}|
%\end{Quote}
%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
%\begingroup\floatsetup[table]{footnoterule=none,footskip=.35\skip\footins}\tabcolsep.5\tabcolsep
%   \begin{table}[H]
%   \ttabbox
%   {\caption{ ~ ~    }%^^A
%   \label{tab:floatfoots}}%^^A
%    {\extrarowheight1pt\tabcolsep2\tabcolsep
%   \begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}
%     \hline
%     \thead{Column head}  & \thead{Data I}     & \thead{Data II} \\
%     \hline
%     First row    & \phantom01 & 2       \\
%     Second row   & \phantom06 & 4       \\
%     Third row    &         28 & 8       \\
%     \hline
%   \end{tabular}%^^A
%   \floatfoot*{`Data I' column---numbers which equal to sum of all
%   their divisors; `Data II' column---$2^n$ values}}
%   \end{table}%
%\endgroup
%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
%
%^^A%   For defining of explication font use \FRkey{footfont}|=| option
%^^A%   in |\floatsetup| (page~\pageref{setup:footfont}). You may try to
%^^A%   define special settings for float foot using
%^^A%   \cmd{\captionsetup[floatfoot]} (see~{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup}).
%          
%   \FRkey{footfont}|=| ~
%   |\floatsetup| (.~\pageref{setup:footfont}).   
%       
%    \cmd{\captionsetup[floatfoot]} (.~{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup}).
%
%^^A%   \emph{Notes.} \startNotes\Note The \package{float} package defines additional
%^^A%   optional argument after main caption text, possibly for explications.
%^^A%   Since this possibility
%^^A%   didn't declared in user part of documentation the current version of
%^^A%   \package{caption} (3.0 and later), and also \package{float\-row} package,
%^^A%   doesn't support this possibility. You may use |\floatfoot| and
%^^A%   |\footnote|/\allowbreak|\mpfootnotemark|/\allowbreak|\footnotetext| stuff instead.
%   \emph{.} \startNotes\Note  \package{float} 
%       .  
%       ~  
%   , ~  \package{caption},  ~3.0,
%   ~ \package{floatrow}    .
%     |\floatfoot| ~
%   |\footnote|/\allowbreak|\mpfootnotemark|/\allowbreak|\footnotetext|.
%
%^^A%   \Note If you use both commands |\floatfoot| and |\footnote|
%^^A%   inside one float box, the |\floatfoot| appears above |\footnote|
%^^A%   contents.
%   \Note      |\floatfoot|
%   ~|\footnote|   ,   |\floatfoot|
%     |\footnote|.
%
%^^A%   \Note Foot material (footnotes and text in floatfoot) can be placed
%^^A%   in several variants: at the very bottom of float box, below caption
%^^A%   (even if caption is above float object; see description of \FRkey{footposition}|=| key
%^^A%   on the page \pageref{setup:footposition}
%^^A%   and sample file \file{frsample01.tex}). In case of caption beside
%^^A%   float object, footnotes and foot text are always placed below caption.
%   \Note  ~    
%   : ~  ,  
%   ( ~  ; .   \FRkey{footposition}|=|
%    .~\pageref{setup:footposition} ~  \file{frsample01.tex}).
%   ~  ,  ~    .
%
%^^A%   \subsection{Fine Tuning of Vertical Spaces of Float}\label{sec:FBabskips}
%   \subsection{   ~}\label{sec:FBabskips}
%^^A%   At the final variant of document you may need to correct vertical
%^^A%   spaces between float and main text, between float object and
%^^A%   caption.
%   ~     
%        ~
%   ,    ~.
%
%^^A%   To change space between float box and main text, you may use
%^^A%   two simple commands |\FBaskip| and |\FBbskip|. For example define
%       ~  ,
%       |\FBaskip| ~|\FBbskip|.
%   , 
%   \begin{Quote}
%    |\renewcommand\FBaskip{-4pt}|
%    |\begin{figure}|
%    |  ...|
%    |\end{figure}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   to move up float box up (or reduce space above) by 4pt. Or write
%       (  )
%    4pt.  
%   \begin{Quote}
%    |\renewcommand\FBbskip{-5pt}|\nopagebreak
%    |\begin{figure}[t]|\nopagebreak
%    |  ...|\nopagebreak
%    |\end{figure}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   to reduce space below (here: distance between figure and main text) by 5pt.
%^^A%   In current document the |\FBaskip| command  was necessary for moving up
%^^A%   some of wrapped figures.\nopagebreak
%     (:    ~)
%    5pt. ~ 
%    |\FBaskip|   
%    ~.\nopagebreak
%
%^^A%   Use |\vspace| command for vertical space correction around float
%^^A%   object\footnote{The plain floating environment allows usage of
%^^A%   \cmd{\vskip} command. But \cmd{\floatbox} stuff
%^^A%   (\cmd{\floatbox} itself, \cmd{\ffigbox} etc.) in case
%^^A%   of usage of the \cmd{\FBwidth} option, gets error message
%^^A%   when \cmd{\vskip} appears.}.
%       
%    |\vspace|\footnote{~   
%    ~ \cmd{\vskip}.   \cmd{\floatbox}
%   ( \cmd{\floatbox}, \cmd{\ffigbox}\dots),  
%   ~ \meta{width}  \cmd{\FBwidth},  
%   \cmd{\vskip}    .}.\par
%
%^^A%   \emph{Note}. If you'll write something like:
%   \emph{}.     :
%   \begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%      |\usepackage{floatrow}|
%\end{preamble}
%    |\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
%    |  ...|
%    |\caption{...}|
%    |\vspace{-6pt}|\nopagebreak
%    |\end{figure}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   in \emph{plain} floats like in example above, you will change space between caption
%^^A%   and object (in the case of caption below object).
%^^A%   Again, for layout with caption above:
%   ~\emph{}  ,  ~ ,    
%    ~ (    ).
%    ,   ~ ,  ~ :
%   \begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%      |\usepackage[|\FRkey{capposition}|=top]{floatrow}|
%\end{preamble}
%    |\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
%    |\vspace{-6pt}|\nopagebreak
%    |\caption{...}|
%    |  ...|
%    |\end{figure}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   you will get the reduced space between caption above and object contents.
%          ~.
%
%   \clearpage
%^^A%   \section{Float Layout Settings}\label{sec:floatsetup}
%   \section{   }\label{sec:floatsetup}
%^^A%   The idea of \package{floatrow} package is to avoid a lot of repeated code
%^^A%   for creation of desired layout for floats inside the document text.
%^^A%   If you ought to change the layout of one float type or even of all float types,
%^^A%   the package allows also to make these modifications
%^^A%   of layout much easier. In this case you only have to care
%^^A%   about the \emph{markup} of floats and their contents.
%      \package{floatrow}  ~,   
%     ~      
%   ~   ,       
%       .
%   ~   ~ ~    \emph{}
%    ~ .
%
%^^A%   The easy modification of common layout of all float types or only for one
%^^A%   float type is possible because of the borrowed code from the \package{float}
%^^A%   package, which allows to modify layout of floats of one type as a whole.
%             
%    ,    \package{float},  
%         .
%
%^^A%   The common layouts and modification for captions for all float types as a whole,
%^^A%   for each float type separately, and other special settings
%^^A%   are supported by \package{caption} package, version~3.\emph{x}.
%     ~     ~  
%    , ~     \package{caption}, ~3.\emph{x}.
%
%^^A%   The layout settings of \package{floatrow} package are built similarly
%^^A%   to the settings from the \package{caption}~3.\emph{x} package. So the layout settings of the
%^^A%   |\floatsetup|\footnote{Some key and option names were changed from version 0.1d,
%^^A%   the reason was to arrange and make names more memorable, and, sometimes, reduction
%^^A%   of their names (see {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:changed}).} command are built in
%^^A%   similar way as layout settings
%^^A%   of the |\captionsetup| command\footnote{Look also at the \package{caption}
%^^A%   documentation (version 3.0 and later)}.
%      \package{floatrow}  
%     \package{caption}~3.\emph{x}, ~ |\floatsetup|\footnote{ 
%    ~    0.1d,   ~ 
%    , ,  ,   
%   (.~{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:changed}).},  ,   
%   |\captionsetup|\footnote{.~   \package{caption}
%   (~3.0 ~)}.
%
%^^A%   You may use the layout settings as \package{floatrow} option in
%^^A%   the |\usepackage| line in the preamble of codument.
%           
%   \package{floatrow} ~ |\usepackage|,  ~.
%   \begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%      |\usepackage[|\meta{options}|]{floatrow}|\quad.
%\end{preamble}
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   You may write
%     
%   \begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%      |\usepackage[style=boxed,font=small]{floatrow}|\quad.
%\end{preamble}
%   \end{Quote}
%   \DescribeMacro{\floatsetup}
%^^A%   The same result you get with the |\floatsetup| command:
%              |\floatsetup|
%   \begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%      |\usepackage{floatrow}|
%      |\floatsetup{style=boxed,font=small}|\quad.
%\end{preamble}
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   The lines above declare the |boxed| float style (this style creates
%^^A%   the frame around float object which is built by \LaTeX's |\fbox| command) and the
%^^A%   |\small| font for contents of float objects. These settings are loaded for \emph{all} float types.
%       |boxed| (     ~
%    \LaTeX' |\fbox|) ~ |\small| (,    )  
%   .     \emph{}   .
%
%^^A%   The usage of the |\floatsetup| command has following form:
%    |\floatsetup|    :
%   \begin{Quote}
%      |\floatsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   where option \meta{float type} is the name of float type. You can use this optional
%^^A%   argument for creating of special settings of chosen float type. The following command
%     \meta{float type}    .
%               .
%    
%   \begin{Quote}
%      |\floatsetup[table]{style=Plaintop}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   sets a special float style for floating tables: captions are placed above
%^^A%   float objects; in the case of floats are placed in one row, inside the |floatrow|
%^^A%   environment, text of captions is aligned by the top lines.
%       :   
%   ,       |floatrow|,
%        .%^^A
%
%^^A%   The |[table]| or the |[figure]| options are not the only options you are allowed to use.
%^^A%   The |\floatsetup| command allows usage of a number of special options for settings
%^^A%   for floats in different positioning: plain floats, two-column floats (in one-column layout
%^^A%   of the document, the starred environment like
%^^A%   |figure*| can be used for alternative float layout, e.g. for
%^^A%   wide floats, which expand to the margins) rotated floats, wrapped floats. There is also
%^^A%   minor support for floats with captions placed beside float objects.\medskip
%    |[table]|  |[figure]|  ,   .
%    |\floatsetup|       
%   ~  : ,
%        (~   
%    |figure*|     ,
%   ,  ,   )  , 
%   ,  ~ ~.   ,  ,  
%    ~ .\medskip
%
%^^A%   Below are  lists of all possible options of the |\floatsetup| command.
%^^A%   They are based, as example, on the |figure| environment.
%^^A%   The ``strength'' of options in the lists below decreases
%^^A%   from the previous item to the next one.
%          |\floatsetup|, ,  ,
%       |figure|.
%      ~    
%    ~:
%   \begin{itemize}\label{stsetorder}
%       \item
%^^A%       Wide or two-column floats (|figure*|):
%              (|figure*|):
%   \begin{itemize}
%       \item
%^^A%       |\floatsetup[widefigure]|\label{setup:widefigure}---the ``strongest'' settings;
%^^A%       if they are absent, the settings from the next item will be used;
%       |\floatsetup[widefigure]|\label{setup:widefigure} "---  ;
%         ,
%            ;
%       \item
%^^A%       |\floatsetup[widefloat]|\label{setup:widefloat}---these settings ``stronger''
%^^A%       than settings from next item (|\floatsetup[figure]|);
%^^A%       if they are absent, the settings from the next item will be used;
%       |\floatsetup[widefloat]|\label{setup:widefloat} "---    
%          (|\floatsetup[figure]|);   , 
%           ;
%       \item
%^^A%       |\floatsetup[figure]|;
%^^A%       if they are absent, package uses settings from
%^^A%       optional argument in |\usepackage| line or |\floatsetup{...}|
%^^A%       command; if they are absent---the default package settings will be used
%^^A%       (see page~\pageref{sec:default});
%       |\floatsetup[figure]|;    , 
%        ,
%        ~ ~ |\usepackage|   |\floatsetup{...}|;
%        ~   "---  
%         (.~.~\pageref{sec:default});
%   \end{itemize}
%       \item
%^^A%       Wrapped floats (|wrapfigure|, used with \package{wrapfig} package):
%        ~ (
%       |wrapfigure|   \package{wrapfig}):
%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt\parskip.5\parskip
%       \item |\floatsetup[wrapfigure]|\label{setup:wrapfigure};
%       \item |\floatsetup[wrapfloat]|\label{setup:wrapfloat};
%       \item |\floatsetup[figure]|;
%   \end{itemize}
%       \item
%^^A%       Rotated floats (|sidewaysfigure|,
%^^A%       used with \package{rotating} package):
%          (|sidewaysfigure|
%        \package{rotating}):
%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt\parskip.5\parskip
%       \item |\floatsetup[rotfigure]|\label{setup:rotfigure};
%       \item |\floatsetup[rotfloat]|\label{setup:rotfloat};
%       \item |\floatsetup[figure]|;
%   \end{itemize}
%       \item
%^^A%       Wide or two-column rotated floats
%            (|sidewaysfigure*|):
%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt\parskip.5\parskip
%       \item |\floatsetup[widerotfigure]|\label{setup:widerotfigure};
%       \item |\floatsetup[widerotfloat]|\label{setup:widerotfloat};
%       \item |\floatsetup[rotfigure]|;
%       \item |\floatsetup[rotfloat]|;
%       \item |\floatsetup[figure]|;
%   \end{itemize}
%^^A%   \emph{Note}. The settings
%^^A%       for wide float (|widefloat|, |widefigure|)
%^^A%       are skipped for rotated floats---use settings for |widerotfloat|
%^^A%       and---here---|widerotfigure|;
%       \emph{}. 
%            (  ~ )
%       (|widefloat|, |widefigure|)      "--- 
%         |widerotfloat|  "--- 
%       "--- |widerotfigure|;
%       \item
%^^A%       Beside floats:
%         :
%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt
%       \item |\floatsetup[floatrow]|\label{setup:floatrow};
%       \item |\floatsetup[figurerow]|\label{setup:figurerow};
%       \item
%^^A%        settings of outer environment from previous items, e.g.,
%^^A%       |sidewaysfigure*|, |sidewaysfigure|, |figure*| and |figure|.
%          ,   , ,
%       |sidewaysfigure*|, |sidewaysfigure|, ~|figure*|.
%   \end{itemize}
%       \item
%^^A%       Floats with beside captions (please note, that settings in these options are limited,
%^^A%       see next section):
%        ~  (  , .~ ):
%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt
%       \item |\floatsetup[capbesidefigure]|\label{setup:capbesidefigure};
%       \item |\floatsetup[capbesidefloat]|\label{setup:capbesidefloat};
%       \item
%^^A%       settings for the float row; settings of outer environment from previous items, e.g.,
%^^A%       |sidewaysfigure*|, |sidewaysfigure|, |figure*| and |figure|.
%           ~ |floatrow|;
%          ,   , ,
%       |sidewaysfigure*|, |sidewaysfigure|, ~|figure*|.
%   \end{itemize}
%   \end{itemize}
%
%^^A%   \emph{Notes}.\startNotes\nopagebreak
%   \emph{}.\startNotes\nopagebreak
%
%^^A%   \Note You can also create and change special settings for captions of
%^^A%   necessary float types or subtypes, using
%^^A%   co-named \meta{float~type} options inside the |\captionsetup| command,
%^^A%   e.g., |\captionsetup[widefigure]{...}|.
%   \Note         
%     , 
%       \meta{float~type} ~ |\captionsetup|, ,
%   |\captionsetup|\allowbreak|[widefigure]{...}|.
%
%^^A%   \Note Please note that with |\RawFloats[...]| command  and |rawfloats=| key
%^^A%   (\sectionname~\ref{sec:rawfloats}) you will cancel all layout
%^^A%   settings created as options in the |\usepackage| line or inside
%^^A%   the |\floatsetup| command for all chosen float types/subtypes.
%   \Note  ,  ~ |\RawFloats[...]| ~ |rawfloats=|
%   (\sectionname~\ref{sec:rawfloats})
%       ~  |\usepackage|
%      |\floatsetup|     ~ .
%
%\begingroup
%^^A%   {\sloppy\Note The |floatrow| environment ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatrow})
%^^A%   and |\floatbox| commands (e.g. |\ffigbox|, |\ttabbox|, see {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox})
%^^A%   still work after both |\RawFloats| (|\RawFloats[...]|) command and |rawfloats=| key (see example width
%^^A%   figure~\ref{leftfig:raw} and table~\ref{righttab:raw})\label{FAD:MixedRow}.
%   \Note  |floatrow| ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatrow})
%   ~   |\floatbox| (, |\ffigbox|, |\ttabbox|,
%   .~{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox})
%         |\RawFloats[...]|
%   ~ |rawfloats=| (.~ ~.~\ref{leftfig:raw}
%   ~.~\ref{righttab:raw})\label{FAD:MixedRowA}.
%^^A%   Also note that\startNotes\def\theNote{\asbuk{Note}}\Note
%^^A%   inside |\|\FRkey{floatbox} commands still can work layout settings
%^^A%   of the package, written in |\usepackage| line and inside |\floatsetup{...}| command,
%^^A%   and settings for main types of floats like |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[figure]{...}|
%^^A%   or |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[table]{...}|; \Note for the figures inside |\fcapside|
%^^A%   command and similar ones (with the |\|\FRkey{capbeside} command
%^^A%   inside the |\floatbox|'s \meta{preamble} option) the settings |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[capbesidefloat]{...}|
%^^A%   and |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[capbesidefigure]{...}| or |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[capbesidetable]{...}|
%^^A%   work; \Note inside the \FRkey{floatrow} environment the settings \floatsetup|\allowbreak|[floatrow]{...}|
%^^A%   and |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[figurerow]{...}| or |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[tablerow]{...}| are added
%^^A%   to the settings for |\floatbox|'es inside;
%^^A%   \Note also you may use |\|\FRkey{thisfloatsetup} settings in the case of usage of |\floatbox| commands.
%    \startNotes\def\theNote{\asbuk{Note}}\Note   |\|\FRkey{floatbox} 
%    ,  ~ |\usepackage|  
%   |\floatsetup{...}|, ~    ,
%   |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[figure]{...}|  |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[table]{...}|;
%   \Note    |\fcapside| ~  (~|\capbeside| ~\meta{preamble}
%    |\floatbox|)  |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[capbesidefloat]{...}|
%   |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[capbesidefigure]{...}|  |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[capbesidetable]{...}|;
%   \Note   |floatrow| ~  |\floatbox|
%     |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[floatrow]{...}|
%   |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[figurerow]{...}|  |\floatsetup|\allowbreak|[tablerow]{...}|.
%
%^^A%   The settings for all other layout subtypes
%^^A%   (see {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup}) will be canceled.\par}
%        (.~{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup})
%    .
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   The next few sections describe keys of |\floatsetup| macro.
%      ,   |\floatsetup|.
%
%^^A%   \subsection{Floatsetup Keys}\label{sec:floatkeys}
%   \subsection{ Floatsetup}\label{sec:floatkeys}
%
%^^A%   \FRorisubsubsection{Float Style}
%   \FRorisubsubsection{  }
%
%   \DescribeMacro{style}\label{setup:style}%^^A
%^^A%   The \emph{float style} could include settings of the justification (in particular) of float contents;
%^^A%   margins (in particular the alignment of float boxes); separation material between objects and captions
%^^A%   and between float boxes in a~row (mainly spaces); frames or lines and other options.
%    \emph{float style}   (~)  ;
%    (~   );     ~
%   ~ ,  ~ (   );
%      ~  .
%
%^^A%   The \emph{float style} is specified by following way:
%    \emph{float style}   :
%   \begin{Options}{style=float style name }
%     \item[style=\rmfamily\mdseries\meta{float style name}\ ,\quad]
%^^A%   the name of the \meta{float style name} option you may take from
%^^A%   table~\ref{tab:floatlayouts}.
%    \meta{float style name}     .~\ref{tab:floatlayouts}.
%     \item[...]
%^^A%   You may create your own options with the \\|\DeclareFloatStyle| command,
%^^A%   see page~\pageref{ssec:declstyle}.
%        ~  \\|\DeclareFloatStyle|,
%   .~.~\pageref{ssec:declstyle}.
%   \end{Options}
%
%^^A%   As you may see in the table~\ref{tab:floatlayouts}, the \package{floatrow} package
%^^A%   includes all float styles
%^^A%   which emulate co-named ones from the \package{float} package.
%     , ~.~\ref{tab:floatlayouts} ~ \package{floatrow}   , 
%      ~\package{float}.
%
%^^A%   Please note, that usage of |style=| key for floats with beside captions,
%^^A%   i.e.~using |\floatsetup| settings with options like, e.g.,
%^^A%   |[capbesidefigure]| or |[capbesidefloat]| can destroy layout for this float subtype.
%^^A%   For example that key cancels settings for beside position of caption.
%^^A%   If you really need to create the alternative
%^^A%   layout for floats with beside captions, for example to print float objects in frames,
%^^A%   using the |Boxed| style:\startNotes\Note if you are creating
%^^A%   one-column document, revise your settings
%^^A%   which were used for float creation, maybe you didn't use the settings for
%^^A%   starred floating environments, like |figure*|, so you can load necessary settings for
%^^A%   floats with beside caption inside |\floatsetup[widefigure]{...}|, and then
%^^A%   use |figure*| environment for floats with beside captions; \Note
%^^A%   if you can't follow advice of the previous item, you may use a bit risky
%^^A%   variant with usage of |\killfloatstyle| command,
%^^A%   see {\sectionname}~\ref{page:killfloatstyle}.\bigskip
%    ,    |style=|   ~ , .\,.
%     |\floatsetup| ~ 
%   |[capbesidefigure]|  |[capbesidefloat]|       .
%           .
%            ~ ,
%   ~    ~,   |Boxed|:\startNotes\Note
%       ~ , ,  
%   ~ ,        , 
%   |figure*|, ,        ~
%      |\floatsetup[widefigure]{...}|, ~
%     |figure*|    ; \Note
%          ,    
%     ~  |\killfloatstyle|,
%   .~{\sectionname}~\ref{page:killfloatstyle}.\bigskip
%
%^^A%   The \package{caption} package uses its own settings and names for caption layout styles.
%^^A%   The caption's |ruled| style is the only one from \package{float}
%^^A%   package, which was predefined in \package{caption} package. (The |ruled| style
%^^A%   is used by the \package{floatrow} package as well as other \package{float} package's
%^^A%   styles.) To use caption settings of the |ruled| style, you may write
%    \package{caption}    ~   .
%     , |ruled|,    \package{float},
%      ~ \package{caption}. ( |ruled| 
%       \package{float}.)      ,
%   , 
%   \begin{quote}
%   |\captionsetup[figure]{style=ruled}|\quad .
%   \end{quote}
%
%   \begingroup
%   \extrarowheight1pt\jot5pt\tabcolsep.9\tabcolsep
%   \newlengthtocommand\settowidth\Icolumn{\small\texttt{wshadowbox\,}}
%   \newlengthtocommand\settowidth\IIcolumn{\small|framestyle=wshadowbox|}
%   \newlengthtocommand\setlength\IIIcolumn{\textwidth-\Icolumn-\IIcolumn
%       -6\tabcolsep}
%   \newcommand\leftcell[2][16.5mm]{%^^A%
%     \hspace*{-\tabcolsep}\begin{tabular}[t]{>{%
%     \noindent
%     \vphantom{\small()\mpfootnotemark[1]}}
%       p{\hsize}}
%      #2\unskip\botstrut\end{tabular}\hspace*{-\tabcolsep}%
%     }
%^^A%   \def\LongtableHead{
%^^A%   \hfil\thead{Style} &
%^^A%   \hfil\thead{\cmd{\floatsetup} keys} &
%^^A%   \hfil\thead{Description}
%^^A%   }
%   \def\LongtableHead{
%   \hfil\thead{} &
%   \hfil\thead{ \cmd{\floatsetup}} &
%   \hfil\thead{}
%   }
%   \begin{longtable}{|>{\extrarowheight0pt\def\arraystretch{.75}\ttfamily}p{\Icolumn}
%   |>{\extrarowheight0pt\def\arraystretch{.75}\ttfamily}p{\IIcolumn}
%   |>{\parindent1em\topstrut}p{\IIIcolumn}<{\botstrut}|}
%^^A%   \caption{Float layout styles}\label{tab:floatlayouts}\\
%   \caption{  }\label{tab:floatlayouts}\\
%   \hline
%   \LongtableHead \\ \hline\noalign{\vskip-.4pt}
%   \endfirsthead
%   \captionsetup{labelformat=continued}\caption[]{}\\
%   \hline
%   \LongtableHead \\ \hline\noalign{\vskip-.4pt}
%   \endhead
%   \captionsetup{labelformat=finished}\caption[]{}\\
%   \hline
%   \LongtableHead \\ \hline\noalign{\vskip-.4pt}
%   \endlasthead
%   \hline\noalign{\vskip-.4pt}
%^^A%   \multicolumn{3}{r@{}}{\emph{Continued on next page}}
%   \multicolumn{3}{r@{}}{\emph{   }}
%   \endfoot
%   \hline\noalign{\vskip-.4pt}
%^^A%   \multicolumn{3}{r@{}}{\emph{Finished on next page}}
%   \multicolumn{3}{r@{}}{\emph{   }}
%   \endprelastfoot
%   \endlastfoot
%   \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{   \package{floatrow}}\\
%   \hline \leftcell{|plain|\label{setup:plain}{\mpfootnotemark[1]\mpfootnotemark[2]\mpfootnotemark[3]}}
%   & \leftcell{\meta{none}}
%   & |plain|    \LaTeX'.    
%   \\\hline
%   \leftcell{\topstrut plaintop{\mpfootnotemark[1]}\botstrut}
%   & \leftcell[50mm]{\topstrut capposition=top\botstrut}
%   & |plaintop| \cdash---   ~ |plain|     "---
%      
%   \package{float}.\\ \cline{1-2}
%   %^^A
%   \leftcell{\topstrut Plaintop\botstrut}
%   & \leftcell[50mm]{\topstrut capposition=TOP\botstrut}
%   &  ~, |Plaintop|,
%     ~  (~.~|floatrow|)   
%   (.~ ~.~\pageref{tab:row:tabIII})
%   \\\hline
%   \leftcell{\topstrut ruled\label{setup:ruled}\mpfootnotemark[1]\mpfootnotemark[3]\botstrut}
%   & \leftcell[50mm]{\topstrut capposition=top,\\ precode=thickrule,\\
%     midcode=rule,\\ postcode=lowrule,\\
%     heightadjust=all\botstrut}
%   & , |ruled|,       \package{float}.
%      
%    , ~    ~ ~  
%      2-  (.~ ~.~\pageref{leftfig:ruled}).\\ \cline{1-2}
%   %^^A
%   \leftcell{\topstrut Ruled\smash{\mpfootnotemark[2]}\botstrut}
%   &  \leftcell[50mm]{\topstrut style=ruled,\\ capposition=TOP\botstrut}
%   & ~, |Ruled|,   , ~  
%    (~ |floatrow|),
%      (.~ ~.~\pageref{leftfig:Ruled})
%   \\\hline
%   \leftcell{\topstrut boxed\mpfootnotemark[1]\mpfootnotemark[2]\mpfootnotemark[3]\mpfootnotemark[4]\botstrut}
%   & \leftcell[50mm]{captionskip=2pt,\\framestyle=fbox,\\
%     heightadjust=object,\\framearound=object\botstrut}
%   &, |boxed|,    \package{float}:
%   \emph{ }  |\textwidth|,   \cmd{\hsize} 
%        |\floatbox|;
%        (.~ ~.~\pageref{fig:setup:boxed}).     
%   ~    \cmd{\fboxsep} ~\cmd{\fboxrule}
%   (     \texttt{3\,pt} ~\texttt{.4\,pt} ).\\ \cline{1-2}
%   %^^A
%   \leftcell{\topstrut|Boxed|\label{setup:Boxed}\mpfootnotemark[2]\mpfootnotemark[3]\botstrut}
%   & \leftcell[50mm]{\topstrut style=boxed,\\ framefit=yes\botstrut}
%   & ~ ~ , |Boxed|, \emph{ } 
%   ~\cmd{\textwidth},   \cmd{\hsize}    ~  |\floatbox|;
%       ,
%       (.~ ~.~\pageref{fig:setup:Boxed}).\\ \cline{1-2}
%   %^^A
%   \leftcell{\topstrut|BOXED|\smash{\mpfootnotemark[2]}\mpfootnotemark[3]\botstrut}
%   & \leftcell[50mm]{\topstrut framestyle=fbox,\\ framefit=yes,\\
%     heightadjust=all,\\ framearound=all\botstrut}
%   &  , |BOXED|,  
%     \cmd{\textwidth},   \cmd{\hsize}    ~ 
%   |\floatbox|      : ,  ~ 
%   (.~ ~.~\pageref{BOXED:heightmod})
%   \\\hline
%   \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{   \package{fr-fancy}.
%        \package{fancybox}.}\cr\noalign{\nobreak\hrule\nobreak}
%   \leftcell{|shadowbox|\smash{\mpfootnotemark[4]}
%   \\ \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut|Shadowbox|
%   \\ \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut|SHADOWBOX|}
%   & \leftcell[50mm]{style=boxed,\\framestyle=shadowbox\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
%     style=Boxed,\\framestyle=shadowbox\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
%     style=BOXED,\\framestyle=shadowbox}
%   & ,   |boxed|, |Boxed|  |BOXED|
%   .  \cmd{\fbox}   \cmd{\shadowbox}
%     \package{fancybox} (.~ ~.~\pageref{fig:subfig:catsI}).
%     \cmd{\fboxsep} ~\cmd{\fboxrule},    
%   \cmd{\shadowsize} \cdash---   (   4\,pt).
%   \\\hline
%   \leftcell{|doublebox|\smash{\mpfootnotemark[4]}
%   \\ \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut|Doublebox|\\
%   \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut|DOUBLEBOX|}
%   & \leftcell[50mm]{style=boxed,\\ framestyle=doublebox\botstrut\\  \hline\topstrut
%     style=Boxed,\\ framestyle=doublebox\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
%     style=BOXED,\\ framestyle=doublebox}
%   & ,   |boxed|, |Boxed|  |BOXED|
%   .  \cmd{\fbox}   \cmd{\doublebox}
%     \package{fancybox} (.~ ~.~\pageref{fig:parpic:BcatII}).
%      \cmd{\fboxsep} ~\cmd{\fboxrule}
%   \\\hline\noalign{\penalty-1000}
%   \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{ .    
%   \package{fancybox}.}\cr\noalign{\nobreak\hrule\nobreak}
%   \leftcell{|wshadowbox|\smash{\mpfootnotemark[4]}
%   \\ \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut|Wshadowbox|
%   \\ \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut|WSHADOWBOX|}
%   & \leftcell[50mm]{style=boxed,\\framestyle=wshadowbox\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
%     style=Boxed,\\framestyle=wshadowbox\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
%     style=BOXED,\\framestyle=wshadowbox}
%   & ,  ~|boxed|, |Boxed| ~|BOXED|
%   .  \cmd{\fbox}   \cmd{\wshadowbox},
%     \cmd{\shadowbox} (   , 
%     )   \package{fancybox} (.~ ~.~{fig:floatflt:WcatI}),  
%       ,  ~~ |wshadowbox|
%   \\\hline
%^^A%   {\floatfoot*{When there is set float style with frame around object is
%^^A%   fitted to the box width (like |Boxed|, etc.), and
%^^A%   \cmd{\floatbox} macro uses \cmd{\FBwidth} command as \meta{width}
%^^A%   option, which sets box width equal to float object's width, the width of all float other elements
%^^A%   in this case enlarged to get width of framed object
%^^A%   (see figure~\ref{fig:setup:FBwidth:Boxed} on the page~\pageref{fig:setup:FBwidth:Boxed}).\vspace{-3pt}\par
%^^A%   \rule{1in}{.4pt}\vspace{2pt}\parindent15pt
%   \noalign{\floatfoot*{   ,     ,  
%        ( |Boxed|, etc.),
%   ~~ \meta{width}  \cmd{\floatbox}  
%   \cmd{\FBwidth},      
%    ,   
%    ~  ,      
%   (.~.~\ref{fig:setup:FBwidth:Boxed}  .~\pageref{fig:setup:FBwidth:Boxed}).\vspace{-3pt}\par
%   \rule{1in}{.4pt}\vspace{2pt}\parindent15pt
%
%^^A%   \mpfootnotemark[1]{The styles co-named and analogous to \package{float} package style.}
%^^A%
%^^A%   \mpfootnotemark[2]{This style used in the sample file \file{frsmaple01.tex}}
%^^A%
%^^A%   \mpfootnotemark[3]{This style used in the sample file \file{frsmaple02.tex}}
%^^A%
%^^A%   \mpfootnotemark[4]{During usage of these styles in
%^^A%   |floatrow| environment you ought to enlarge
%^^A%   space between floats, using key |floatrowsep|.}
%   \mpfootnotemark[1]{    \package{float}.}
%
%   \mpfootnotemark[2]{   ~  \file{frsmaple01.tex}}
%
%   \mpfootnotemark[3]{   ~  \file{frsmaple02.tex}}
%
%   \mpfootnotemark[4]{    ~ |floatrow|
%         (
%    \texttt{floatrowsep}).}}}
%   \end{longtable}
%
%   \endgroup
%
%^^A%\pagebreak[4]%^^A%protect clubs
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Font settings}\label{setup:start}
%   \subsubsection{ }\label{setup:start}
%   \DescribeMacro{font=}\label{setup:font}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines font for float object contents. Option
%^^A%   analogous to |font=| key in |\captionsetup| stuff.\nopagebreak
%        .  
%    |font=|
%   ~ |\captionsetup|.\nopagebreak
%
%^^A%   Available font setting options:
%       :
%
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%     \item[scriptsize]   {\scriptsize   }
%     \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize  ; \textit{ ~ ~}}
%     \item[small]        {\small  ; \textit{ ~ }}
%     \item[normalsize]   {\normalsize  }
%     \item[large]        {\large  }
%     \item[Large]        {\Large \' }
%
%     \item[up]           {\upshape  }
%     \item[it]           {\itshape  }
%     \item[sl]           {\slshape  }
%     \item[sc]           {\scshape }
%
%     \item[md]           {\mdseries  }
%     \item[bf]           {\bfseries  }
%
%     \item[rm]           {\rmfamily     ~}
%     \item[sf]           {\sffamily  }
%     \item[tt]           {\ttfamily   }
%^^A%     \item[...]
%^^A%   You may create your own options with the |\DeclareFloatFont| command,
%^^A%   see page~\pageref{ssec:declfont}.
%     \item[...]
%         ~ ~|\DeclareFloatFont|,
%   .~.~\pageref{ssec:declfont}.
%   \end{Options}
%
%^^A%   You may set font for float object like
%         
%   \begin{quote}
%      |font=small|
%   \end{quote}
%^^A%   (which is used in current documentation), or
%   (  ~ ) 
%   \begin{quote}
%      |font={small,sf}|\quad .
%   \end{quote}
%^^A%   If you need to color text of your float object, you may use the mechanism,
%^^A%   created by the version \textbf{3.1} of the \package{caption} package:
%          ,   
%   ,  ~ \textbf{3.1}  \package{caption}:
%   \begin{quote}
%      |font={small,color={blue}}|\quad .
%   \end{quote}
%
%   \addvspace\medskipamount\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{footfont}\label{setup:footfont}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines font for legends or explications (defined by the |\floatfoot| command,
%^^A%   see~\textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{subsec:floatfoot}). This macro
%^^A%   uses |\captionsetup| mechanism (because |\floatfoot| macro
%^^A%   uses \package{caption} package's mechanism and utilities). By default the font size
%^^A%   of float foot text equals to footnote text: |footfont=footnotesize|.
%       (  ~,
%     |\floatfoot|,
%   .~\textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{subsec:floatfoot}).
%      ,   |\captionsetup| ( 
%   |\floatfoot|      \package{caption}).
%        
%    : |footfont=footnotesize|.
%
%\RestoreSpaces
%^^A%   \paragraph{Font Settings for longtable.}
%   \paragraph{    longtable. }
%^^A%   If you use \package{caption} package, version 3.0\textbf{q}
%^^A%   the font settings, loaded in |\floatsetup|
%^^A%   in |longtable| environment, could expand to captions.
%^^A%   In this case, when you write something like
%        \package{caption} 3.0\textbf{q},
%     ,  ~~|\floatsetup|
%   ~ |longtable|   ~ 
%   ~ ,   , - 
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\floatsetup{font={sf,scriptsize,it}...|
%   \end{Quote}
%    
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\floatsetup[longtable]{font={sf,scriptsize,it}...|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   for floats (or for [long]tables only, option [longtable] of |\floatsetup|), you ought to restore
%^^A%   correct font size, family, shape (here) and series for caption contents and write:
%     (  ~ [longtable] ~|\floatsetup|),
%     
%   , ,  (~ ) ~ ,   :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\captionsetup{font={rm,small,up}...|
%   \end{Quote}
%    
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\captionsetup[longtable]{font={rm,small,up}...|
%   \end{Quote}
%    \textbf{3.1}  \package{caption}  .
%
%\begingroup\allowprelistbreaks[-4]
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Position of Caption}
%   \subsubsection{ }
%   \DescribeMacro{capposition}\label{setup:capposition}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines position of captions. It is similar to |position=|
%^^A%   key in \package{caption} package, but it has two additional
%^^A%   options:\startNotes\Note|TOP|%^^A
%^^A%   \FRmpar{Caption above\\ table object}{FAD:CaptionAboveTableII}, if you prefer to align captions
%^^A%   above  objects, in the case of beside floats (in |floatrow|
%^^A%   environment), by the top line; \Note|beside| to put caption
%^^A%   beside object (this option could be more popular in settings
%^^A%   for one environment, see about |\thisfloatsetup| on the
%^^A%   page~\pageref{thisfloatsetup}):
%     .  
%     |position=|  \package{caption},   
%     :\startNotes\Note|TOP|,%^^A
%   \FRmpar{  }{FAD:CaptionAboveTableII}
%       ,
%     ,  ~ 
%   ( |floatrow|),
%     \pagebreak[2]; \Note|beside|   
%      ( 
%           , . ~
%   |\thisfloatsetup| ~.~\pageref{thisfloatsetup}):\vspace*{\topsep}
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%^^A%     \item[top]  caption above object;
%     \item[top]    ;
%^^A%     \item[TOP]  caption above object and also aligned by top line in float
%^^A%       row.
%^^A%       For example the |Plaintop| style is the variant of
%^^A%       |plaintop| where used |capposition=TOP| settings,
%^^A%       see tables~\ref{tab:row:tabIII:CAPTOP}--\ref{tab:row:tabIV:CAPTOP};
%     \item[TOP]     ~   
%       (|floatrow|)  
%        .
%       ,  |Plaintop| \cdash---   |plaintop|
%         |capposition=TOP|,
%       . .~\ref{tab:row:tabIII:CAPTOP}--\ref{tab:row:tabIV:CAPTOP};
%^^A%     \item[bottom]  caption below object;
%     \item[bottom]    ;
%^^A%     \item[beside]  caption beside object.%^^A
%     \item[beside]    .%^^A
%^^A%^^A%   \FRmpar{Beside caption and float object}{FAD:BesideCaptionII}
%   %^^A\FRmpar{ }{FAD:BesideCaptionII}
%   \end{Options}
%^^A%   \emph{Floatrow note}. The |auto| option does not used by the
%^^A%   |capposition=| key.
%   \emph{ \textsf{floatrow}}.  |auto|   
%   |capposition=|.
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   Compare two examples:
%     :
%   \begin{Quote}
%      |\floatsetup[table]{|\FRkey{style}%^^A
%       |=plain,capposition=top}%|${}\equiv|style=plaintop|$
%   \end{Quote}
%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
%   \begingroup\clearfloatsetup{tablerow}
%   \floatsetup[table]{style=plain,capposition=top}
%   \begin{table}[H]
%   \begin{floatrow}\tabcolsep2\tabcolsep
%   \extrarowheight1pt
%   \ttabbox
%    {\caption[~I   ]%^^A
%     {~I ~ ~, ,  ,  }\label{tab:row:tabIII:captop}}%^^A
%    {\begin{tabular}{|l|>{\phantom0}c|>{\phantom0}c|}
%     \hline
%     \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Left Column Head}
%                  & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
%                  \cline{2-3}
%                  & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{I}}
%                              & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{II}}
%     \\\hline
%     First row    &         1 &         2 \\
%     Second row   &         3 &         4 \\
%     Third row    &         6 &         8 \\
%     Fourth row   & \llap{1}0 & \llap{1}6 \\
%     \hline
%   \end{tabular}}
%
%   \ttabbox
%    {\caption{~II  }\label{tab:row:tabIV:captop}}%^^A
%    {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|c|}
%     \hline
%     \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{\thead{Column Head}}
%                  & \multicolumn{3}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
%                  \cline{2-4}
%                  & \thead{I}      & \thead{II}      & \thead{III}        \\
%     \hline
%     First row    & 1      & 2       & \phantom01 \\
%     Second row   & 3      & 4       & \phantom06 \\
%     Third row    & 6      & 8       &         28 \\
%     \hline
%   \end{tabular}}
%   \end{floatrow}
%   \end{table}
%   \endgroup
%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
%
%   \allowpostlistbreaks[-4]\begin{Quote}
%      |\floatsetup[table]{|\FRkey{style}|=plain,capposition=TOP}%|${}\equiv|style=Plaintop|$
%   \end{Quote}\allowpostlistbreaks
%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
%   \begingroup
%   \floatsetup[table]{style=plain,capposition=TOP}
%   \begin{table}[H]
%   \begin{floatrow}\tabcolsep2\tabcolsep
%   \extrarowheight1pt
%   \ttabbox
%    {\caption[~I   ,   ]%^^A
%     {~I ~ ~, ,  ,
%         }\label{tab:row:tabIII:CAPTOP}}%^^A
%    {\begin{tabular}{|l|>{\phantom0}c|>{\phantom0}c|}
%     \hline
%     \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Left Column Head}
%                  & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
%                  \cline{2-3}
%                  & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{I}}
%                              & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{II}}
%     \\\hline
%     First row    &         1 &         2 \\
%     Second row   &         3 &         4 \\
%     Third row    &         6 &         8 \\
%     Fourth row   & \llap{1}0 & \llap{1}6 \\
%     \hline
%   \end{tabular}}
%
%   \ttabbox
%    {\caption{~II    ,   }\label{tab:row:tabIV:CAPTOP}}%^^A
%    {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|c|}
%     \hline
%     \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Column Head}
%                  & \multicolumn{3}{c|}{Data} \\
%                  \cline{2-4}
%                  & \thead{I}      & \thead{II}      & \thead{III}        \\
%     \hline
%     First row    & 1      & 2       & \phantom01 \\
%     Second row   & 3      & 4       & \phantom06 \\
%     Third row    & 6      & 8       &         28 \\
%     \hline
%   \end{tabular}}
%   \end{floatrow}
%   \end{table}
%   \endgroup
%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
%
%^^A%   \emph{Note}. The option |TOP| uses |\label|---|\ref|
%^^A%   mechanism, so, to get necessary result with it, you need to run \LaTeX{}
%^^A%   twice (when you make changes in contents which could change number
%^^A%   of lines, you get correct result also on the second run).
%   \emph{}.  |TOP|   |\label|---|\ref|,
%          \LaTeX'
%   (,      
%    ).
%
%\pagebreak[2]\begingroup\allowprelistbreaks[-4]
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Position of Beside Caption}
%   \subsubsection{  }
%   \DescribeMacro{capbesideposition}\label{setup:capbesideposition}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines position of beside captions: vertical and horizontal.
%^^A%   For horizontal position there are defined four options:
%     ~   .
%         :
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%     \item[left]
%^^A%     caption is printed to the left side of object (the default option, see example above);
%       ~    (  , .~ );\allowitembreaks[-4]
%     \item[right]
%^^A%     caption is printed to the right side of object;
%       ~   ;\allowitembreaks
%     \item[inside]
%^^A%     caption is printed in binding side of page if |twoside| option
%^^A%     switched on in document class and key \FRkey{facing}|=yes| is used;
%^^A%     in |oneside| option of document (and key |facing=no| is used),
%^^A%     caption is printed at the left side;
%          ,    |twoside|\nopagebreak{}
%     ~  ~  \FRkey{facing}|=yes|;  
%      |oneside| (   \FRkey{facing}|=no|),   ;
%     \item[outside]
%^^A% least popular option: caption printed in
%^^A% outer side of page if |twoside| option switched on
%^^A% in document class and key |facing=yes| is used;
%^^A% in |oneside| option of document (or key |facing=no| is used),
%^^A% caption is printed at the right side; this option makes sense for the document with usage of
%^^A% outer margins.
%       :      ,
%        |twoside|  ~  \FRkey{facing}|=yes|;
%        |oneside| (   \FRkey{facing}|=no|),
%       ;      
%      ~ .
%   \end{Options}
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   For vertical position there are defined three options
%        
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}\samepage
%     \item[top]
%^^A%     caption aligned to the top of object;
%         ;
%     \item[bottom]
%^^A%     caption aligned to the bottom of object;
%             ;
%     \item[center]
%^^A%     caption aligned to the center of float contents.
%           .
%   \end{Options}
%^^A%   You may define position of beside caption by following:
%          :
%   \begin{Quote}
%     |capbesideposition={top,outside}|\quad.
%   \end{Quote}
%
%   \begingroup
%   \begin{Quote}
%   \begin{preamble}
%   |\floatsetup[widefigure]{|\FRkey{margins}|=hangleft,capposition=beside,|\\%^^A
%   |    capbesideposition={top,left},|\FRkey{floatwidth}|=\textwidth}|\nopagebreak
%   \end{preamble}\vskip2ex
%   |\begin{figure*}|
%   |  \includegraphics{BlackDog}|
%   |  \caption{...}\label{...}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure*}|
%   \end{Quote}%
%\vspace*{-\intextsep}
%   \floatsetup[widefigure]{capposition=beside,capbesideposition={top,left},floatwidth=\textwidth}
%   \begin{figure*}[H]
%   \setlength\unitlength{2.12\unitlength}\input{BlackDog.picture}%^^A
%   \caption[  ~   \texttt{floatwidth=}\cmd{\textwidth};
%          ( )
%          ]{  ~  
%       \texttt{floatwidth=}\cmd{\textwidth};    ( )
%          }%
%   \label{fig:capbeside}
%   \end{figure*}%
%   \endgroup
%
%^^A%   See examples in file \file{frsample02.tex} with all variants of
%^^A%   position of beside captions.
%   .~ ~ \file{frsample02.tex}    
%     .
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Defining width of Beside Caption}
%   \subsubsection{    }
%   \DescribeMacro{capbesidewidth}\label{setup:capbesidewidth}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines width of beside caption (this option could be more preferable
%^^A%   in settings for one environment, see about |\thisfloatsetup| on the
%^^A%   page~\pageref{thisfloatsetup}). You may set:
%      .     
%    , .~~ |\thisfloatsetup| 
%   .~\pageref{thisfloatsetup}.  :\vspace*{\topsep}
%   \begin{quote}
%      |capbesidewidth=4cm|\quad.
%   \end{quote}
%^^A%   (see figure~\ref{capbesideframeI}). If you'll write |capbesidewidth=none| or
%^^A%   |capbesidewidth=sidefil| (this is default key setting), the
%^^A%   width of caption will be calculated by usual way, accordingly
%^^A%   to float width (i.e. occupies the rest width of float box, see
%^^A%   figure~\ref{fig:beside:mouse} on the page~\pageref{fig:beside:FBwidth}).
%   (.~.~\ref{capbesideframeI}).    |capbesidewidth=none| 
%   |capbesidewidth=sidefil|
%   (  ),    
%      (.\,.   
%   ~, .~.~\ref{intro:beside:FBwidth}  .~\pageref{intro:beside:FBwidth}).
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Defining Width of Object}\label{sec:wd:object}
%   \subsubsection{  }\label{sec:wd:object}
%   \noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{floatwidth}\label{setup:floatwidth}%^^A
%^^A%   It is used for redefinition of width of objects.
%^^A%   This key, similar to |\capbesidewidth=|:
%       ,  .
%       ,  ~|\capbesidewidth=|:
%   \begin{Quote}
%      |floatwidth=.35\hsize|
%   \end{Quote}
%   
%   \begin{Quote}
%      |floatwidth=7cm|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   It could be used at first for settings of one floating environment
%^^A%   (see page~\pageref{thisfloatsetup} about settings for current floating environment
%^^A%   and |\thisfloatsetup|). Such settings anyway may be used for example for wide floats
%^^A%   with the object width equal to main text width (|floatwidth=\textwidth|) and
%^^A%   beside caption placed on the margins (see figure~\ref{color:frame}).
%^^A%   \pagebreak[1]
%    ~      
%   (.~~     ~~ |\thisfloatsetup|
%   ~.~\pageref{thisfloatsetup}).      ~ 
%   , ,  |floatwidth=\textwidth|   , ~
%       (. .~\ref{color:frame}).
%
%   \begingroup
%   \begin{Quote}\openup-.5pt
%   \begin{preamble}
%   |\floatsetup[figure]{|\FRkey{margins}|=raggedright}|\nopagebreak
%   \end{preamble}\vskip2ex
%   |\|\FRkey{thisfloatsetup}%^^A
%       |[figure]{floatwidth=.35\hsize}|\nopagebreak
%   |\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
%   |  \includegraphics[width=\hsize]{Bear}|\nopagebreak
%   |  \caption{...}\label{...}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%   \end{Quote}%
%
%   \floatsetup[figure]{margins=raggedright}
%   \thisfloatsetup{floatwidth=.35\hsize}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \setlength\unitlength{\hsize/100}\input{Bear.picture}%^^A
%   \caption[ ~   \texttt{floatwidth=0.35}\cmd{\hsize},
%        ]{ ~   \texttt{floatwidth=0.35}\cmd{\hsize}}%
%   \label{fig:floatwidth}
%   \end{figure}%
%   \endgroup
%
%   \begingroup
%   \begin{Quote}%
%   |\|\FRkey{thisfloatsetup}%^^A
%       |{floatwidth=.35\hsize,|\FRkey{capbesidewidth}|=sidefil,|\nopagebreak
%   |      |\FRkey{capposition}|=beside,|\FRkey{capbesideposition}|=right}|
%   \end{Quote}\vskip-.5\lastskip%
%
%   \thisfloatsetup{floatwidth=.35\hsize,capbesidewidth=sidefil,
%           capposition=beside,capbesideposition=right}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \setlength\unitlength{\hsize/100}\input{Bear.picture}%^^A
%   \caption[ ~   \texttt{floatwidth=0.35}\cmd{\hsize},
%        ]{   ~  
%      \texttt{floatwidth=0.35}\cmd{\hsize}}%^^A
%   \label{fig:bear}
%   \end{figure}%
%   \endgroup
%^^A%   (These examples you can write also using box commands with the width option: |\ffigbox[.35\hsize]|
%^^A%   and |\fcapside[.35\hsize]| consequently.)
%   (    ,    
%   |\ffigbox[.35\hsize]| ~|\fcapside[.35\hsize]|.)
%
%^^A%   If you use option |floatwidth=sidefil| for objects with beside
%^^A%   captions (in the case of key |capbesidewidth=|, uses absolute
%^^A%   value, like |capbesidewidth=4cm|) the box with object contents (instead of caption's)
%^^A%   occupies the rest space of float box (see
%^^A%   figure~\ref{capbesideframeI} on the page~\pageref{capbesideframeI} and appendix,
%^^A%   figure~\ref{fig:capbeside:trick} on the
%^^A%   page~\pageref{fig:capbeside:trick}).
%       |floatwidth=sidefil|   ~
%    (~  ~|capbesidewidth=|,
%     
%   , , \texttt{capbesidewidth=4cm})   ( )
%       ~ (.  .~\ref{capbesideframeI}
%   ~.~\pageref{capbesideframeI} ~, .~\ref{fig:capbeside:trick} 
%   .~\pageref{fig:capbeside:trick})
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Other Settings for Beside Captions}
%   \subsubsection{    }
%   \medskip\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{capbesideframe}\label{setup:capbesideframe}%^^A
%^^A%   This boolean key declares whether the beside caption stays near the framed object
%^^A%   (|capbesideframe=yes|) in this case caption lines will be aligned by top
%^^A%   or bottom of frame; otherwise caption lines will be aligned with top or
%^^A%   bottom of framed object's \emph{contents} (|capbesideframe=no|).
%     (   ) ,    
%   ~,  ~ (|capbesideframe=yes|): ~ 
%           ;
%   ~   
%        
%   \emph{}  (|capbesideframe=no|).
%   \newcommand\TEXTBOX[1][]{\par
%   Here goes first line of text \Text\par
%   There goes second line of text#1\par
%   Thence goes third line of text \Text\par
%   Hence goes fourth line of text}
%   \def\Text{{\mdseries and more text and some more text and a bit more text and
%           a little more text to fill space}}
%\begingroup
%  \begin{Quote}
%   \begin{preamble}\nopagebreak
%   |\floatsetup[figure]{|\FRkey{style}|=Boxed,|%^^A
%       \FRkey{frameset}|={\fboxsep8pt},|
%   |  |\FRkey{objectset}|=justified,|
%   |  capbesideposition={right,top},capbesideframe=yes}|
%   |\captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{...,strut=no}|
%   \end{preamble}
%   |\|\FRkey{thisfloatsetup}%^^A
%   |{|\FRkey{capposition}|=beside,|
%   |      |\FRkey{floatwidth}|=sidefil,|%^^A
%       \FRkey{capbesidewidth}|=4cm}|
%   |\begin{figure}|
%   |\fcapside|
%   |  {...}|
%   |  {\caption{...}\label{...}}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%  \end{Quote}\pagebreak[2]%
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=Boxed,frameset={\fboxsep8pt},capbesideframe=yes,objectset=justified,
%       capbesideposition={right,top},footnoterule=limited}
%   \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{strut=no}
%   \thisfloatsetup{capposition=beside,floatwidth=sidefil,capbesidewidth=4cm}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   {\TEXTBOX}
%   {\caption{   ~,    }%%^^A
%   \label{capbesideframeI}}%
%   \end{figure}
%  \begin{Quote}
%   \begin{preamble}\nopagebreak
%   |\floatsetup[figure]{...,capbesideframe=no,...}|
%   |...|
%   \end{preamble}
%   |\|\FRkey{thisfloatsetup}%^^A
%   |{|\FRkey{capposition}|=beside,|
%   |      |\FRkey{floatwidth}|=9cm,|%^^A
%       \FRkey{capbesidewidth}|=sidefil}|
%  \end{Quote}%
%   \floatsetup[figure]{capbesideframe=no}
%   \thisfloatsetup{capposition=beside,floatwidth=9cm,capbesidewidth=sidefil}
%   \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{strut=no}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   {\TEXTBOX}
%   {\caption{   ~,     }%
%   \label{row:text:I}}%
%   \end{figure}
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   \emph{Floatrow note.} For examples above the |\captionsetup{strut=no}| sentence also was used,
%^^A%   which cancels struts at the beginning and end of caption (|\strut|: the rules with height
%^^A%   and depth, which are set accordingly to current |\baselineskip|).
%   \noindent\emph{ \textsf{floatrow}}.
%           |\captionsetup|\allowbreak
%   |[capbesidefigure]|\allowbreak|{strut=no}|, 
%      ~~   (|\strut|:   ,
%    ~   ~   ~  ,
%   |\baselineskip|).
%
%
%   \penalty-5000
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Defining Float Foot Position (Legends and Footnotes)}%
%   \subsubsection{   ~}
%   \label{sec:footposition}
%
%   \DescribeMacro{footposition}\label{setup:footposition}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines position of |\footnote|'s and |\floatfoot|'s in float box
%^^A%   with above/below captions.
%^^A%   (See examples in file \file{frsample01.tex}.)
%       |\footnote| ~|\floatfoot| 
%      ~ /. (.  ~~\file{frsample01.tex}.)
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%   \RestoreSpaces
%     \item[default]
%^^A%     if caption above float object foot material is placed below float
%^^A%     object otherwise---below caption;
%       ,  ~   ;
%     ~  "---  ;
%     \item[caption]
%^^A%     always placed below caption;
%        ;
%     \item[bottom]
%^^A%     always placed at the bottom of float box.
%        .
%   \end{Options}
%^^A%   In the case of caption
%^^A%   beside float object, footnotes and foot text are always placed below
%^^A%   caption.
%   ~   ,
%    ~    .
%
%^^A%   The next example shows the usage of the |caption| option of this key:
%        |caption|:
%\begin{Quote}\openup.5pt
%\begin{preamble}
%|\floatsetup{|\FRkey{style}|=ruled,footposition=caption}|
%\end{preamble}\nopagebreak
%   |\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
%   |    ...|\nopagebreak
%   |    \caption{...}\label{...}%|
%   |    \floatfoot{...}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}\vskip-.5\lastskip
%\begingroup\floatsetup[figure]{style=ruled,footposition=caption}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \unitlength\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}
%   \caption{ ~ \texttt{ruled} ~,     }%
%   \label{ruled:footposition}%
%   \floatfoot{        ~ 
%        . ~  ,  ,    ~  }
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Vertical Alignment of Float Elements}\label{sec:heightadjust}
%   \subsubsection{   }\label{sec:heightadjust}
%   \DescribeMacro{heightadjust}\label{setup:heightadjust}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines whether the common maximum height of objects
%^^A%   or/and captions in the |floatrow| environment will be used for building of float row.
%^^A%   It has following options\par
%       ~ (|floatrow|) 
%    
%   /  ~ .    
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}\samepage
%     \item[all]
%^^A%     adjust both caption and object heights (e.g. for styles
%^^A%     |ruled|, |Ruled| and |BOXED|);
%           
%      (,   |ruled|, |Ruled| ~|BOXED|);
%     \item[caption]
%^^A%     adjust caption heights (e.g. for  |Plaintop| style);
%          
%     (  |Plaintop|);
%     \item[object]
%^^A%     adjust object heights (e.g. for |Boxed| style);
%          
%     (  |Boxed|);
%     \item[none]
%^^A%     nothing to be adjusted (the |plain| style);
%         (  |plain|);
%     \item[nocaption]
%^^A%     no adjusting for captions;
%        ;
%     \item[noobject]
%^^A%     no adjusting for objects;
%        ;\vspace*{-.5\baselineskip}
%   \end{Options}
%^^A%   You may define height adjustment even as followed:
%     ,    ,  :
%   \begin{quote}
%     |heightadjust={caption,noobject}|\quad.
%   \end{quote}
%
%^^A%   The following two examples show |ruled| and |Ruled| style.
%^^A%   Both styles use |heightadjust=all| key option, but first style
%^^A%   uses |capposition=top|, and second one---|capposition=TOP|.
%        |ruled| ~|Ruled|.
%       |heightadjust=all|,   
%    |capposition=top|, ~ \cdash--- |capposition=TOP|.
%\begingroup
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\floatsetup{|\FRkey{style}|=ruled}|
%\end{preamble}
%   |\begin{figure}|
%   |\begin{|\FRkey[sec]{floatrow}|}|
%   |  \|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox}
%   |    {...}{\caption{ ...}\label{...}}%|
%
%   |  \ffigbox|
%   |    {\caption{  ...}\label{...}}{...}|
%   |\end{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|\vspace*{-.75\intextsep}
%\end{Quote}\pagebreak[2]%
%   \captionsetup{strut=yes}
%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{style=ruled}\killfloatstyle
%    \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox
%   {\unitlength.8\unitlength\input{BlackCat.picture}}
%   {\caption{ ~ \texttt{ruled}}%
%   \label{leftfig:ruled}}%
%
%   \ffigbox
%   {\caption{  ~     \texttt{ruled}\protect\vphantom y}%^^A
%    \label{rightfig:ruled}}
%   {\unitlength1.25\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
%    \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\floatsetup{style=Ruled}|
%\end{preamble}\nopagebreak
%   |...|\vspace*{-.75\intextsep}
%\end{Quote}%
%   \captionsetup{strut=yes}
%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{style=Ruled}\killfloatstyle
%    \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox
%   {\unitlength.8\unitlength\input{BlackCat.picture}}
%   {\caption{ ~ \texttt{Ruled}}%
%   \label{leftfig:Ruled}}%
%
%   \ffigbox
%   {\caption{  ~     \texttt{Ruled}\protect\vphantom y}%^^A
%    \label{rightfig:Ruled}}
%   {\unitlength1.25\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
%    \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure}\pagebreak[1]
%\endgroup
%
%   \addvspace\medskipamount\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{valign}\label{setup:valign}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines vertical alignment of
%^^A%   float objects in |floatrow| if |heightadjust=all| or
%^^A%   |heightadjust=object| keys were used, or |\floatbox| stuff uses \meta{height}
%^^A%   argument with value, which differs from the height of object.
%^^A%   The options of this key are analogous to vertical
%^^A%   alignment option in |minipage| environment and |\parbox|
%^^A%   command. Default option is |c| (centered vertical alignment).
%       ~
%   (|floatrow|)    |heightadjust=all| 
%   |heightadjust=object|  ~ |\floatbox| 
%    \meta{height}
%   ~ \'  .    
%    
%    ~ |minipage| ~ |\parbox|.
%     : |c|
%   (  ).
%   \begin{Options}{cc}\samepage
%     \item[t]
%^^A%     aligns objects by top line;
%         ;
%     \item[c]
%^^A%     aligns objects by center line (this is default for all float styles which
%^^A%     use |heightadjust=object| or |heightadjust=all| settings, see examples above);
%          (     ,
%        |heightadjust=object|  |heightadjust=all|, .~ );
%     \item[b]
%^^A%     aligns objects by bottom line;
%         ;
%     \item[s]
%^^A%     stretches objects by full height (if it is possible).
%          ( ).\vspace*{-.5\baselineskip}
%   \end{Options}
%
%^^A%   Next example (figure~\ref{BOXED:heightmod}) shows default vertical centered alignment
%^^A%   for figure with changed  height (remember that empty \meta{width} option means |\hsize|).
%     (.~\ref{BOXED:heightmod})   
%        ~
%    (,    \meta{width}  |\hsize|).
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\floatsetup{style=BOXED}|
%|\usepackage{calc}|
%\end{preamble}
%   |\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
%   |  \|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox}|[][\|\FRkey[FB]{FBheight}|+2cm]|\nopagebreak
%   |...|
%   |\end{figure}|\vspace*{-.75\intextsep}
%\end{Quote}\pagebreak[1]
%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{style=BOXED}\killfloatstyle
%   \ffigbox[][\FBheight+2cm]
%   {\unitlength.95\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}}
%   {\caption{  \cmd{\ffigbox}   \meta{height},  }%
%   \label{BOXED:heightmod}}%
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%
%^^A%   The example with figures \ref{leftfig:BOXED:valigned}
%^^A%   and \ref{rightfig:BOXED:valigned} shows |BOXED| style, which
%^^A%   uses |heightadjust=all| settings already, and
%^^A%   also the |valign=t| option was added.
%    ~ \ref{leftfig:BOXED:valigned}
%   ~\ref{rightfig:BOXED:valigned}   |BOXED|,
%      |heightadjust=all|,
%       |valign=t|.
%\begin{Quote}\openup-.5pt
%\begin{preamble}
%|\floatsetup{style=BOXED,valign=t}|
%|\usepackage{calc}|
%\end{preamble}
%   |\begin{figure}|
%   |\begin{|\FRkey[sec]{floatrow}|}|
%   |  \|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox}|[\|\FRkey[FB]{FBwidth}|+2cm]|
%   |    {...}|
%   |    {\caption{ ...}\label{...}}%|
%| |
%   |  \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm][2\FBheight]|
%   |    {\caption{ ...}\label{...}}|
%   |    {...}|
%   |\end{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}\pagebreak[1]
%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{style=BOXED,valign=t}\killfloatstyle
%    \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]
%   {\input{BlackCat.picture}}
%   {\caption{  ~     \hbox{}}%^^A
%   \label{leftfig:BOXED:valigned}}%
%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm][2\FBheight]
%   {\caption{       \hbox{}}%^^A
%    \label{rightfig:BOXED:valigned}}
%   {\unitlength1.25\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
%    \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%^^A%   Please look at the \meta{height} and \meta{width} options of |\ffigbox|
%^^A%   commands of the figure~\ref{BOXED:heightmod}
%^^A%   and beside figures~\ref{leftfig:BOXED:valigned}, \ref{rightfig:BOXED:valigned} consequently:
%^^A%   you may set the height and widths in this way with \package{calc} package.
%^^A%   Right figure in the row has double height in the \meta{height} argument of |\ffigbox|.
%       ~ ~ \meta{height} ~\meta{width}  |\ffigbox|
%   ~~\ref{BOXED:heightmod}
%   ~~ ~\ref{leftfig:BOXED:valigned}, \ref{rightfig:BOXED:valigned} :
%           \package{calc}.
%   ~  ~    ~ \meta{height}  |\ffigbox|.
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Facing Layout}
%   \subsubsection{  }
%   \DescribeMacro{facing}\label{setup:facing}%^^A
%^^A%   This key defines whether facing layout is used
%^^A%   for floats, if it is switched on, key options, which create different layout for even and odd pages
%^^A%   are switched on. This key works if |twoside| option is switched on inside the
%^^A%   document class line.
%          
%     (,  
%       )   ,  ,   
%      ~    .
%     ,    |twoside| ~ .
%
%^^A%   The most popular usage of |facing| key is printing of
%^^A%   beside captions to the inner sides of pages with option
%^^A%   |capbesideposition=inside| (the opposite option is |capbesideposition=outside|)
%^^A%   works together with switched |facing=yes| key.
%       |facing| \cdash---
%       ~ ~
%    |capbesideposition=inside| (~ |capbesideposition=outside|)
%      ~ |facing=yes|.
%
%^^A%   The figures~\ref{intro:beside} and~\ref{intro:beside:FBwidth} with beside captions
%^^A%   in the Introduction illustrate these options---%^^A
%^^A%   |facing=yes,|\allowbreak|capbesideposition=inside|.
%   ~\ref{intro:beside} ~\ref{intro:beside:FBwidth} ~ 
%       \cdash---
%   \texttt{facing=yes,\allowbreak capbesideposition=inside}.
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Object Settings}
%   \subsubsection{   }\label{sec:set:object}
%   \noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{objectset}\DescribeMacro{justification}\label{setup:objectset}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines justification of float object
%^^A%   (float contents). Predefined options are similar to
%^^A%   |justification=| key in |\captionsetup|.
%      .
%      ,  ~ 
%   |justification=|  |\captionsetup|.
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%     \item[justified]
%^^A%     Blocks (in the case of a~picture or text in parbox)
%^^A%     moved to the left, the text aligned as a normal paragraph (without indentation).
%      (   ~)  ,
%          ,   .
%
%     \item[centering]
%^^A%     Blocks centered, each line of the object text will be centered. (This is the default.)
%          . (  .)
%
%     \item[raggedright]
%^^A%     Blocks moved to the left, each line of the text shoved to the left margin.
%           .
%
%     \item[RaggedRight]
%^^A%     As in previous item, each line of the text shoved to the
%^^A%     left margin, too.
%^^A%     But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e} package
%^^A%     will be used to achieve this. This difference is that this time
%^^A%     the word breaking algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside the text.
%      ~~ ,        .
%      ~    |\RaggedRight|  \package{ragged2e}.
%       ~,      
%       plain~\TeX'.
%
%     \item[raggedleft]
%^^A%     Blocks moved to the right,
%^^A%     each line of the text shoved to the right margin.
%         .
%
%^^A%     \item[RaggedLeft]
%^^A%^^A%     Analogous to |RaggedRight|.
%^^A%      |RaggedRight|.
%
%     \item[...]
%^^A%   You may also create  your own settings with the |\DeclareObjectSet| command (see
%^^A%   page~\pageref{ssec:decl:rule})
%         ~ ~|\DeclareObjectSet|
%   (.~.~\pageref{ssec:decl:rule})
%   \end{Options}
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Defining Float Margins}
%   \subsubsection{  }\label{sec:set:box}
%   \DescribeMacro{margins}\label{setup:margins}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines margins (skips, rules or other margin material) of alone float boxes with
%^^A%   captions above/below, of float boxes with beside captions, and of
%^^A%   |floatrow| environments. It has following three predefined
%^^A%   options:
%     (,    )    ~ /,
%      ~ , ~ 
%   |floatrow|.      :
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%     \item[centering]
%^^A%     float box centered;
%       ( ) ;
%     \item[raggedright]
%^^A%     float box flushed to the left (see figure~\ref{fig:floatwidth});
%       ( )    (.~.~\ref{fig:floatwidth});
%     \item[raggedleft]
%^^A%     float box flushed to the right;
%       ( )   ;
%     \item[hangleft]
%^^A%     usually for wide floats: left edge of float boxes hangs to the margin space (there are used
%^^A%     |\marginparwidth| and |\marginparsep| values; the |\leftskip| and |\rightskip| settings are
%^^A%     added, which have been taken from the |objectset=| key);
%         ,    :
%            (  
%      |\marginparwidth| ~|\marginparsep|;   |\leftskip| ~|\rightskip|
%        |objectset=|);
%     \item[hangright]
%^^A%     analogous to previous, right edge of floats boxes hangs to the margin space;
%      ,       ;
%     \item[hanginside]
%^^A%     analogous to previous, but in this option hangs inner edge for facing/twoside layout,
%^^A%     or left margin for one side layout;
%      ,  ~     ~ , 
%       ,  ~    ;
%     \item[hangoutside]
%^^A%     analogous to previous, but in this option hangs outer edge for facing/twoside layout,
%^^A%     or right margin for one side layout;
%      ,  ~       , 
%       ,  ~    ;
%     \item[...]
%^^A%   You may create your own alignment settings with the \\|\DeclareMarginSet| command, see
%^^A%   page~\pageref{ssec:decl:marg}.
%        ~ ~|\DeclareMarginSet|
%   (.~.~\pageref{ssec:decl:marg}).
%   \end{Options}
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Defining Float Separators}\label{sec:set:sep}
%   \subsubsection{ }\label{sec:set:sep}
%   \noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{floatrowsep}\label{setup:floatrowsep}%^^A
%^^A%   Sets separation material between beside float boxes in one row
%^^A%   inside |floatrow| environment (see page~\pageref{sec:floatrow}).
%         ~ ,
%     |floatrow| (.~.~\pageref{sec:floatrow}).
%
%   \addvspace\smallskipamount\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{capbesidesep}\label{setup:capbesidesep}%^^A
%^^A%   Sets separation material between object and beside caption (see page~\pageref{intro:beside}).
%        ~  (.~.~\pageref{intro:beside}).
%
%   \RestoreSpaces
%^^A%   Both key settings work similarly to |labelsep=| key
%^^A%   from |\captionsetup|.
%          |labelsep=|
%     |\captionsetup|.
%%^^A
%^^A%   They use following predefined options:
%       :
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%     \item[columnsep]
%^^A%     horizontal skip${}={}$|\columnsep| (default for both keys);
%      ${}={}$|\columnsep| (  -
%     ~ ,      );
%     \item[quad]
%^^A%     horizontal skip${}={}1$\,em;
%      ${}={}1$\,em ( );
%     \item[qquad]
%^^A%     horizontal skip${}={}2$\,em;
%      ${}={}2$\,em ( );
%     \item[hfil]
%^^A%     horizontal skip${}={}1$\,fil (like |\hfil|);
%      ${}={}1$\,fil ( ,  ~|\hfil|);
%     \item[hfill]
%^^A%     horizontal skip${}={}1$\,fill (like |\hfill|);
%      ${}={}1$\,fill ( ,  ~|\hfill|);
%     \item[none]
%^^A%     empty separator.
%      ;
%     \item[...]
%^^A%   You may also create  your own settings with the\\ |\DeclareFloatSeparators| command (see
%^^A%   page~\pageref{setup:DeclareFloatSeparators})
%         ~  |\DeclareFloatSeparators|
%   (.~.~\pageref{setup:DeclareFloatSeparators})
%   \end{Options}
%^^A%   This documentation uses settings |floatrowsep=qquad| for separation of
%^^A%   beside floats and\allowbreak\ |capbesidesep=quad|
%^^A%   for floats with beside captions.
%       |floatrowsep=qquad,|    ~|capbesidesep=quad|
%     ~ .
%
%^^A%   The figure \ref{fig:plain:trick} uses tricky float style, which shows you layout, where
%^^A%   the |capbesidewidth=| key with absolute value appears very useful.
%    \ref{fig:plain:trick}   
%     ,     |capbesidewidth=|
%     ,   .
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\|\FRkey{DeclareFloatSeparators}|{mcapwidth}{\hskip-\FCwidth}|
%|\floatsetup[figure]|
%| {|\FRkey{style}|=plain,|\FRkey{objectset}|=centering,|\FRkey{margins}|=centering,|
%|  |\FRkey{capbesidewidth}|=6cc,|%^^A
%    \FRkey{capbesideposition}|=left,|
%|  |\FRkey{capbesidesep}|=mcapwidth,|\FRkey{floatwidth}|=sidefil}|\smallskip
%|\captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{labelsep=newline,|
%|  justification=raggedright}|
%\end{preamble}
%   |\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
%   |\|\FRkey[FB]{fcapside}\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}
%^^A%   In this style all figures with beside captions centered accordingly to
%^^A%   full text \verb|\hsize|, because of the separator between float object and
%^^A%   caption has negative value of caption width.
%^^A%   Usage of such float layout supposes that all
%^^A%   float objects with beside captions are narrower than |\hsize| (|\textwidth|) by at least 2~caption
%^^A%   widths. Please note the |\FCwidth| command in the definition of |mcapwidth|
%^^A%   key---later you may change the width of beside caption (loading e.g.
%^^A%   |\thisfloatsetup|\allowbreak|{capbesidewidth=8cc}| settings), and, in spite of the value
%^^A%   the separator also will be changed, picture will be anyway
%^^A%   centered accordingly to full \verb|\hsize|.
%   ~    ~   
%    \verb|\hsize|,     ~ 
%    ~     (.~.~\pageref{setup:DeclareFloatSeparators}).
%            \' 
%   |\textwidth|    \verb|\hsize| (|\textwidth|),    2~ .
%    ,  ~ |mcapwidth|   |\FCwidth| \cdash---
%   ~       (, , 
%   |\thisfloatsetup||{capbesidewidth=8cc}|   ),    
%      \verb|\hsize|.
%
%   \begingroup
%   \clearfloatsetup{figure}\floatsetup[figure]
%    {style=plain,objectset=centering,
%     floatwidth=\columnwidth,capbesidewidth=6cc,
%     capbesideposition=left,capbesidesep=mcapwidth,
%     margins=centering,floatwidth=sidefil}
%   \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{labelsep=newline,
%     justification=raggedright}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%     \fcapside{}{\unitlength1.28\unitlength
%     \input{Doll.picture}
%     \caption[ ~ ;   (\texttt{=6cc}) ,
%           ]{%^^A
%      }\label{fig:plain:trick}}
%   \end{figure}%
%   \endgroup
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Defining Float Rules/Skips}\label{sec:set:rule}
%   \subsubsection{    }\label{sec:set:rule}
%   \DescribeMacro{precode}\label{setup:precode}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines skip, rule or other analogous code above float box (see page~\pageref{intro:leftfig:box}).
%    ,      
%    (.~.~\pageref{intro:leftfig:box}).
%
%   \addvspace\smallskipamount\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{rowprecode}\label{setup:rowprecode}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines skip, rule or other analogous code above alone float box,
%^^A%   or, in the case of beside floats inside |floatrow| environment,
%^^A%   above float row (see page~\pageref{intro:leftfig:row} and~\pageref{fig:rotrow:WcatI}).
%    ,    
%          ~ |floatrow|
%   (.~.~\pageref{intro:leftfig:row} ~\pageref{fig:rotrow:WcatI}).
%
%   \addvspace\smallskipamount\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{midcode}\label{setup:midcode}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines skip, rule or other analogous code between
%^^A%   caption above/below and float object.
%    ,    
%     / ~.
%
%   \addvspace\smallskipamount\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{postcode}\label{setup:postcode}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines skip, rule or other analogous code below float box (see page~\pageref{intro:leftfig:box}).
%    ,      
%    (.~.~\pageref{intro:leftfig:row} ~\pageref{intro:leftfig:box}).
%
%   \addvspace\smallskipamount\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{rowpostcode}\label{setup:rowpostcode}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines skip, rule or other analogous code below alone float box, or,
%^^A%   in the case of beside floats inside |floatrow| environment,
%^^A%   below float row (see page~\pageref{intro:leftfig:row} and~\pageref{fig:rotrow:WcatI}).
%    ,     
%     
%      ~ |floatrow| (.~.~\pageref{fig:rotrow:WcatI}).
%
%^^A%   For all these keys there are predefined following options (settings
%^^A%   were taken from styles created in \package{float} package):
%          (
%     ,   \package{float}):
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}\makeatletter\@itempenalty10000\makeatother
%     \item[none]
%^^A%     absent code (the default option for |precode=|, |rowprecode=|, |postcode=| and |rowpostcode=|
%^^A%     keys); in |plain|, |plaintop|, |boxed|, and similar styles;
%       (      |precode|, |rowprecode|,
%       |postcode| ~|rowpostcode|) ~ |plain|, |plaintop|, |boxed| ~.\,.;
%     \item[thickrule]
%^^A%     thick rule (.8pt) with 2pt vertical skip below---rule above float box
%^^A%     in |ruled| and |Ruled| styles which is used there by
%^^A%     |precode=| key (see figures~\ref{leftfig:ruled}--\ref{rightfig:Ruled});
%       (.8pt) ~  ~2pt \cdash---  
%       ~ |ruled| ~|Ruled|, 
%      |precode=|;
%     \item[rule]
%^^A%     rule of default thickness (.4pt), with 2pt vertical skips above and below---middle rule
%^^A%     in |ruled| and |Ruled| styles is printed between object and caption, and
%^^A%     used there by |midcode=| key;
%        (.4pt), ~  ~
%     ~2pt \cdash---   ~ |ruled| ~|Ruled|,  
%      ~ ~  |midcode=|;
%     \item[lowrule]
%^^A%     rule of default thickness (.4pt), with 2pt vertical skip above---rule below float box
%^^A%     in |ruled| and |Ruled| styles, used there by
%^^A%     |postcode=| key;
%        (.4pt), ~ 
%     ~2pt "---   ~ |ruled|   |postcode=|;
%     \item[captionskip]
%^^A%     vertical skip which uses the value, defined in |captionskip=| key; the default option for
%^^A%     |midcode=| key: this option is used
%^^A%     in |plain|, |plaintop|, |boxed|, and similar styles.
%        ,   |captionskip=|, ~~ 
%       |plain|, |plaintop|, |boxed| ~. (   
%       |midcode=|).
%     \item[...]
%^^A%   You may create your own options with the |\DeclareFloatVCode| command,
%^^A%   see page~\pageref{ssec:decl:rule}.
%        ~ ~\\|\DeclareFloatVCode|,
%   .~.~\pageref{ssec:decl:rule}.
%   \end{Options}
%^^A%   The |rowprecode| and~|rowpostcode| keys, in the case of unfilled row
%^^A%   may occupy the whole width of the predefined size or get the natural width,
%^^A%   depending to the defined settings  of row contents (see description of the
%^^A%   \FRkey{rowfill} key, page~\pageref{setup:rowfill}).
%   ~    |rowprecode=| ~|rowpostcode=|,       ,
%              (. 
%    \FRkey{rowpfill}  .~\pageref{setup:rowfill}).
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Defining Float Frames}
%   \subsubsection{   }
%   \DescribeMacro{framestyle}\label{setup:framestyle}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines type of frame; the
%^^A%   \package{floatrow} package offers only one type of frame:
%     ; 
%   \package{floatrow}     :
%   \RestoreSpaces\begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%     \item[fbox]
%^^A%     standard frame;
%      .
%     \item[colorbox]
%^^A%     colored frame, needs also \package{color} package;
%^^A%     if not defined,  the |\fbox| command is used instead.
%      ,     \package{color};
%         ,   |\fbox|;
%     \item[FRcolorbox]\label{setup:FRcolorbox}%
%^^A%     colored frame which allow to set additional material attached to its corners,
%^^A%     needs also \package{color} package;
%^^A%     if not defined, there is used |\fbox|;
%      ,      ,  ~ ;
%         ,   |\fbox|;
%     \item[corners]\label{setup:corners}%
%^^A%     the same as previous but without |\colorbox|---it puts the corner material only,
%^^A%     (current option doesn't need the frame definition);
%^^A%     needs also \package{color} package (in current version).
%            |\colorbox| \cdash---
%       ,   
%     (~     );
%            \package{color}.
%   \end{Options}
%^^A%   There are options for additional frames, offered by \package{fr-fancy}
%^^A%   package, installed with |floatrow|:
%          ,
%     \package{fr-fancy},
%      ~\package{floatrow}:
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%     \item[doublebox]
%^^A%     double frame, needs also \package{fancybox} package;
%      ,     \package{fancybox};
%     \item[shadowbox]
%^^A%     frame with shadow, needs also \package{fancybox} package;
%      ~,     \package{fancybox};
%     \item[wshadowbox]
%^^A%     modified |shadowbox| frame (frame with ``white shadow''),
%^^A%     needs also \package{fancybox} package;
%       |shadowbox| (~ ),
%         \package{fancybox};
%   \end{Options}
%
%   \addvspace\medskipamount\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{frameset}\label{setup:frameset}%^^A
%^^A%   The parameters for chosen frame; there are no options
%^^A%   for this key, just write something like:
%     ;      ,
%      :
%   \begin{Quote}
%     |frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep12pt}|\quad.
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   The default settings for frame building with the
%^^A%   |\fbox| command:
%           ~ 
%   |\fbox|:
%   \begin{Quote}
%     |\fboxrule=.4pt \fboxsep=3pt|\quad.
%   \end{Quote}
%
%   \addvspace\medskipamount\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{framearound}\label{setup:framearound}%^^A
%^^A%   Declares element of float box to be framed:
%     ,     :
%   \RestoreSpaces\begin{Options}{RaggedRigh}
%     \item[object]
%^^A%     float object contents;
%       ;
%     \item[all]
%^^A%     full float box including object, caption, and any foot text.
%       ,  , , /;
%     \item[row]
%^^A%     float row of beside floats, or alone float;
%       ,    ;
%     \item[none]
%^^A%     nothing.
%      .
%   \end{Options}
%
%   \addvspace\medskipamount\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{framefit}\label{setup:framefit}%^^A
%^^A%   Boolean which sets whether the \textit{frame width} will
%^^A%   be equal to current |\hsize|, predefined width or value of \meta{width} option of
%^^A%   float box (|framefit=yes|), in this case object size reduced (see
%^^A%   figures~\ref{fig:setup:Boxed} and~\ref{fig:setup:FBwidth:Boxed});
%^^A%   or the frame climbs out in the left and
%^^A%   right sides, and \textit{width of object} has current
%^^A%   |\hsize|, predefined width or value of \meta{width} option of
%^^A%   float box (|framefit=no|, see figure~\ref{fig:setup:boxed}).
%    ( ) ,
%     \emph{ }   
%   ,   |\hsize|   \meta{width}  ~
%   |\floatbox| (|framefit=yes|),
%       ~ 
%   , (.~.~\ref{fig:setup:Boxed});
%      ~  
%   ~  \emph{ }   
%   ,   |\hsize|   \meta{width}  ~
%   |\floatbox| (|framefit=no|, .~.~\ref{fig:setup:boxed}).
%  \begingroup
%  \begin{Quote}\openup-.5pt
%\begin{preamble}%
%   |\floatsetup[figure]{framestyle=fbox,|\nopagebreak
%   |      framearound=object,frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep14pt},|
%   |      framefit=yes}%|$\approx|style=Boxed|$
%\end{preamble}%
%   |\begin{figure}|
%   |\|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox}|[5cm]|
%   |   {...}{\caption{...}}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%  \end{Quote}\pagebreak[3]
%   \floatsetup[figure]{framestyle=fbox,
%     framearound=object,frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep14pt},framefit=yes}%^^A$\equiv|style=Boxed|$
%  \begin{figure}[H]%
%  \ffigbox[5cm]
%  {\unitlength1.2\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}{\caption[    ]{  
%         (:   )}\label{fig:setup:Boxed}}
%  \end{figure}%
%   \floatsetup[figure]{framestyle=fbox,heightadjust=object,
%     framearound=object,frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep14pt},framefit=no}%%^^A$\equiv|style=boxed|$
%  \begin{Quote}\openup-.5pt
%\begin{preamble}%
%   |\floatsetup[figure]{...,framefit=no}%|$\approx|style=boxed|$
%\end{preamble}%
%   |\begin{figure}|%
%   |\ffigbox[5cm]|
%   |  {...}{\caption{...}}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%  \end{Quote}%
%  \begin{figure}[H]%
%  \ffigbox[5cm]
%  {\unitlength1.2\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}{\caption[     ]{  
%             \hbox{}}\label{fig:setup:boxed}}
%  \end{figure}%
%
%^^A%   Next follows an example with |framefit=yes| key in the case of |[\|\FRkey{FBwidth}|]|
%^^A%   option of |\ffigbox|
%^^A%   command. In this case the width of float box (here: the width of caption) expanded to the
%^^A%   width of framed object.
%      ~ |framefit=yes|, ~~ |\ffigbox|   |[\|\FRkey{FBwidth}|]|.
%   ~         ~.
%  \begin{Quote}\openup-.5pt
%\begin{preamble}%
%   |\floatsetup[figure]{...,framefit=yes}%|$\approx|style=Boxed|$
%\end{preamble}%
%   |\begin{figure}|
%   |\|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox}|[\|\FRkey[FB]{FBwidth}|]|
%   |   {...}{\caption{...}}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%  \end{Quote}
%   \floatsetup[figure]{framestyle=fbox,heightadjust=object,
%     framearound=object,frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep14pt},framefit=yes}%^^A$\equiv|style=Boxed|$
%  \begin{figure}[H]%
%  \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
%  {\unitlength1.2\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}{\caption[ ~   ;
%       ~   (: )    
%        ~]{ ~   ;
%       ~  }\label{fig:setup:FBwidth:Boxed}}
%  \end{figure}%
%  \endgroup
%
%   \addvspace\medskipamount\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{rowfill}\label{setup:rowfill}%^^A
%^^A%   Boolean key which in the case of |true| the material above and below float
%^^A%   row (the |rowprecode=| and |rowpostcode=| keys) or row frames (|framearound=row| option)
%^^A%   will be expanded to full predefined width, otherwise the rule or frame material will
%^^A%   have natural width of beside float boxes. Default value is |false|.
%    ,   |true|  ()  ~ 
%    ( |rowprecode=| ~|rowpostcode=|)   ( |framearound=row|) 
%     , ~       
%      . (    
%   |objectset=|.)     |false|.
%
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\|\FRkey{DeclareColorBox}|{yellowplate}{\colorbox{yellow}}|
%|\floatsetup{style=plain,|\FRkey{framestyle}|=colorbox,|
%|   |\FRkey{framearound}|=row,|\FRkey{colorframeset}|=yellowplate,|\FRkey{frameset}|={\fboxrule0pt},|
%|   |\FRkey{framestyle}|=colorbox,|\FRkey{framefit}|=yes,|\FRkey{heightadjust}|=object,|\FRkey{valign}|=c}|
%|\usepackage{calc}|\nopagebreak
%\end{preamble}
%   |\begin{figure}|
%   |\begin{|\FRkey[sec]{floatrow}|}|
%   |  \|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox}|[\|\FRkey[FB]{FBwidth}|+2cm]|
%   |    {...}|
%   |\end{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|\vspace*{-.75\intextsep}
%\end{Quote}%
%\begingroup\floatsetup{style=plain,framearound=row,colorframeset=yellowplate,
%       framestyle=colorbox,framefit=yes,heightadjust=object,valign=c}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%    \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]
%   {\unitlength.9\unitlength\input{BlackCat.picture}}
%   {\caption{  ~ ,    .  
%           }%
%    \label{leftfig:BOXED:valigned:rowbox}}%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2.4cm]
%   {\caption{  ~ ,    }%^^A
%    \label{rightfig:BOXED:valigned:rowbox}}
%   {\unitlength1.25\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
%    \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%\endgroup
%^^A%   The result you see in the row of
%^^A%   figures~\ref{leftfig:BOXED:valigned:rowbox}, \ref{rightfig:BOXED:valigned:rowbox}.
%        ~%^^A
%   ~\ref{leftfig:BOXED:valigned:rowbox}, \ref{rightfig:BOXED:valigned:rowbox}.
%
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\floatsetup{...rowfill=yes}|
%|...|\nopagebreak
%\end{preamble}
%   |...|\vspace*{-.75\intextsep}
%\end{Quote}%
%\begingroup\floatsetup{style=plain,framearound=row,colorframeset=yellowplate,rowfill=yes,
%       framestyle=colorbox,framefit=yes,heightadjust=object,valign=c}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%    \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]
%   {\unitlength.9\unitlength\input{BlackCat.picture}}
%   {\caption{  ~ ,    .
%             }%
%    \label{leftfig:BOXED:valigned:fillrowbox}}%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2.4cm]
%   {\caption{  ~ ,    ,    }%^^A
%    \label{rightfig:BOXED:valigned:fillrowbox}}
%   {\unitlength1.25\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
%   ^^A\ffigbox[\Xhsize]{}{\strut}
%    \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%\endgroup
%^^A%   The result you see in the row of
%^^A%   figures~\ref{leftfig:BOXED:valigned:fillrowbox}, \ref{rightfig:BOXED:valigned:fillrowbox}.
%        ~%^^A
%   ~\ref{leftfig:BOXED:valigned:fillrowbox}, \ref{rightfig:BOXED:valigned:fillrowbox}.
%
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\floatsetup[widefloat]{margins=hanfleft}|
%|\floatsetup{...}|
%|...|\nopagebreak
%\end{preamble}
%   |...|\vspace*{-.75\intextsep}
%\end{Quote}%
%\begingroup\floatsetup{style=plain,framearound=row,colorframeset=yellowplate,frameset={\fboxrule0pt},
%       framestyle=colorbox,framefit=yes,heightadjust=object,valign=c}
%   \begin{figure*}[H]
%    \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]
%   {\unitlength.9\unitlength\input{BlackCat.picture}}
%   {\caption{  ~ ,    
%        (  ~ ~ ).
%             }%
%    \label{leftfig:BOXED:valigned:widerowbox}}%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2.4cm]
%   {\caption{  ~ ,    
%        (  ~ ~ )}%^^A
%    \label{rightfig:BOXED:valigned:widerowbox}}
%   {\unitlength1.25\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
%    \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure*}%^^A
%\endgroup
%^^A%   The result you see in the row of
%^^A%   figures~\ref{leftfig:BOXED:valigned:widerowbox}, \ref{rightfig:BOXED:valigned:widerowbox}.
%        ~%^^A
%   ~\ref{leftfig:BOXED:valigned:widerowbox}, \ref{rightfig:BOXED:valigned:widerowbox}.
%
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|...|
%|\floatsetup{...rowfill=yes}|
%|...|\nopagebreak
%\end{preamble}
%   |...|\vspace*{-.75\intextsep}
%\end{Quote}%
%\begingroup\floatsetup{style=plain,framearound=row,colorframeset=yellowplate,rowfill=yes,
%       framestyle=colorbox,framefit=yes,heightadjust=object,valign=c,frameset={\fboxrule0pt}}
%   \begin{figure*}[H]
%    \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]
%   {\unitlength.9\unitlength\input{BlackCat.picture}}
%   {\caption{  ~ ,     (  ~ ~ ).      }%
%    \label{leftfig:BOXED:valigned:widefillrowbox}}%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2.4cm]
%   {\caption{  ~ ,     ( ),    }%^^A
%    \label{rightfig:BOXED:valigned:widefillrowbox}}
%   {\unitlength1.25\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
%   ^^A\ffigbox[\Xhsize]{}{\strut}
%    \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure*}%^^A
%\endgroup
%^^A%   The result you see in the row of
%^^A%   figures~\ref{leftfig:BOXED:valigned:widefillrowbox}, \ref{rightfig:BOXED:valigned:widefillrowbox}.
%        ~%^^A
%   ~\ref{leftfig:BOXED:valigned:widefillrowbox}, \ref{rightfig:BOXED:valigned:widefillrowbox}.
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Settings for Colored Frames}
%   \subsubsection{   }
%   \DescribeMacro{colorframeset}\label{setup:colorframeset}%^^A
%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareColorBox}\label{setup:DeclareColorBox:pre}%^^A
%^^A%   This key (needs \package{color} package) defines
%^^A%   a~color box in the case of the |framestyle=colorbox| or |framestyle=FRcolorbox| settings are loaded
%^^A%   (default is standard |\fbox|). There are not any predefined options for this key so you
%^^A%   must define your color box option, using the |\DeclareColorBox| command like following:
%     (  
%     \package{color})  
%    ,    |framestyle=colorbox|  |framestyle=FRcolorbox|
%   (    |\fbox|).
%         ,    
%     ,   |\|\FRkey{DeclareColorBox}
%   (.\,\pageref{setup:DeclareColorBox}), :
%   \begin{Quote}
%     |\DeclareColorBox{mycolorbox}{\fcolorbox{red}{yellow}}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   then use this option in |colorframeset=| key:
%       ~:
%   \begin{Quote}
%     |colorframeset=\meta{option}|\quad,
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   for example:
%    :
%   \begin{Quote}
%     |\floatsetup{colorframeset=mycolorbox}|\quad,
%   \end{Quote}
%
%   \DescribeMacro{colorframecorners}\label{setup:colorframecorners}%^^A
%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCBoxCorners}\label{setup:DeclareCBoxCorners:pre}%^^A
%^^A%   This key defines material attached to the corners of the frame defined
%^^A%   by the |framestyle=FRcolorbox| option.
%^^A%   This key, as the previous one, has not predefined options; the needed material is
%^^A%   set by the |\|\FRkey{DeclareCBoxCorners} command
%^^A%   (page~\pageref{setup:DeclareCBoxCorners}).
%         ,   |framestyle=FRcolorbox|.
%     ,  ~ ,    ; , 
%     ,  ~  |\|\FRkey{DeclareCBoxCorners}
%   (.\,\pageref{setup:DeclareCBoxCorners}).
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Defining Float Skips}
%   \subsubsection{   }
%   \DescribeMacro{captionskip}\label{setup:captionskip}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines vertical space between caption and float object
%^^A%   in case of \FRkey{midcode} key defined as |midcode=captionskip|;
%^^A%   or in case of usage of float styles (|style=|
%^^A%   key) |plain|, |boxed| and similar to them:
%         ~
%     \FRkey{midcode}  
%   |midcode=captionskip|;  ~   ( |style=|)
%   |plain|, |plaintop|  |Plaintop|, :
%   \begin{Quote}
%      |captionskip=10pt|\quad.
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   The settings above are default and equal to \LaTeX's settings (|\abovecaptionskip=10pt|).
%^^A%   The settings of current documentation: |captionskip=5pt|.
%         ~  (|\abovecaptionskip=10pt|).
%   ,   : |captionskip=5pt|.
%
%   \addvspace\medskipamount\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{footskip}\label{setup:footskip}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines vertical space before foot material and footnotes. It can be defined like:
%        ~.    :
%   \begin{Quote}
%      |footskip=4pt|\quad,
%   \end{Quote}
%   
%   \begin{Quote}
%      |footskip=\skip\footins|\quad.
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   the last example shows default settings.
%        .
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Defining Float Footnote Rule's Style}
%   \subsubsection{     }\label{sec:footnotestyle}
%   \DescribeMacro{footnoterule}\label{setup:footnoterule}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines type of footnote rule for footnotes inside floating environment.
%           .
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%     \item[normal]
%^^A%     standard \LaTeX{} definition, the
%^^A%     width of it equals to 0.4 of current with of text (|\columnwidth|);
%       \LaTeX',
%       
%     0.4    (|\columnwidth|);
%     \item[limited]
%^^A%     like previous one but max width of footnote rule equals to the value
%^^A%     defined by |\frulemax|\label{setup:frulemax} command, like:
%      ,     
%       ~ |\frulemax|\label{setup:frulemax}, :
%     \begin{quote}
%     |\renewcommand\frulemax{1in}|
%     \end{quote}
%     \item[fullsize]
%^^A%     rule to full current text width.
%         .
%     \item[none]
%^^A%     Absent rule.
%      .
%     \item[...]
%^^A%   You may create your own options with |\DeclareFloatFootnoterule| command,
%^^A%   see page~\pageref{ssec:fnoterule}.
%        ~ ~|\DeclareFloatFootnoterule|,
%   .~.~\pageref{ssec:fnoterule}.
%   \end{Options}
%
%   \label{setup:end}
%
%^^A%^^A%   \subsubsection{Loading Style for Fancy Boxes}
%^^A%   \subsubsection{    }
%^^A%   \DescribeMacro{fancyboxes}\label{setup:fancyboxes}%^^A
%^^A%^^A%   This boolean key  loads \package{fr-fancy} package. This key you may use
%^^A%^^A%   only in optional argument in |\usepackage| line. The styles, supported by this package
%^^A%^^A%   are described in the table~\ref{tab:floatlayouts}.
%^^A%    (   )  
%^^A%   \package{fr-fancy}.    
%^^A%    ~  |\usepackage|. ,    
%^^A%   ~.~\ref{tab:floatlayouts}.
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Managing Floats with \texttt{[H]} placement option}
%   \subsubsection{  ~~\texttt{[H]}}
%   \DescribeMacro{doublefloataswide}\label{setup:doublefloataswide}%^^A
%^^A%   This boolean key redefines starred floating environment \emph{in onecolumn layout}
%^^A%   like non-starred ones, but in this case they are still store layout
%^^A%   settings, declared by |[wide...]| options of |\floatsetup| (page~\pageref{sec:floatsetup}).
%^^A%   This key is necessary
%^^A%   for usage of the \texttt{[H]} option
%^^A%   in starred environments in the same way as in non-starred.
%      \LaTeX'  
%     ~   ,   
%      |[wide...]|  |\floatsetup| (.~\pageref{sec:floatsetup}).
%          \texttt{[H]}
%   ~    ~~.
%
%   \medskip\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{floatHaslist}%^^A
%^^A%   This boolean key adds values of penalties before and after
%^^A%   this ``anchored'' float like in the list environment and cancels
%^^A%   paragraph indentation, if there is no blank line appears after environment
%^^A%   (see also page~\pageref{sec:listpen}).
%       (penalties)  ~
%         ~   ~
%    ,       
%   (.~ .~\pageref{sec:listpen}).
%
%^^A%   \subsection{Settings for Current Float Environment}
%   \subsection{   }
%   \DescribeMacro{\thisfloatsetup}\label{thisfloatsetup}\label{setup:thisfloatsetup}%^^A
%^^A%   You may define some settings only for one float just
%^^A%   before necessary environment. Command |\thisfloatsetup| could
%^^A%   contain the same keys and options as in |\floatsetup|. It has
%^^A%   only mandatory argument (the \cmd{\thisfloatsetup} is defined
%^^A%   as abbreviation of the \cmd{\floatsetup[tmpset]} command).
%          
%     .  |\thisfloatsetup|
%    ~    ~,  ~|\floatsetup|,  
%     \footnote{ \cmd{\thisfloatsetup} 
%     \cmd{\floatsetup[tmpset]}.}.\par\strut\par\kern-\baselineskip
%
%^^A%   \subsection{Clearing of Previous Float Type Settings}
%   \subsection{      }
%   \DescribeMacro{\clearfloatsetup}\label{setup:clearfloatsetup}%^^A
%^^A%   If you want to get rid of parameters marked
%^^A%   for an automatic use within a particular environment
%^^A%   you can use the command\footnote{Created as additional macro for
%^^A%   \cs{clearcaptionsetup} macro, see also documentation
%^^A%   of \package{caption} package about \cmd{\clearcaptionsetup} command}:\allowpostlistbreaks[-4]
%       ,  
%    ~  
%      \footnote{  
%    \cs{clearcaptionsetup}, .~  
%   \package{caption} ~ \cmd{\clearcaptionsetup}}:\allowpostlistbreaks[-4]
%   \begin{Quote}
%      |\clearfloatsetup|\marg{float type}\quad.
%   \end{Quote}\allowpostlistbreaks
%^^A%   where \marg{float type}---types as |figure|, |widefloat| etc.
%    \marg{float type} \cdash---  , , |figure|,
%   |widefloat| ~.\,.
%
%^^A%   \subsection{Temporary Clearing of All Float Settings}\label{page:killfloatstyle}
%   \subsection{     }\label{page:killfloatstyle}
%   \DescribeMacro{\killfloatstyle}\label{setup:killfloatstyle}%^^A
%^^A%   The first case when this command is needed: mixed rows of floats where figure stays beside table
%^^A%   and you need to cancel layout of ``foreign'' float (see page~\pageref{mixrow}).
%^^A%   The |\killfloatstyle| command is used before any
%^^A%   command of |\floatbox| stuff (see {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}).
%    ,     \cdash---     ~
%   ~     (..~\pageref{mixrow}).
%    |\killfloatstyle|  
%   ,    |\floatbox|, (.~{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}).
%
%^^A%   Another case---layout of floats with beside captions is quite different from
%^^A%   other subtypes: |[figure]| option of
%^^A%   floatsetup defined with |style=plain| and
%^^A%   |[cabesidefigure]| must be defined with |style=boxed|.
%^^A%   In this case you may define your command, based on predefined
%^^A%   |\fcapside|:
%     \cdash---   ~ 
%         :  |[figure]|
%    |\floatsetup|   |style=plain|,
%   ~|[capbesidefigure]| (  )     |style=boxed|.
%   ~     , ,  
%   |\fcapside|:
%\begingroup
%   \begin{Quote}
%   \begin{preamble}
%      |\newcommand\myfcapside{\killfloatstyle|\nopagebreak
%      |     \floatsetup[figure]{style=Boxed,capbesideframe=yes}\fcapside}|\quad.
%   \end{preamble}
%      |\begin{figure}|
%        |\myfcapside[\FBwidth]|
%        |...|
%      |\end{figure}|\quad.\vspace*{-\intextsep}
%   \end{Quote}
%      \newcommand\myfcapside{\killfloatstyle
%           \floatsetup[figure]{style=Boxed,capbesideframe=yes,capbesideposition=left}\fcapside}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \myfcapside[\FBwidth]
%     {\unitlength1.28\unitlength\input{Horse.picture}}%
%     {\caption[  ,  ~ ~ \texttt{Boxed}.]{%^^A
%         ,  ~ ~ \texttt{Boxed}.
%          \cmd{\myfcapside}   
%       ~ \texttt{plain}   ~ }\label{fig:beside:Boxed}}%
%   \end{figure}
%\endgroup
%^^A%   The option |[figure]| is necessary if you defined settings for this option
%^^A%   globally in the preamble.
%    |[figure]| ,    ~ 
%   ~.
%
%^^A%  \emph{Notes}.\startNotes\nopagebreak \par
%  \emph{}.\startNotes\nopagebreak \par
%^^A%   \Note Please remember that such command with redefined settings can be placed
%^^A%   only \emph{inside an environment} or \emph{group}.
%   \Note  ,   , ~ ,
%       ~\emph{
%   }  \emph{~}.
%
%^^A%   \Note Before creation of such risky command, please revise your layout settings:
%^^A%   maybe the |[widefigure]| option never used in your documentation settings, so you can define
%^^A%   necessary settings in |\floatsetup[widefigure]|\allowbreak|{style=Boxed,capposition=beside...}|
%^^A%   and then use ``starred'' floats in following way:
%   \Note  ,     ,   :
%     |[widefigure]|    ~ , 
%        ~|\floatsetup[widefigure]|\allowbreak
%   |{style=Boxed,capposition=beside...}|
%   ~     :
%\begingroup
%   \begin{Quote}
%   \begin{preamble}
%   |\floatsetup[widefigure]{|\FRkey{style}|=Boxed,|\FRkey{capposition}|=beside,|
%   |    |\FRkey{capbesideframe}|=yes}|
%   \end{preamble}
%      |\begin{figure*}|
%        |\fcapside...|
%      |\end{figure*}|\quad.\vspace*{-\intextsep}
%   \end{Quote}
%   \floatsetup[widefigure]{margins=centering,style=Boxed,capposition=beside,capbesideframe=yes,capbesideposition=left}
%   \begin{figure*}[H]
%     \fcapside[\FBwidth]{\unitlength1.28\unitlength\input{Horse.picture}}%
%     {\caption[  ,  ~ ~ \texttt{Boxed}
%       ~ .]{%^^A
%         ,  ~ ~ \texttt{Boxed}.
%           ~  ~ }\label{figs:beside:Boxed}}%
%   \end{figure*}
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   \subsection{The Default Float Type Settings}\label{sec:default}
%   \subsection{     }\label{sec:default}
%^^A%   The following keys and options are switched on when the \package{floatrow}
%^^A%   package loaded. They equal to |default| style:
%     ~ ,    \package{floatrow}.
%      |plain| ~   :
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}\par
%     \item[font=normalsize]\allowitembreaks[-4]
%     \item[footfont=footnotesize]\allowitembreaks[1]
%     \item[capposition=bottom]
%     \item[capbesideposition=left]
%     \item[capbesideframe=no]
%     \item[footposition=default]
%     \item[heightadjust=none]
%     \item[facing=no]
%     \item[margins=centering]
%     \item[objectset=centering] ($\equiv$|justification=centering|, \package{caption})
%     \item[floatrowsep=columnsep]
%     \item[capbesidesep=columnsep]
%     \item[precode=none]
%     \item[rowprecode=none]
%     \item[postcode=none]
%     \item[rowpostcode=none]
%     \item[framearound=none]
%     \item[rowfill=no]
%     \item[midcode=captionskip]\allowitembreaks[-4]
%     \item[captionskip=10pt]
%   \end{Options}
%
%^^A%   \subsection{Defining New Options}
%   \subsection{  }
%^^A%   In the next few sections a list of commands is presented, which help to define
%^^A%   additional key options for the |\floatsetup| command.
%   ~   , ~      
%     |\floatsetup|.
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Float Style (\texttt{style=})}\label{ssec:declstyle}
%   \subsubsection{   (\texttt{style=})}\label{ssec:declstyle}
%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatStyle}\label{setup:DeclareFloatStyle}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines new float style. Example shows definition of new float
%^^A%   style |MyBoxed|. The figures~\ref{fig:plain:MyBoxed}, and
%^^A%   some others in current documentation show result.
%     .     
%   |MyBoxed|. ~\ref{fig:plain:MyBoxed},
%   ~  ~   .
%\begin{Quote}
%|\DeclareFloatStyle{MyBoxed}{|\FRkey{style}|=Boxed,|\FRkey{captionskip}|=5pt,|
%|      |\FRkey{frameset}|={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep12pt}}|
%|\floatsetup[figure]{style=MyBoxed}|
%\end{Quote}
%
%   \begingroup
%
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=MyBoxed}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%     {\unitlength1.88\unitlength\input{Horse.picture}}%
%     \caption{%^^A
%       \texttt{MyBoxed}}%
%   \label{fig:plain:MyBoxed}%
%   \floatfoot{Much more, more and more and more and more and more and more and
%     more and more text inside macro \cmd{\floatfoot}}%
%   \end{figure}
%
%^^A%   The same result you get with:
%        , :
%\begin{Quote}\openup-.65pt
%|\floatsetup[figure]{style=Boxed,captionskip=5pt,|
%|      frameset={\fboxsep12pt\fboxrule1pt}}|
%\end{Quote}
%   \endgroup
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Float Font Option}\label{ssec:declfont}
%   \subsubsection{    (\texttt{font=})}\label{ssec:declfont}
%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatFont}\label{setup:DeclareFloatFont}%^^A
%^^A%   With this macro you may define new option
%^^A%   for font (|font=| key) of float contents. This macro works
%^^A%   like |\DeclareCaptionFont| in \package{caption} package: you may also
%^^A%   use key options declared by |\DeclareCaptionFont| command.
%         
%     ( |font=|)  .   
%       |\DeclareCaptionFont|   \package{caption}:   
%    ,  ~ |\DeclareCaptionFont|.
%
%^^A%   To get red color for text in the example with figure~\ref{color:fig} on the page~\pageref{color:fig},
%^^A%   you may define the red color by following way:
%        ~ ~.~\ref{color:fig}  .~\pageref{color:fig},
%     :
%   \begin{Quote}%
%   |\DeclareFloatFont{red}{\color{red}}|
%   \end{Quote}%
%   ~   ~ |\floatsetup|
%   \begin{Quote}%
%   |\floatsetup[figure]{font={small,red}}|\quad.
%   \end{Quote}%
%^^A%   The version 3.1 of the \package{caption} package offers special option inside
%^^A%   |font=| key. Since the \package{floatrow} package uses the same mechanism for its |font=|
%^^A%   key, the example above you can write as following:
%    \textbf{3.1}  \package{caption}     ,  
%     .   \package{floatrow}    
%      \package{caption},     :
%   \begin{Quote}%
%   |\floatsetup[figure]{font={small,color={red}}}|\quad.
%   \end{Quote}%
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Defining Float Rules/Skips}\label{ssec:decl:rule}
%   \subsubsection{     (\texttt{precode=} ~.)}\label{ssec:decl:rule}
%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatVCode}\label{setup:DeclareFloatVCode}%^^A
%^^A%   This command defines the skip, rule or other analogous code above
%^^A%   and below full float box and between caption above/below and
%^^A%   object. The defined option might be used  in |rowprecode|,
%^^A%   |precode|, |midcode|, |postcode|, and
%^^A%   |rowpostcode| keys (page~\pageref{setup:precode}).
%       ,     
%    ~   --- ~
%    / ~.
%        ~ |rowprecode|,
%   |precode|, |midcode|, |postcode|
%   ~|rowpostcode|.
%
%^^A%   Compare two examples:
%     :
%   \begin{Quote}\openup1pt
%   \begin{preamble}
%   |\DeclareFloatVCode{grayruleabove}%|
%   |      {{\color{gray}\hrule height2.8ptdepth0pt\vskip4pt}}|
%   |\DeclareFloatVCode{grayrulebelow}%|
%   |      {{\color{gray}\vskip4pt\hrule height2.8ptdepth0pt}}|
%   |\floatsetup{...,|\FRkey{heightadjust}|=all,|%^^A
%           \FRkey{valign}|=c,|
%   |      |\FRkey{rowprecode}|=grayruleabove,|%^^A
%           \FRkey{rowpostcode}|=grayrulebelow}|
%   \end{preamble}
%   |\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
%   |\begin{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
%   |  \ffigbox|\nopagebreak
%   |    {...}{\caption{ ...}\label{...}}%|
%   |  \ffigbox|\nopagebreak
%   |    {...}{\caption{ ...}\label{...}}|
%   | \end{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%   |\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
%   |  ...|
%   |  \caption{ ...}\label{...}%|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%   \end{Quote}\pagebreak[3]
%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{heightadjust=all,valign=c,rowprecode=grayruleabove,
%       rowpostcode=grayrulebelow}\killfloatstyle
%    \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox
%   {\unitlength.65\unitlength\input{BlackCat.picture}}
%   {\caption{  ~ ~  ~,   }%
%   \label{intro:leftfig:row}}%
%
%   \ffigbox
%   {\caption{  ~ ~  ~,   }%^^A
%    \label{intro:rightfig:row}}
%   {\unitlength.85\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
%    \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{heightadjust=all,valign=c,rowprecode=grayruleabove,
%       rowpostcode=grayrulebelow}\killfloatstyle
%   \ffigbox
%   {\caption{  ~  ~,   }%^^A
%    \label{intro:alone:row}}
%   {\unitlength.85\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}}
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%   \begin{Quote}
%   \begin{preamble}
%   |...|\nopagebreak
%   |\floatsetup{...,|\FRkey{heightadjust}|=all,|
%   |   |\FRkey{precode}|=grayruleabove,|%^^A
%        \FRkey{postcode}|=grayrulebelow}|
%   \end{preamble}\nopagebreak
%   |...|
%   \end{Quote}%^^A
%
%\begingroup
%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{heightadjust=all,valign=c,
%       precode=grayruleabove,postcode=grayrulebelow}\killfloatstyle
%    \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox
%   {\unitlength.65\unitlength\input{BlackCat.picture}}
%   {\caption{  ~ ~  ~ ,    }%
%   \label{intro:leftfig:box}}%
%
%   \ffigbox
%   {\caption{  ~ ~  ~ ,    }%^^A
%    \label{intro:rightfig:box}}
%   {\unitlength.85\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
%    \end{floatrow}%
%   \end{figure}\kern-\lastskip%^^A
%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{precode=grayruleabove,postcode=grayrulebelow}\killfloatstyle
%   \ffigbox
%   {\caption{  ~  ~ ,    }%^^A
%    \label{intro:alone:box}}
%   {\unitlength.85\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}}
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%^^A%   {\sloppy Please note that for ruled styles for figures \ref{intro:leftfig:box}
%^^A%   and \ref{intro:rightfig:box}, which are placed in one row, you need to
%^^A%   set |heightadjust=all| key---the rules
%^^A%   at the start and finish of boxes reset the height and depth values.\par}
%    ,       ,  ~.~\ref{intro:leftfig:box}
%   ~\ref{intro:rightfig:box},     ~ ,
%      |heightadjust=all| \cdash---  
%   ~~     ~.\nopagebreak
%\endgroup
%
%\begingroup
%^^A%   The examples with unfill rows.\RemoveSpaces\vspace*{\topsep}
%    ~  .\RemoveSpaces\vspace*{\topsep}
%   \begin{Quote}\openup.5pt
%   \begin{preamble}
%   |\floatsetup{...,|\FRkey{heightadjust}|=all,|%^^A
%           \FRkey{valign}|=c,|
%   |      |\FRkey{rowprecode}|=grayruleabove,|%^^A
%           \FRkey{rowpostcode}|=grayrulebelow}|
%   \end{preamble}
%   |\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
%   |\begin{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
%   |  \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]...|\nopagebreak
%   |  \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]...|\nopagebreak
%   | \end{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%   \end{Quote}%^^A
%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{heightadjust=all,valign=c,rowprecode=grayruleabove,
%       rowpostcode=grayrulebelow}\killfloatstyle
%    \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]
%   {\unitlength.65\unitlength\input{BlackCat.picture}}
%   {\caption{  ~  ~  ~,   }%
%   \label{intro:leftfig:rownofill}}%
%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]
%   {\caption{  ~  ~  ~,   }%^^A
%    \label{intro:rightfig:rownofill}}
%   {\unitlength.85\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
%    \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%^^A%   The same, but with \FRkey{rowfill} option.
%    ,  ~ \FRkey{rowfill}.
%   \begin{Quote}\openup.5pt
%   \begin{preamble}
%   |\floatsetup{...,|\FRkey{rowfill}|=yes}|
%   \end{preamble}
%   |...|
%   \end{Quote}%^^A
%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{heightadjust=all,valign=c,rowprecode=grayruleabove,
%       rowpostcode=grayrulebelow,rowfill=yes}\killfloatstyle
%    \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]
%   {\unitlength.65\unitlength\input{BlackCat.picture}}
%   {\caption{  ~  ~  ~   ,   }%
%   \label{intro:leftfig:rowfill}}%
%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]
%   {\caption{  ~  ~  ~   ,   }%^^A
%    \label{intro:rightfig:rowfill}}
%   {\unitlength.85\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
%    \end{floatrow}
%   \end{figure}%^^A
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Settings for Colored Frame (\texttt{colorframeset=})}\label{ssec:color:frame}
%   \subsubsection{    ~ (\texttt{colorframeset=})}\label{ssec:color:frame}
%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareColorBox}\label{setup:DeclareColorBox}%^^A
%^^A%   Let's repeat the command for definition of colored box used by |colorframeset=| key
%^^A%   (see also page~\pageref{setup:DeclareColorBox}).
%^^A%   Here is defined frame for figure~\ref{color:frame} below:
%          ,   |colorframeset=|
%   (.~ .~\pageref{setup:DeclareColorBox}).
%      ,  ~\ref{color:frame}  .~\pageref{color:frame}:
%   \begin{Quote}
%     |\DeclareColorBox{framedfigure}{\fcolorbox{gray}{white}}|\quad.
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   The yellow plate for figure rows on the page~\pageref{setup:rowfill}:
%     ,  ~(.\,\pageref{setup:rowfill},   
%     |\colorbox|):
%   \begin{Quote}
%     |\DeclareColorBox{yellowplate}{\colorbox{yellow}}|\quad.
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   Please note, that for correct positioning of the color plate during usage of the |\colorbox|
%^^A%   command you need set to zero value for the |\fboxrule| command in the \FRkey{frameset} option:
%    ,     |\colorbox|    
%       |\fboxrule| ~ \FRkey{frameset}  
%    :
%   \begin{Quote}
%     |frameset={\fboxrule0pt}|\quad.
%   \end{Quote}
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareCBoxCorners}\label{setup:DeclareCBoxCorners}%^^A
%^^A%   If you use the \FRkey{FRcolorbox} option for the \FRkey{framestyle} key
%^^A%   (page~\pageref{setup:framestyle}), you may set additional material (rules or something),
%^^A%   attached to four corners.
%        ~ \FRkey{framestyle} 
%    \FRkey{FRcolorbox} (.\,\pageref{setup:framestyle}), 
%         ~ .
%\begin{Quote}%
%|\DeclareCBoxCorners|\marg{option}\marg{llcorner}\marg{lrcorner}\marg{urcorner}\marg{ulcorner}
%\end{Quote}%
%^^A%   The \marg{option} argument defines name of option of the \FRkey{colorframecorners} key.
%^^A%   The four others define material attached to four corners.
%    \marg{option}     \FRkey{colorframecorners}.
%      ,    ~ .
%
%^^A%   The order of corner material analogous to the order in the METAPOST's |bbox| box
%^^A%   for the |label| command: first goes lower left corner (\marg{llcorner})
%^^A%   then, counterclockwise, lower right corner (\marg{lrcorner}), upper right corner
%^^A%   (\marg{urcorner}) and last goes upper left corner (\marg{ulcorner}).
%     ~  ,     (|bbox|)
%     ( |label|) ~METAPOST':      (\marg{llcorner})
%   ,   ,    (\marg{lrcorner}),   
%   (\marg{urcorner}) ~    (\marg{ulcorner}).
%^^A%   There are used modified commands of |picture| environment inside these arguments:
%^^A%   all lengths and coordinates must have units like points, millimeters etc., but
%^^A%   here you may use usual length parameters like |\textwidth|. When the color box is created
%^^A%   the |\FRcolorboxht|, |\FRcolorboxwd| and~|\FRcolorboxdp| parameters define
%^^A%   height, width and depth of the box, you may use them inside settings
%^^A%   of the |\DeclareCBoxCorners| xommand. You may use the
%^^A%   |\|\FRkey{floatfacing} command to create facing layout.
%         |picture|:
%      ~    , 
%       |\textwidth|.    ~
%   |\FRcolorboxht|, |\FRcolorboxwd| ~|\FRcolorboxdp|,  
%   ,  ~ ,     
%    |\DeclareCBoxCorners|.       
%     |\|\FRkey{floatfacing}     .
%
%^^A%   The example with material in all corners, which shows overlapping.
%    ~     ,  .
%\begin{Quote}%
%|\DeclareCBoxCorners{angles}|
%|   {{\color{green}%green llcorner|
%|      \linethickness{10pt}\put(-5pt,-5pt)|
%|      {{\put(0pt,0pt){\line(0,1){\FRcolorboxht}}}%|
%|       {\put(-5pt,0pt){\line(1,0){\FRcolorboxwd}}}}%|
%|   }}{{\color{red}%red lrcorner|
%|      \linethickness{10pt}\put(0pt,0pt)|
%|      {{\put(0pt,0pt){\line(0,1){\FRcolorboxht}}}%|
%|       {\put(5pt,0pt){\line(-1,0){\FRcolorboxwd}}}}%|
%|   }}{{\color{blue}%blue urcorner|
%|      \linethickness{10pt}\put(5pt,-5pt)|
%|      {{\put(0pt,0pt){\line(0,-1){\FRcolorboxht}}}%|
%|       {\put(5pt,0pt){\line(-1,0){\FRcolorboxwd}}}}%|
%|   }}{{\color{magenta}%magenta ulcorner|
%|      \linethickness{10pt}\put(0pt,0pt)|
%|      {{\put(0pt,0pt){\line(0,-1){\FRcolorboxht}}}%|
%|       {\put(-5pt,0pt){\line(1,0){\FRcolorboxwd}}}}%|
%|   }}|
%\end{Quote}%
%^^A%   Please note, that this material has not any width and its values do not used during calculation
%^^A%   of frame position and width. Please note also that material in the left lower and upper corners
%^^A%   will be covered by frame, but right lower and upper corner material cover the frame
%^^A%   (inside these ``layers'' the material from upper corners covers lower ones)
%^^A%   the object contents appear in the upper layer.
%    ,       ~   
%       ~ .
%     ,  ,  ~
%     ~    ,  ~ 
%   ~      (  
%       )    ~  .
%\begingroup
%\begin{Quote}%
%|\floatsetup{style=Boxed,|\FRkey{framestyle}|=FRcolorbox,|
%|  |\FRkey{colorframeset}|=yellowplate,|\FRkey{colorframecorners}|=angles,|
%|  |\FRkey{frameset}|={\fboxrule=0pt\fboxsep=2pt},|\FRkey{framefit}|=yes,|\FRkey{captionskip}|=15pt}|\vspace*{\baselineskip}
%\end{Quote}%
%\floatsetup{style=Boxed,framestyle=FRcolorbox,colorframeset=yellowplate,colorframecorners=angles,
%  framefit=yes,frameset={\fboxrule=0pt\fboxsep=2pt},captionskip=15pt}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2.4cm]
%   {\caption{    ~ }%^^A
%    \label{BOXED:yellowplate:Redangles}}
%   {\unitlength1.25\unitlength\input{BlackDog.picture}}
%\endgroup
%
%\begingroup
%^^A%   The same but without color plate.
%     ,   .
%\begin{Quote}%
%|\floatsetup{style=Boxed,|\FRkey{framestyle}|=corners,|%^^A
%    \FRkey{colorframecorners}|=angles,|
%|  |\FRkey{frameset}|={\fboxrule=0pt\fboxsep=2pt},|\FRkey{framefit}|=yes,|\FRkey{captionskip}|=15pt}|\vspace*{\baselineskip}
%\end{Quote}%
%\floatsetup{style=Boxed,framestyle=corners,colorframecorners=angles,
%  framefit=yes,frameset={\fboxrule=0pt\fboxsep=2pt},captionskip=15pt}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2.4cm]
%   {\caption{  ~ }%^^A
%    \label{BOXED:transparent:Redangles}}
%   {\unitlength1.25\unitlength\input{BlackDog.picture}}
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Object Justification Option (\texttt{objectset=})}\label{ssec:decl:oset}
%   \subsubsection{    (\texttt{objectset=})}\label{ssec:decl:oset}
%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareObjectSet}\label{setup:DeclareObjectSet}%^^A
%^^A%   You may define justification for |objectset=| key (page~\pageref{setup:objectset})
%^^A%   like\nopagebreak:
%           |objectset=| (.~\pageref{setup:objectset})
%   :
%   \begin{Quote}
%     |\DeclareObjectSet{centering}{\centering}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   In option's definition you may try to include any regular commands
%^^A%   (it could be the repeated head text also)
%^^A%   which you need to put before each object contents in float
%^^A%   environment. You may also use key options declared by
%^^A%   \cmd{\DeclareCaptionJustification} command of \package{caption} package
%^^A%   as options for |objectset=| key.
%   ~      ~  ,
%         .   
%   ,  \cmd{\DeclareCaptionJustification} "---
%      \package{caption},    |objectset=|.
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Option for Float Box Alignment/Settings  (\texttt{margins=})}
%   \subsubsection{ /
%        (\texttt{margins=})}\label{ssec:decl:marg}
%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareMarginSet}\label{setup:DeclareMarginSet}%^^A
%^^A%   You may define box alignment for float box (|margins=| key) like:
%         ( |margins=|)
%   :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\DeclareMarginSet{center}{%|\nopagebreak
%   |  \setfloatmargins{\hfil}{\hfil}}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   or like (see also sample files)
%    (.   ):
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\DeclareMarginSet{outside}{%|\nopagebreak
%   |  \setfloatmargins*{\hfil}{}}|
%   \end{Quote}\pagebreak[1]
%^^A%   The |\DeclareMarginSet| command used the |\setfloatmargins| command, which defines
%^^A%   fill code for each margin.
%    |\DeclareMarginSet|   |\setfloatmargins|,  
%        .
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\setfloatmargins}\label{setup:setfloatmargins}%^^A
%^^A%   Non-starred form of |\setfloatmargins| defines left and right
%^^A%   margin.
%    |\setfloatmargins|     .
%   \begin{quote}
%     |\setfloatmargins{|\meta{left margin}|}{|\meta{right margin}|}|
%   \end{quote}
%
%^^A%   Here goes rather complex example which was created as alternative float layout for one-column
%^^A%   document. The starred, |figure*|, environment places caption on the left margin, beside
%^^A%   object. Frame around object has default width of main text.
%       ,     
%   ~ .    |figure*|,    ~ .
%           .
%   \begin{Quote}[0pt]
%   \begin{preamble}
%   |\makeatletter\@mparswitchfalse\makeatother|
%   |\|\FRkey{DeclareColorBox}|{framedfigure}{\fcolorbox{gray}{white}}|\vspace{1ex}
%   |\|\FRkey{DeclareFloatSeparators}|{marginparsep}{\hskip\marginparsep}|
%   |\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[widefigure]{|%^^A
%       \FRkey{margins}|=hangleft,|%^^A
%       \FRkey{floatwidth}|=\textwidth,|
%   |   |\FRkey{capposition}|=beside,|%^^A
%       \FRkey{capbesideposition}|=left,|%^^A
%       \FRkey{capbesideframe}|=yes,|
%   |   |\FRkey{capbesidewidth}|=\marginparwidth,|%^^A
%       \FRkey{capbesidesep}|=marginparsep,|
%   |   |\FRkey{framestyle}|=colorbox,|\FRkey{framefit}|=yes,|\nopagebreak
%   |   |\FRkey{colorframeset}|=framedfigure,|%^^A
%       \FRkey{frameset}|={\fboxrule3pt\fboxsep8pt}}|\vspace{1ex}
%   |\captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{justification=RaggedRight,|\nopagebreak
%   |    font=small,labelfont={normalsize,sf,bf},labelsep=newline,strut=no}|
%   \end{preamble}
%   |\begin{figure*}|\nopagebreak
%   |...|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure*}|
%   \end{Quote}
%   \begingroup
%   \floatsetup[widefigure]{margins=hangleft,floatwidth=\textwidth,
%       capposition=beside,capbesideposition=left,capbesideframe=yes,
%       capbesidewidth=\marginparwidth,capbesidesep=marginparsep,framestyle=colorbox,framefit=yes,
%       frameset={\fboxrule3pt\fboxsep8pt},colorframeset=framedfigure}
%   \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{justification=RaggedRight,
%       font=small,labelfont={normalsize,sf,bf},labelsep=newline,strut=no}
%   \begin{figure*}[H]%
%   {\input{Mouse.picture}}{\caption{ ~  ( )
%          ~ }\label{color:frame}}
%   \end{figure*}%
%   \endgroup
%
%^^A%   \emph{Note}. The row of figures~\ref{fig:row:Dog}--\ref{fig:row:cheese} on the page
%^^A%   \pageref{fig:row:Dog} uses the same |margin=| settings of option |margins=|.
%   \emph{}.  ~\ref{fig:row:Dog}--\ref{fig:row:cheese} 
%   ~\pageref{fig:row:Dog}      ~ |margins=|.
%
%^^A%   Starred form, |\setfloatmargins*|, defines facing layout: inside and
%^^A%   outside margin.
%     , |\setfloatmargins*|,  
%    :  ~ .
%   \begin{quote}
%     |\setfloatmargins*{|\meta{inside margin}|}{|\meta{outside margin}|}|
%   \end{quote}
%
%^^A%   You may even set much more complex definition:
%         :
%   \begin{Quote}\leftmargin0pt
%   |\DeclareObjectSet{facingrule}{%|
%   |\setfloatmargins*{%|
%   |   \floatfacing{\hskip-12pt\vrule width4pt\hskip8pt\hfill}%|
%   |               {\hfill\hskip8pt\vrule width4pt\hskip-12pt}}{}}|
%   \end{Quote}
%   \DescribeMacro{\floatfacing}\label{setup:floatfacing}%^^A
%^^A%   the |\floatfacing| defines following
%    |\floatfacing|  
%   \begin{quote}
%     |\floatfacing{|\meta{odd page definition}|}{|\meta{even page definition}|}|
%   \end{quote}
%^^A%   This macro has also starred form |\floatfacing*|,
%^^A%   which you can use in key options for |\captionsetup| stuff and for floats with beside captions.
%          |\floatfacing*|,
%          ~ 
%   ~~    |\captionsetup|.
%
%^^A%   \emph{Note}. Please remember that all options, which set different layout for facing pages
%^^A%   need |facing=yes| key option.
%   \emph{}. ,   ,       ,
%      |facing=yes|.
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\floatboxmargins}\label{setup:floatboxmargins}%^^A
%   \DescribeMacro{\floatrowmargins}\label{setup:floatrowmargins}%^^A
%   \DescribeMacro{\floatcapbesidemargins}\label{setup:floatcapbesidemargins}%^^A
%^^A%   The |\setfloatmargins| could be ``separated'' into the three macros which set margins
%^^A%   for three main variants of float positions:
%    |\setfloatmargins|     ,  
%    ( ~ )     :
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%^^A%   \item[\cmd{\floatboxmargins}]sets left/right margins around alone
%^^A%        float box;
%   \item[\cmd{\floatboxmargins}] /    ;
%^^A%   \item[\cmd{\floatrowmargins}]sets left/right margins around
%^^A%        |floatrow| environment;
%   \item[\cmd{\floatrowmargins}] /  
%      ~ |floatrow|;
%^^A%   \item[\cmd{\floatcapbesidemargins}]sets left/right margins around
%^^A%        alone float box with beside caption.
%   \item[\cmd{\floatcapbesidemargins}] /
%        ~ .
%   \end{Options}
%^^A%   The grammar for using three mentioned commands is similar to
%^^A%   |\setfloatmargins|. Again, the settings which use |\floatfacing| command
%^^A%   work only in the case when key |facing=yes| is used.
%          
%   ~~|\setfloatmargins|. ~  ,   |\floatfacing|
%        |facing=yes|.
%
%\RestoreSpaces
%^^A%   \paragraph{Alignment Settings for longtable.}
%   \label{ssec:decl:ltable:marg}
%   \paragraph{  ~ longtable.}
%^^A%   The \package{floatrow} expands some settings of table layout
%^^A%   to the |longtable| environment, so you may set |\LTleft| and
%^^A%   |\LTright| parameters inside |\DeclareMarginSet| settings. For example,
%^^A%   |centering| option was defined like:
%    \package{floatrow}   
%       |longtable|,
%        |\LTleft| ~|\LTright|
%   ~ |\DeclareMarginSet|.
%   ,  |centering| ~    :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\DeclareMarginSet{centering}{%|
%   |   \setfloatmargins{\hfill}{\hfill}%|
%   |   \LTleft=\fill \LTright=\fill}|
%   \end{Quote}
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Float Separators Options (\texttt{floatrowsep=}, \texttt{capbesidesep=})}
%   \subsubsection{   (\texttt{floatrowsep=}, \texttt{capbesidesep=})}
%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatSeparators}\label{setup:DeclareFloatSeparators}%^^A
%^^A%   You may define separator
%^^A%   between float boxes, or between float object and beside caption:
%          (~ |floatrow|)
%      ~ , :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\DeclareFloatSeparators{columnsep}{\hskip\columnsep}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   Please remember, that you may use options defined with |\DeclareFloatSeparators|
%^^A%   by both |floatrowsep=| and |capbesidesep=| keys.
%^^A%   You may also use key options declared
%^^A%   by \cmd{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator} command.\par%
%        ~,   |floatrowsep=|
%   ~|capbesidesep=|. (   , 
%   \cmd{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator} "---   \package{caption}.)
%
%^^A%   The next example uses more complex separator, which uses, \package{color} package.
%        , ~  \package{color}:
%   \begin{Quote}[0pt]
%   \begin{preamble}\nopagebreak
%   |\|\FRkey{DeclareObjectSet}|{colorred}{\parskip2pt\parindent15pt\color{red}}|
%   |\DeclareFloatSeparators{colorsep}%|
%   |  {\begingroup\color{blue}%|
%   |    \floatfacing*{\hskip16pt\vrule width4.8pt\hskip6pt}%|
%   |                 {\hskip6pt\vrule width4.8pt\hskip16pt}%|
%   |   \endgroup}|
%   |\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[widefigure]{|%^^A
%       \FRkey{margins}|=hangleft,|\FRkey{capbesidesep}|=colorsep,|
%   |   |\FRkey{objectset}|=colorred,|\FRkey{floatwidth}|=\textwidth,| \FRkey{facing}|=yes}|
%   |\captionsetup[figure]{justification=justified,|
%   |    labelfont={color={magenta},bf},textfont={color={green}},|
%   |    labelsep=newline}|
%   \end{preamble}
%   |\begin{figure*}|\nopagebreak
%   |...|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure*}|
%   \end{Quote}
%   \begingroup
%   \floatsetup[widefigure]{margins=hangleft,capbesidesep=colorsep,objectset=colorred,
%      floatwidth=\textwidth,facing=yes,capposition=beside,capbesideposition=left}
%   \captionsetup[figure]{justification=justified,
%       labelfont={color={magenta},bf},textfont={color={green}},labelsep=newline}
%   \begin{figure*}[H]%
%   {\TEXTBOX}{\caption[  ~ ]{ 
%       ~. And A bit more text, and some more text}\label{color:fig}}
%   \end{figure*}%
%^^A%   \emph{Note}. The settings of  color of caption font like
%^^A%   |labelfont=|\allowbreak|{color={magenta},bf,}|\allowbreak
%^^A%   |textfont=|\allowbreak|{color={green}}|
%^^A%   were documented first time in the \package{caption} documentation version~\textbf{3.1}.
%   \emph{}.  ,     ~
%   |labelfont=|\allowbreak|{color={magenta},bf}|\allowbreak
%   |textfont=|\allowbreak|{color={green}}|
%     ~  \package{caption} ~\textbf{3.1}.
%   \endgroup
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Option for Float Footnote Rule's Style}\label{ssec:fnoterule}
%   \subsubsection{    (\texttt{footnoterule=})}\label{ssec:fnoterule}
%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatFootnoterule}\label{setup:DeclareFloatFootnoterule}%^^A
%^^A%   You may define new footnoterule (|footnoterule=| key) like:
%          ( |footnoterule=|)
%    :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   \begin{preamble}
%   |...|
%   |\usepackage{ifthen}|
%   |\renewcommand\frulemax{72pt}|
%   |\newcommand \Limitedrule{.33\columnwidth}|
%   |\DeclareFloatFootnoterule{Limited}{\kern-3pt|
%   |  \def\Limitedrule{.33\columnwidth}%|
%   |  \ifthenelse{\lengthtest{\frulemax<\Limitedrule}}%|
%   |         {\def\Limitedrule{\frulemax}}{}%|
%   |  \hrule width\Limitedrule\kern2.6pt}|
%   \end{preamble}
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   Remember, that summary vertical height for footnote rule must be
%^^A%   equal to~0pt.
%   \emph{}. ,       ~  ~0pt.
%
%\clearpage
%^^A%   \section{Creation of New Float Type}\label{sec:newfloat}
%   \section{     ()}\label{sec:newfloat}
%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareNewFloatType}\label{setup:DeclareNewFloatType}%^^A
%^^A%   For creation of new float type the |\DeclareNewFloatType|\label{FAD:newfloattype}
%^^A%   command was created
%^^A%   which also uses
%^^A%   \meta{key}${}=\nobreak {}$\meta{value} mechanism:
%         
%   |\DeclareNewFloatType|\label{FAD:newfloattype},
%      
%   \meta{key}${}=\nobreak {}$\meta{value}:
%   \RestoreSpaces
%   \begin{quote}
%   |\DeclareNewFloatType{|\meta{type}|}{|\meta{options}|}|
%   \end{quote}
%^^A%   The \meta{type} argument includes the new floating environment name.\\
%^^A%   The \meta{options} could include the following keys:
%    \meta{type}     .\\
%    \meta{options}    :
%
%   \noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{placement}\label{setup:placement}%^^A
%^^A%   The value of this key could contain any combination of the letters
%^^A%   |t|, |b|, |h|, and |p|, which
%^^A%   define the placement of current float type on the page in
%^^A%   the case floating environment has no option argument.
%^^A%   (As default is declared |placement=tbp|.)
%   ()        
%   |t|, |b|, |h|, ~|p|, 
%          
%   ~,      ~.
%   (   |placement=tbp|.)
%
%   \noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{name}\label{setup:name}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines the name of environment in the caption
%^^A%   label. (As default for caption label is declared the
%^^A%   name of environment.)
%      ~  .
%   (        .)
%
%   \noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{fileext}\label{setup:fileext}%^^A
%^^A%   Defines extension of the file in which
%^^A%   gathered list of floats.
%     ,     .
%
%^^A%   \emph{Note.} In the version v0.2b, in the case of this key not defined,
%^^A%   the captions of one type are gathered in the file with extension,
%^^A%   co-named to current floating environment with perfix ``lo''. This new feature allows
%^^A%   to create separate float lists by default.%^^A\footnote{In some systems these extensions could fail?}
%   \emph{.}  ~~v0.2b,     ,
%        ~ ~,
%     ~ lo.      
%      .%^^A\footnote{     ~  ?}
%
%   \noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{within}\label{setup:within}%^^A
%^^A%   Declares the section head of document, by which
%^^A%   current float resets its numbering to zero. If this key is absent,
%^^A%   the float numbering increases during whole documentation.
%    ,     .
%     ,      .
%
%   \noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{relatedcapstyle}\label{setup:relatedcapstyle}%^^A
%^^A%   In the \package{float} package the non-starred
%^^A%   \cmd{\newfloat}/\cmd{\restylefloat} macros attach related
%^^A%   caption style for float styles (see {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatst}).
%^^A%   If you use |\DeclareNewFloatType| mechanism and exists (you created
%^^A%   it by |\captionsetup[...]|) co-named, i.e. related, caption style
%^^A%   you may attach this style with key |relatedcapstyle=yes|.\medskip
%   ~ \package{float}  \cmd{\newfloat}/\cmd{\restylefloat}
%      ,  ~  
%   (.~{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatst}).     |\DeclareNewFloatType|,
%   ~ (  ~ |\captionsetup[...]|) , ,
%    ,      ~ 
%   |relatedcapstyle=yes|.\medskip
%
%^^A%   Below is an example of the |\DeclareNewFloatType| command,
%^^A%   which was used for definition of the |Example|
%^^A%   environment demonstrated on page \pageref{exa1.1}.
%^^A%   It consists of following code:
%       |\DeclareNewFloatType|,
%         
%   |Example|,    .~\pageref{exa1.1}).
%       :
%   \begin{Quote}
%      |\DeclareNewFloatType{Example}%|
%      |    {placement=t,within=section,fileext=loe,|
%      |     name=\CYRP\cyrr\cyri\cyrm\cyre\cyrr}}|
%   \end{Quote}
%         |name=| ( :  
%     ~ ).
%
%^^A%   \subsection{How to replace \texorpdfstring{\cs{newfloat}}{newfloat}
%^^A% with \texorpdfstring{\cs{DeclareNewFloatType}}{DeclareNewFloatType}}\label{sec:oldtonew}
%   \subsection{  \texorpdfstring{\cs{newfloat}}{newfloat} 
%       \texorpdfstring{\cs{DeclareNewFloatType}}{DeclareNewFloatType}}\label{sec:oldtonew}
%^^A%   The |\newfloat| command takes three required and
%^^A%   one optional argument:
%    |\newfloat|   
%   ~  :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\newfloat|\marg{type}^^A
%     \marg{placement}\marg{ext}\oarg{within}
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   which could be replaced with
%      :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\DeclareNewFloatType|\marg{type}|%|
%     |    {placement=|\meta{placement}|,fileext=|\meta{ext}|,widthin=|\meta{within}|}|
%   \end{Quote}
%
%^^A%   The \package{float} package offers also other commands of float type declaring:
%^^A%   the |\floatname| command can be replaced by the |name=| key of |\DeclareNewFloatType|
%^^A%   command; the |\floatplacement|---by the |placement=| key.
%    \package{float}    ,     :
%    |\floatname|    |name=| ~  |\DeclareNewFloatType|,
%   ~|\floatplacement| \cdash---   |placement=|,   .
%
%   \clearpage
%   %^^A\section{Borrowed code}\label{sec:borrow}
%   \section{ }\label{sec:borrow}
%^^A%   \FRorisubsection{\package{float} Package: Compatibility}\label{sec:floatst}
%   \FRorisubsection{ \package{float}: }\label{sec:floatst}
%
%^^A%   The \package{floatrow} package includes some macros of \package{float}
%^^A%   (version v1.3d, dated 2001/11/08)
%^^A%   with necessary modifications. In the case of loaded \package{float}
%^^A%   package \emph{before} \package{floatrow} you'll get error message.
%    \package{floatrow}     \package{float}
%   ( v1.3d,  2001/11/08)
%   ~ .     \package{float}
%    \package{floatrow},     .
%
%^^A%   \emph{Note}.
%^^A%   In the case of some packages
%^^A%   could call \package{float} package\footnote{I'm aware about \package{algorithm}
%^^A%   package.} the \package{floatrow} package loads code which emulates
%^^A%   already loaded \package{float} package v1.3, so future requests for
%^^A%   this package will be  ignored. This will help to avoid strange error messages
%^^A%   in the case of these packages loaded after \package{floatrow}.
%^^A%   Please note that packages, which load \package{float} must be loaded
%^^A%   \emph{after} \package{floatrow}.
%   \emph{}.
%       
%    \package{float}\footnote{   \package{algorithm}.}
%    \package{floatrow}  , 
%     \package{float} v1.3 ~   .
%        ,
%        \package{floatrow}.
%    ,  ,   \package{float},  
%    \emph{} \package{floatrow}.
%
%^^A%   I hope that old documents, which use the \package{float} package,
%^^A%   could work with \package{floatrow}. The first
%^^A%   limitation or feature is---if you didn't use any |\restylefloat|
%^^A%   command---all figures and tables appear in |plain| float style
%^^A%   with bottomed captions. Another limitation---you ought to put all
%^^A%   |\newfloat| and |\floatstyle| and |\restylefloat| commands in
%^^A%   preamble, before |\begin{document}|. The commands |\restylefloat|,
%^^A%   |\newfloat| and |\floatstyle| are obsolete but
%^^A%   supported\footnote{The better
%^^A%   way is to use \cmd{\floatsetup} macros. The \package{floatrow} package
%^^A%   supports obsolete macros but there is no guarantee that they will work as expected.} (see section below).
%      ,  ~\package{float}
%     ~\package{floatrow}. 
%   / "---   |\restylefloat|  
%   "---   ~  ~  |plain|
%   ~ .   "---    
%   |\newfloat|, |\floatstyle| ~|\restylefloat| ~,
%     |\begin{document}|.  |\newfloat|, |\floatstyle|
%   ~|\restylefloat| ,  ~ \footnote{   
%      \cmd{\floatsetup},
%    \package{floatrow}   ,    .} (.~ ).\medskip
%
%^^A%   The sections below explain how \package{float} commands and options work in \package{floatrow}.
%^^A%   Sections, signed with ``[\package{float}]'' and typed with slanted font, were borrowed from
%^^A%   \package{float}'s  documentation. The section which
%^^A%   describes commands of layout settings of \package{float} package was moved
%^^A%   in the section~\ref{sec:changed}
%^^A%   (subsection~\ref{sec:floatborrowI}, ``The User Interface---New
%^^A%   Floats [\package{float}]''), this section describes obsolete stuff.
%        ~  \package{float}  ~ \package{floatrow}.
%   ,   [\package{float}] ~  ,  
%    
%   \package{float}\footnote{    
%   ~  .
%       .}. ,  
%     ~     ~,
%   ~.~\ref{sec:changed} (~\ref{sec:floatborrowI},
%     \cdash---   )    .
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{How macros from \package{float} package
%^^A%     work in \package{floatrow}}\label{float-obs}
%   \subsubsection{    \package{float}
%      ~\package{floatrow}}\label{float-obs}
%^^A%   The combination of command |\floatstyle|\marg{style} and one of commands
%     |\floatstyle|\marg{style} ~  
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\floatstyle|\marg{style}
%   \cmd{\newfloat}\marg{float}
%   \end{Quote}
%   :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\floatstyle|\marg{style}
%   \cmd{\restylefloat}\marg{float}
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   in \package{floatrow} package set float layout in the following way:
%    ~ \package{floatrow} ~ \hbox{}:
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\floatsetup|\oarg{float}|{style=|\meta{style}|}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   Please note that there is used |\floatsetup|\oarg{float}|{...}|
%^^A%   settings for current type of float, but not |\floatsetup{...}|.
%    ,    |\floatsetup|\oarg{float}|{...}|
%      , ~  |\floatsetup{...}|.
%
%   \begin{slshape}
%
%^^A%   \pagebreak\subsubsection{Printing of Float List [\package{float}]}
%^^A%   \label{sec:floatborrowIa}
%   \pagebreak\subsubsection{    ()
%    [\package{float}]}\label{sec:floatborrowIa}
%
%   \nobreak\DescribeMacro{\listof}
%   \nopagebreak
%^^A%   The |\listof| command produces a list of all the floats
%^^A%   of a given class. Its syntax~is\\[2pt]
%    |\listof|     
%   . Ÿ \vspace*{\topsep}
%   \begin{quote}
%   \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\listof{|\meta{type}|}{|\meta{title}|}|^^A
%   \end{quote}
%^^A%   \meta{type} is the float type given in the |\newfloat| command.
%^^A%   \meta{title} is used for the title of the list as well as the
%^^A%   headings if the current page style includes them. Otherwise, the
%^^A%   |\listof| command is analogous to the built-in \LaTeX\ commands
%^^A%   |\listoffigures| and |\listoftables|.
%   \meta{type}   ,   |\newfloat|.
%   \meta{title}     ~
%       . ~ , 
%   |\listof|     \LaTeX'
%   |\listoffigures| ~|\listoftables|.
%
%^^A%^^A%   \noindent\emph{Floatrow note}.
%^^A%^^A%   Please remember that for each float type list
%^^A%^^A%   you must set file extension where the entries of each float type gathered.
%^^A%^^A%   Use key \texttt{fileext=...} in |\DeclareNewFloatType|.
%^^A%^^A%   If two or more float types will have the same file
%^^A%^^A%   for list of floats, you will get all floats in the
%^^A%^^A%   first appeared |\listof|, and all next will be empty.
%^^A%   \noindent\emph{ \textsf{floatrow}}.
%^^A%   ,     
%^^A%      ,      .
%^^A%     \texttt{fileext=...} ~~|\DeclareNewFloatType|.
%^^A%             ( )
%^^A%    ,    ~
%^^A%    |\listof|,   .
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{The User Interface---\texttt{[H]}
%^^A%   Placement Specifier [\package{float}]}\label{sec:floatborrowII}
%   \subsubsection{ ---
%    \texttt{[H]} [\package{float}]}\label{sec:floatborrowII}
%
%^^A%   Many%^^A
%^^A%   \FRmpar{Anchored float}{FAD:AnchoredFloat}
%^^A%   people find \LaTeX's float placement specifiers too
%^^A%   restrictive. A Commonly Uttered Complaint (CUC) calls for a way to
%^^A%   place a float exactly at the spot where it occurs in the input file,
%^^A%   i.e., to \emph{not} have it float at all. It seems that the
%^^A%   \texttt{[h]} specifier should do that, but in fact it only suggests
%^^A%   to \LaTeX\ something along the lines of ``put the float here if it's
%^^A%   OK with you''. As it turns out, \LaTeX\ hardly ever feels inclined
%^^A%   to actually do that. This situation can be improved by judicious
%^^A%   manipulation of float style parameters.
%   %^^A%
%   \FRmpar{  }{FAD:AnchoredFloat}
%        ~\LaTeX'
%   .  \textit{Commonly Uttered Complaint} (CUC)   
%      ~ ,    ~ ,
%         . ~  
%   \texttt{[h]}   ,     
%   \LaTeX'~   .
%      \LaTeX\   ~
%    . (      
%     .)
%
%   \RestoreSpaces
%^^A%   The same effect can be achieved by changing the actual method of
%^^A%   placing floats. David Carlisle's \package{here} option introduces a new
%^^A%   float placement specifier, namely \texttt{[H]}, which, when added to
%^^A%   a float, tells \LaTeX\ to ``put it HERE, period''. If there isn't
%^^A%   enough space left on the page, the float is carried over to the next
%^^A%   page together with whatever follows, even though there might still
%^^A%   be room left for some of that. This style option provides the
%^^A%   \texttt{[H]} specifier for newly defined classes of floats as well
%^^A%   as the predefined |figure|s and |table|s, thereby
%^^A%   superseding \package{here}. David suggests that the \package{here} option be
%^^A%   withdrawn from the archives in due course.
%          
%    .  \package{here} (David Carlisle) 
%      ,  \texttt{[H]},
%   ,   ~ ,
%    \LaTeX'~ , .   
%    ,     
%    ~ ,  ~,   
%      .    , 
%   \texttt{[H]},       ~
%    |figure| ~|table|, 
%   \package{here}. David ,   \package{here}
%         .
%
%^^A%   The {\tt[H]} specifier may simply be added to the float as an
%^^A%   optional argument, like all the other specifiers. It may \emph{not}
%^^A%   be used in conjunction with any other placement specifiers, so
%^^A%   {\tt[Hhtbp]} is illegal. Neither may it be used as the default
%^^A%   placement specifier for a whole class of floats. The following table
%^^A%   is defined like this:
%    {\tt[H]}     ~
%    ,   .  \emph{}
%       ~ , 
%   {\tt[Hhtbp]} .       
%        .  
%     :
%   \begin{verse}
%   |\begin{table}[H]| \\*
%   |\begin{tabular}{cl}|\\
%   |\tt t & Top of the page\\|\\*
%   \dots\ more stuff \dots\\
%   |\end{tabular}|
%   \end{verse}
%^^A%   (It seems that I have to add some extraneous chatter here just so
%^^A%   that the float actually comes out right in the middle of a printed
%^^A%   page. When I \LaTeX ed the documentation\footnote{For \package{float}
%^^A%   package.} just now it turned out that there was a page break that
%^^A%   fell exactly between the ``So now'' line and the float. This
%^^A%   wouldn't Prove Anything. Bother.) So now we have the following float
%^^A%   placement specifiers:
%   (       
%         .
%     
%   \LaTeX'\footnote{ \package{float}.}
%         
%     ~.    .
%         
%   :\nopagebreak
%   \RestoreSpaces
%   \begin{table}[H]
%   \begin{tabular}{cl}
%   \tt t &  \\
%   \tt b &  \\
%   \tt p &   \\
%   \tt h & ,  \\
%   \tt H &  , (  )
%   \end{tabular}
%   ^^A\caption{Could it be that this just needs a caption?}
%   \end{table}
%
%\end{slshape}
%
% \smallskip
%^^A%   \smallskip\em \textit{Floatrow note}. Please don't mix meaning of
%^^A%   \texttt{[H]} and \texttt{[h]} options.
%^^A%   Float with \texttt{[h]} and \texttt{[!h]} option, if succeed, appears
%^^A%   \emph{after completing line} of text,
%^^A%   where it was appeared in the source file. That could be visible if you
%^^A%   put floating environment within a~paragraph (and at the middle of line also).
%   \emph{ \textsf{floatrow}}.    
%   \texttt{[H]} ~\texttt{[h]}.
%   ~\texttt{[h]} ~\texttt{[!h]},  ,  
%   \emph{ ,   }  ,
%      ~ .   , 
%         ( ~   ~~ ).
%
%^^A%   The \texttt{[H]} option places the float just \emph{at the point} where it appeared
%^^A%   in the source file, it is used (\emph{but that strongly
%^^A%   not recommended when typesetting books}!) for floats after text like ``\dots{}shown in this
%^^A%   \textbf{figure:}'', i.e. the \texttt{[H]} float, almost like math formulas, continues the current
%^^A%   paragraph.
%   ~|[H]|   \emph{~} 
%     ~ ,
%     (\emph{  ~ 
%    }!)      \dots{}  
%   \textbf{:}, .\,.  ~~\texttt{[H]},    , 
%    .
%   \RestoreSpaces
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{The {[H]}
%^^A%   Placement Specifier---Managing of Page Breaks}\label{sec:listpen}
%   \subsubsection{ \texttt{[H]}---   }\label{sec:listpen}
%
%^^A%   The strange phrase at the end of previous paragraph, ``almost like math formulas''
%^^A%   means, that ``anchored'' floats have no management of page breaking, and also
%^^A%   the text, typed without blank line after float, always gets |\parindent|.
%    ,    , ~  
%   ,  ~         ~ ,
%   ,      ,     ~.
%
%^^A%   To follow the idea of |\allowdisplaybreaks| command from
%^^A%   \package{amsmath} package there is created a \emph{beta-temp}\footnote{I~hope
%^^A%   that such support sooner or later could appear in
%^^A%   \package{paralist} package and think it is better to follow
%^^A%   grammar of master-package for similar situations.} version
%^^A%   of \package{listpen} package (it can be used separately). It offers commands,
%^^A%   which manage the penalty values in the list environments:
%      |\allowdisplaybreaks|  
%   \package{amsmath}   (beta-temp) 
%   \package{listpen}\footnote{~
%          ~
%   \package{paralist} ~,    
%       .} (  ),
%     ,     \LaTeX',
%    ~:
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%^^A%   \item[\cmd{\allowprelistbreaks}]sets penalty before lists
%^^A%      (and also  ``anchored'' floats);
%   \item[\cmd{\allowprelistbreaks}]   
%     (~   );
%^^A%   \item[\cmd{\allowpostlistbreaks}]sets penalty after lists;
%   \item[\cmd{\allowpostlistbreaks}] 
%       (  );
%^^A%   \item[\cmd{\allowitembreaks}]sets penalty between list items.
%   \item[\cmd{\allowitembreaks}]  
%       (, ,   !).
%   \end{Options}
%^^A%   All of them can be set globally, inside groups, and inside
%^^A%   environments. These penalties are set accordingly to digits
%^^A%   from |[-4]| (never break) to |[4]| (always break). The positive
%^^A%   values of optional argument in these commands analogous to values
%^^A%   of optional arguments in |\pagebreak| command. The negative
%^^A%   ones---to optional arguments |[1]|--|[4]| in |\nopagebreak| command.
%^^A%   The default value of all three commands is |[-1]| which equal
%^^A%   to settings of standard \LaTeX{} classes: \cls{book}, \cls{article}
%^^A%   etc. (|[-1]| option equal to |\@lowpenalty| value).
%       ,   
%   .    
%    |[-4]| ( )  |[4]| (). 
%        
%    |\pagebreak|.  
%    |[1]|--|[4]| ~ |\nopagebreak|.
%       |[-1]|, 
%       \LaTeX'
%   (|[-1]|   |-\@lowpenalty|).
%
%   \DescribeMacro{floatHaslist}\label{setup:floatHaslist}%^^A
%^^A%   The key, if true,
%^^A%   uses list penalties, otherwise anchored float works without any penalty, i.e. like
%^^A%   defined in \package{float}.
%   , ~ |true|,
%     (penalties)   ,
%   ~    
%     ~~\package{float}.
%
%^^A%   Also (added in version 0.1k with current key):
%^^A%   Since list environments do \emph{not make indentation} in the
%^^A%   paragraphs next to them, in the case of \emph{no blank} line after environment,
%^^A%   the ``anchored'' floating environment does
%^^A%   the same, if this option is true. Default value of |floatHaslist|
%^^A%   is |false|
%^^A%   (for backward compatibility with previous version 0.1j).
%    ( ~ 0.1k  ~ ):
%      \emph{   } ~
%   ~,   \emph{   }  ,
%         ,
%     .    |floatHaslist|  (|false|)
%   (   ~~0.1j).
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\floatHpenalties}\label{setup:floatHpenalties}%^^A
%^^A%   This macro, defined with |\renewcommand| can include settings for
%^^A%   list penalties around anchored floats. If you define
%    ,  ~ |\renewcommand|   
%         .    ~ 
%   \begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%   |\makeatletter|\nopagebreak
%   |\renewcommand\floatHpenalties{\@beginparpenalty\@M}|\nopagebreak
%   |\makeatother|
%\end{preamble}
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   or, with \package{listpen} package
%   , ~ \package{listpen},\allowpostlistbreaks[-4]
%   \begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%   |\renewcommand\floatHpenalties{\allowprelistbreaks[-4]}|\quad,
%\end{preamble}
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   you'll never get page breaks before anchored float.
%         .
%
%   \allowpostlistbreaks\medskip\noindent
%   \DescribeMacro{\RestoreSpaces}
%   \DescribeMacro{\RemoveSpaces}
%^^A%   The commands-aliases
%^^A%   of the |\if@nobreak| flag were added. The first is equal to |\@nobreakfalse|.
%^^A%   The main (and most visible) usage of this flag is for managing
%^^A%   vertical spaces:\startNotes\Note the |true| value in the case of two sectioning commands
%^^A%   cancels usage of the space before next
%^^A%   |\..section| command of the pair; \Note in the case of
%^^A%   spaces around list environments it cancels usage of the space
%^^A%   before list just after sectioning command.
%^^A%   Usually the |\@nobreakfalse| flag toggles at the next paragraph (or |\par| command),
%^^A%   but in some cases this ``toggling'' cannot be happen in necessary point.
%^^A%   The |\RestoreSpaces| command would help. Opposite command |\RemoveSpaces| equals to |\@nobreaktrue|.
%      ,   
%    |\if@nobreak|.
%    (~ )    \cdash--- 
%    :
%    |true|     , ,\startNotes\Note
%           , \Note
%   ~      (,    
%   |list|, ~ , , ~),  
%       .
%        ~   (  |\par|),
%    ~  ~    .
%    |\RestoreSpaces| ~   .   |\RemoveSpaces|
%    |\@nobreaktrue|.
%
%^^A%   \subsection{The \package{rotfloat} Package}
%   \subsection{ \package{rotfloat}}
%^^A%   Code of \package{rotfloat} package was also borrowed by \package{floatrow}
%^^A%   package.
%^^A%   This package originally allows to expand settings of \package{float} package to
%^^A%   rotated environments like |sidewaysfigure| and |sidewaystable|. This mechanism
%^^A%   was borrowed to expand the \package{floatrow}'s settings in the similar way.
%     \package{rotfloat}   
%    \package{floatrow}.  , ~,    
%   \package{float}      |sidewaysfigure| ~|sidewaystable|.
%     ~ ,      
%     \package{floatrow}.
%
%^^A%   In the case of loaded \package{rotfloat} package \emph{before}
%^^A%   \package{floatrow} you will get error message.
%     \package{rotfloat}    \package{floatrow},
%       .
%
%^^A%   The \package{floatrow} package loads code which pretends that
%^^A%   \package{rotfloat} is already loaded, so next loads are ignored.
%^^A%   The \package{rotfloat} allowed in the |\usepackage|
%^^A%   line with \package{rotating} package, which could have options. It is
%^^A%   necessary to delete \package{rotfloat} package from |\usepackage| line
%^^A%   where also \package{rotating} package loaded with options: otherwise
%^^A%   you may get an `option clash' error message.
%    \package{floatrow}  ,    
%    \package{rotfloat} ~   .
%    \package{rotfloat}   ,   
%    ~  \verb|\usepackage| 
%   ~ \package{rotating},    . 
%      \package{rotfloat}   \verb|\usepackage|,
%      \package{rotating} ~: ~ 
%          `option clash'.
%
%\clearpage
%^^A%   \section{The \package{floatrow} Package and The \package{caption} Package}\label{ssec:caption}
%   \section{ \package{floatrow}   \package{caption}}
%^^A%   Tested (and compatible) with \package{caption} version from v3.0q to~v3.1j.
%    (~) ~ \package{caption} v3.0q--v3.1j.%^^A
%
%^^A%   The \package{caption} package has strong mechanism for creation of
%^^A%   caption layout, so \package{floatrow} addresses the creation of new
%^^A%   caption styles to this package (see documentation for \package{caption}
%^^A%   package%^^A
%^^A%   \footnote{The English documentation is
%^^A%   \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}%^^A
%^^A%   {\meta{texmf folder}\texttt{/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.pdf}}.}).
%    \package{caption}    
%    ,  \package{floatrow}  
%         (.~ 
%    \package{caption}%^^A
%   \footnote{ 
%   \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf}%^^A
%   {\meta{texmf folder}\texttt{/doc/latex/caption/caption-eng.pdf}}.}).
%
%^^A%   The \package{floatrow} package adds a~possibility to create variations of caption layouts
%^^A%   for floats in different positions or float layouts (e.g. like wide or
%^^A%   two-column floats, rotated floats, wrapped floats) in the same time when |\floatsetup|
%^^A%   settings were loaded, using the same optional argument in
%^^A%   |\captionsetup| settings.
%    \package{floatrow}    
%       ~  (
%          ,
%     ,  ~)  ~ |\floatsetup|
%          ~
%   |\captionsetup|.
%
%^^A%   For example you want to create a~special caption layout for wide or
%^^A%   two-column floats. In this case you may use
%          
%      
%      . ~    
%   \begin{quote}
%   |\captionsetup[widefloat]|\marg{options}
%   \end{quote}
%^^A%   or for wide or two-column figures:
%   ,        :
%   \begin{quote}
%   |\captionsetup[widefigure]|\marg{options}
%   \end{quote}
%^^A%   The priority of |\captionsetup| optional arguments is similar to
%^^A%   |\floatsetup| ones: in current examples |\captionsetup[widefigure]|
%^^A%   will be stronger than |\captionsetup[widefloat]|---the priority
%^^A%   and usage of ``\meta{float subtypes}'' in optional arguments
%^^A%   see on  page~\pageref{stsetorder}\label{cap:beside:order}.
%     ~ |\captionsetup|  ,  ~
%    |\floatsetup|: ~  
%   |\captionsetup[widefigure]|  , 
%   |\captionsetup[widefloat]|.  ~
%   \meta{float subtype} ~ 
%   .~ .~\pageref{stsetorder}\label{cap:beside:order}.
%
%\begingroup
%\providecommand*\subcaption{\captionsetup{subtype*}\caption}
%
%^^A%   \captionsetup[subtype]{labelformat=brace,font=footnotesize}
%   \captionsetup[subtable]{labelformat=brace,textfont=md,labelfont=up}
%
%^^A%   \subsection{Managing of Float Parts With the \cmd{\subcaption} Command}\label{ssec:subcaption}
%   \subsection{ ~  ~  \texttt{subfloatrow}}\label{ssec:subcaption}
%   \DescribeMacro{\subcaption}
%^^A%   The version~3.1 of caption package offers possibility for creation of
%^^A%   subcaptions, using the |subtype| settings (and |\DeclareCaptionSubType| command, see \package{caption}
%^^A%   documentation), which allow to create captions for parts of floats.
%   ~3.1  \package{caption}   
%    ~ ,   |subtype|
%   (~ |\DeclareCaptionSubType|, .~ ~
%   \package{caption}),    
%   ~ .
%
%^^A%   In this section you may see some examples with building of rows of beside parts of floats.
%   ~          .
%
%^^A%   The example with subtables \Fref{subcaptab:tabIIIa} and \Fref{subcaptab:tabIIIb}
%^^A%   (table~\ref{captab:tabIII}).%^^A
%^^A%   \FRmpar{Subcaption above subtable}{FAD:subcapabove:subcaption}
%    ~  \Fref{subcaptab:tabIIIa} ~\Fref{subcaptab:tabIIIb}
%   (.~\ref{captab:tabIII}).%^^A
%   \FRmpar{   }{FAD:subcapabove:subcaption}
%   \begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%\verb|...|
%\verb|\DeclareCaptionSubType[asbuk]{table}|
%\verb|\captionsetup[subtable]{labelformat=brace,textfont=md,labelfont=up}|\vspace{1ex}
%\verb|\floatsetup[subtable]{style=Plaintop}%|
%\end{preamble}
%   \verb|\begin{table}|
%   \verb|\ttabbox[\FBwidth]|
%   \verb|{\begin{subfloatrow}|
%   \verb|  \ttabbox|
%   \verb|    {\subcaption{First subtable}\Flabel{...}%|
%   \verb|     \begin{tabular}{..}...|
%   \verb|  |
%   \verb|  \ttabbox...|
%   \verb|\end{subfloatrow}}|
%   \verb|{\caption{Two ...}\Flabel{...}}|\nopagebreak
%   \verb|\end{table}|
%   \end{Quote}%
%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
%\begingroup
%   \floatsetup[table]{style=plaintop}
%   \floatsetup[subtable]{style=Plaintop}
%   \begin{table}[H]\extrarowheight1pt\tabcolsep1.5\tabcolsep
%   \ttabbox[\FBwidth]
%   {\begin{subfloatrow}
%    \ttabbox
%     {\subcaption{  }\Flabel{subcaptab:tabIIIa}%^^A
%      \begin{tabular}{|l|>{\phantom0}c|>{\phantom0}c|}
%       \hline
%       \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Column Head}
%                  & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
%                  \cline{2-3}
%                  & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{I}}
%                              & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{II}}
%       \\\hline
%       First row    &         1 &         2 \\
%       Second row   &         3 &         4 \\
%       Third row    &         6 &         8 \\
%       Fourth row   & \llap{1}0 & \llap{1}6 \\
%       \hline
%       \end{tabular}}{}
%
%    \ttabbox
%    {\subcaption{  ,   \cs{ttabbox} ~ |floatrow|}%^^A
%        \Flabel{subcaptab:tabIIIb}%^^A
%     \begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}
%     \hline
%       \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Column Head}
%                  & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
%                  \cline{2-3}
%                  & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{I}}
%                              & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{II}}
%     \\\hline
%     First row    & \phantom01 & \phantom02 \\
%     Second row   & \phantom03 & \phantom04 \\
%     Third row    & \phantom06 & \phantom08 \\
%     \hline
%   \end{tabular}}{}%
%   \end{subfloatrow}}
%   {\caption{  
%    ( ~  ~ \cs{subcaption})}\label{captab:tabIII}}
%   \end{table}%
%\endgroup
%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
%^^A%   Please note that for the labels of table parts the special option
%^^A%   \verb|brace| of the \verb|labelformat| key was used.
%    ,       
%     \verb|brace|  \verb|labelformat|.
%
%   \DescribeMacro{subfloatrow}
%^^A%   The |subfloatrow| is analogous to the |floatrow| environment\footnote{
%^^A%       It skips some features of ``parent'' environment, (e.g. margins or margin material
%^^A%       this environment build box and follows |objectset=| option).}.
%^^A%   The usage is similar to |floatrow|, you may write for example:
%    |subfloatrow|   |floatrow|\footnote{
%       ~      
%       (   ,      |objectset=|
%        ).}.
%        |floatrow|,   :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   \verb|\begin{subfloatrow}[|\meta{number of beside parts of floats}\verb|]|\nopagebreak
%   \verb|\floatbox...|\nopagebreak
%   \verb|\floatbox...|\nopagebreak
%   \verb|...|\nopagebreak
%   \verb|\end{subfloatrow}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   i.e.\ by default there are allowed two parts of floats. For other number of parts
%^^A%   you ought to put number in the optional argument. This environment
%^^A%   puts  horizontal separator, defined by |subfloatrowsep=|
%^^A%   key. This key uses the same options
%^^A%   as |floatrowsep=| and |capbesidesep=| keys (options of
%^^A%   these keys defined by the \verb|\|\FRkey{DeclareFloatSeparators} command).
%   .\,.\   ~    .   
%     ,      ~ .
%        ,   
%   |subfloatrowsep=|.      ,  
%   |floatrowsep=| ~|capbesidesep=| (   
%    \verb|\|\FRkey{DeclareFloatSeparators}).
%
%^^A%   Inside the  |subfloatrow| environment you may use the |\caption| command, which
%^^A%   this time creates the label for parts of float. This is because of setting
%     |subfloatrow|     |\caption|,
%    ~       .
%    ~  ~    
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\captionsetup{subtype}|\quad.
%   \end{Quote}%
%^^A%   at the very beginning of  this environment.
%
%^^A%   \emph{Note}: With the \package{floatrow} package you may use also |\captionsetup[subfloat]|
%^^A%   settings, the \package{caption} package offers
%^^A%   the |\captionsetup[subtype]{...}| settings which will be stronger than previous, to say nothing
%^^A%   about  |\captionsetup[subfigure]{...}| for parts of figure, which are strongest. (Please note
%^^A%   that in \package{caption} terms word ``subtype'' means part of float.)
%   \emph{}:    \package{floatrow}   
%   |\captionsetup[subfloat]|, ~ \package{caption}  
%   |\captionsetup[subtype]{...}|   ,   
%   ~|\captionsetup[subfigure]{...}|   ,    . (
%   ,  ~  \package{caption}  ``subtype''   .)
%
%^^A%   Next follows an example with beside main caption (figure~\ref{fig:subcap:catsI}).%^^A
%      ~  (.~\ref{fig:subcap:catsI}).%^^A
%   \begin{Quote}[0pt]
%   \begin{preamble}
%   \verb|...|\nopagebreak
%   \verb|\DeclareCaptionSubType[alph]{figure}|
%   \verb|\captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,justification=centerlast}|\vspace{1ex}
%   \verb|\floatsetup[figure]{|\FRkey{style}\verb|=Shadowbox,|%^^A%
%        \FRkey{capbesidesep}\verb|=columnsep,%|
%   \verb|    |\FRkey{capbesideframe}\verb|=yes,|%^^A
%        \FRkey{capbesideposition}\verb|={left,bottom}}|\nopagebreak
%   \verb|\floatsetup[subfigure]{|\FRkey{style}\verb|=plain,|\FRkey{heightadjust}\verb|=object}|
%   \end{preamble}
%   \verb|\begin{figure}|
%   \verb|\fcapside[\FBwidth]|
%   \verb|  {\begin{subfloatrow}|
%   \verb|    \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{\subcaption{ ...}\Flabel{...}...}{}|
%   \verb| |
%   \verb|    \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{\subcaption{ ...}\Flabel{...}...}{}%|
%   \verb|   \end{subfloatrow}}|
%   \verb|  {\caption{... \Fref{...} and \Fref{...}}\label{...}}|\nopagebreak
%   \verb|\end{figure}|
%   \end{Quote}
%\begingroup
%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,justification=centerlast,strut=no}
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=Shadowbox,capbesidesep=columnsep,
%     capbesideframe=yes,capbesideposition={left,bottom}}
%   \floatsetup[subfigure]{style=plain,heightadjust=object}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]
%   {\begin{subfloatrow}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{\subcaption{  }\Flabel{subcapfig:w}%
%     \unitlength1.2\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}{}
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{\subcaption{  }\Flabel{subcapfig:b}%^^A
%     \unitlength1.32\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}}{}%
%   \end{subfloatrow}}
%   {\caption[,    ]{ ,
%         ;  \texttt{Shadowbox}.
%           :
%       \Fref{subcapfig:w} ~\Fref{subcapfig:b}}\label{fig:subcap:catsI}}
%   \end{figure}
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   In the next example the main caption will be placed below, but labels of figure parts were
%^^A%   printed beside (see figure~\ref{fig:subcap:catsII}). For this reason the
%^^A%   \cs{useFCwidth} command was used, which creates the width of caption box equal to natural caption width.
%   ~     , ~    
%   \FRmpar{   }{FAD:sublabelbeside:subcaption}%%^^A
%   (.~.~\ref{fig:subcap:catsII}).      \cs{useFCwidth},
%      ,  .
%   \begin{Quote}%
%\begin{preamble}
%\verb|...|
%\verb|\captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,list=off}|\vspace{1ex}
%\verb|\floatsetup[subfigure]{|\FRkey{style}\verb|=plain,|%^^A
%   \FRkey{capbesideposition}\verb|=left,|
%\verb|      |\FRkey{capbesidesep}\verb|=space,|%^^A
%   \FRkey{heightadjust}\verb|=object}|
%\end{preamble}
%   \verb|\begin{figure}[H]|
%   \verb|  \ffigbox[\FBwidth]|
%   \verb|    {\begin{subfloatrow}\useFCwidth|
%   \verb|       \fcapside[\FBwidth]{\subcaption{}\Flabel{...}...}{}|
%
%   \verb|       \fcapside[\FBwidth]{\subcaption{}\Flabel{...}...}{}|
%   \verb|     \end{subfloatrow}}|
%   \verb|{\caption[...]{...}\label{...}}|
%   \verb|\end{figure}|
%   \end{Quote}\pagebreak[1]
%\begingroup
%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,list=off}
%   \floatsetup[subfigure]{style=plain,capbesideposition=left,
%       capbesidesep=space,floatrowsep=qquad}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
%   {\begin{subfloatrow}\useFCwidth
%
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]
%     {\subcaption{}\Flabel{subcap:wI}\hbox{\unitlength1.02\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}}{}
%
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]
%     {\subcaption{}\Flabel{subcap:bI}\hbox{\unitlength.85\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}}}{}%
%   \end{subfloatrow}}
%   {\caption[    ,   \cmd{\subcaption}
%       ( )]{     ,   \cmd{\subcaption}
%       ( ).   . ,  
%       \Fref{subcap:wI}~~\Fref{subcap:bI}}\label{fig:subcap:catsII}}
%   \end{figure}
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   In the next example the difference from previous layout settings is in usage
%^^A%   of the top vertical alignment. The height of the right graphics was enlarged by 1cm just
%^^A%   to show how the alignment for parts (here is default centering alignment)
%^^A%   and the top alignment for their captions (they are aligned by top) works.
%       ~   ~, 
%       .      1\,,
%         ( 
%      ) ~    (   ).
%   \begin{Quote}%
%\begin{preamble}\nopagebreak
%\verb|...|
%\verb|\floatsetup[subfigure]{|\FRkey{style}\verb|=plain,|%^^A
%   \FRkey{heightadjust}|=object,|
%\verb|      |\FRkey{capbesideposition}\verb|={left,top},|\FRkey{capbesidesep}\verb|=space}|
%\end{preamble}
%   \verb|\begin{figure}[H]|
%   \verb|  \ffigbox[\FBwidth]|
%   \verb|    {\begin{subfloatrow}\useFCwidth|
%   \verb|       \fcapside[\FBwidth]{\caption{}\Flabel{...}...}{}|
%
%   \verb|       \fcapside[\FBwidth][\FBheight+1cm]{\caption{}\Flabel{...}...}{}|
%   \verb|     \end{subfloatrow}}|
%   \verb|{\caption[...]{...}\label{...}}|
%   \verb|\end{figure}|\pagebreak[1]
%   \end{Quote}
%\begingroup
%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,list=off}
%   \floatsetup[subfigure]{style=plain,heightadjust=object,capbesideposition={left,top},
%       capbesidesep=space,floatrowsep=qquad}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
%   {\begin{subfloatrow}\useFCwidth

%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]
%     {\caption{}\relax\Flabel{subcap:wIi}\hbox{\unitlength1.02\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}}{}
%
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth][\FBheight+1cm]
%     {\caption{}\Flabel{subcap:bIi}\hbox{\unitlength.85\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}}}{}%
%   \end{subfloatrow}}
%   {\caption[   , ~ \cmd{\caption}
%         subfloatrow ( )]{
%          \ref{subsubcap:wIi}~~\ref{subsubcap:bIi},
%         subfloatrow
%       ( ).   . ,  :
%       \Fref{subcap:wIi}~~\Fref{subcap:bIi}}\label{fig:subcap:catsIiI}}
%   \end{figure}
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   Another example (\ref{fig:subcap:IcatsI}) demonstrates, that you
%^^A%   may not only use the option |style=plain| for parts of float,
%^^A%   and there can not only be labels for beside subcaptions.
%     (.\,\ref{fig:subcap:IcatsI}) ,     
%      , ,    |style=plain|,
%   ~         ,
%   \begin{Quote}[0pt]
%   \begin{preamble}\nopagebreak
%   \verb|\captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,justification=rightlast,|
%   \verb|      format=hang}|\vspace{1ex}
%   \verb|\floatsetup[figure]{|\FRkey{style}\verb|=plain}%|
%   \verb|\floatsetup[subfigure]{|\FRkey{style}\verb|=BOXED,|\FRkey{capbesideposition}\verb|={left,top}}|
%   \end{preamble}
%   \verb|\begin{figure}|
%   \verb|\ffigbox|
%   \verb|  {\begin{subfloatrow}|
%   \verb|    \fcapside[1.1\FBwidth]{\subcaption{One ...}\Flabel{...}...}{}|
%   \verb| |
%   \verb|    \fcapside[1.1\FBwidth]{\subcaption{Another ...}\Flabel{...}...}{}%|
%   \verb|   \end{subfloatrow}}|
%   \verb|  {\caption{... \Fref{...} and \Fref{...}}\label{...}}|\nopagebreak
%   \verb|\end{figure}|
%   \end{Quote}
%\begingroup
%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,justification=rightlast,format=hang}
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}
%   \floatsetup[subfigure]{style=BOXED,capbesideposition={left,top}}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \ffigbox
%   {\begin{subfloatrow}
%   \fcapside[1.1\FBwidth]{\subcaption{   ~ ~ ,  
%       ~ }\Flabel{subcapfig:ww}%
%     \input{Cat.picture}}{}
%   \fcapside[1.1\FBwidth]{\subcaption{,   ~ ,
%        , ~  }\label{subcapfig:bb:}\Flabel{subcapfig:bb}%^^A
%     \input{TheCat.picture}}{}%
%   \end{subfloatrow}}
%   {\caption[   , ~ ]{   
%         . ,   :
%   \Fref{subcapfig:ww}~~\Fref{subcapfig:bb}}\label{fig:subcap:IcatsI}}
%   \end{figure}\par\vskip-.5\lastskip
%\endgroup
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\captionlabel}%^^A
%   \DescribeMacro{\subcaptionlabel}%^^A
%^^A%   The last example demonstrates new command \verb|\subcaptionlabel| for caption
%^^A%   labels, which can be used inside,
%^^A%   e.g., |picture| environment or as replacing text in \verb|psfrag| command of \package{psfrag}
%^^A%   package. Unlike the \verb|\caption| and \verb|\subcaption| commands, the \verb|\subcaptionlabel|
%^^A%   will not be saved in special box register when the float box is building, and
%^^A%   will be typed like caption label, which follows settings of caption layout.
%^^A%   This command is based on \verb|\subcaption| command but with changed internal command of \package{caption}
%^^A%   package. There is also the \verb|\captionlabel| command.
%^^A%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,justification=raggedleft}
%        \verb|\subcaptionlabel|,    ,
%   ,   |picture|   -   \verb|psfrag| (
%   \package{psfrag}). ~   \verb|\caption| ~\verb|\subcaption|,
%    \verb|\subcaptionlabel|   ~ -   ,
%   ~   ,    .
%    ,    \verb|\subcaption|,  ~ 
%     \package{caption}.    \verb|\captionlabel|.
%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,justification=raggedleft}
%   \begin{Quote}\openup-.5pt%
%\begin{preamble}\nopagebreak
%\verb|...|
%\verb|\floatsetup[figure]{|\FRkey{style}\verb|=plain}|
%\end{preamble}
%   |\begin{figure}|
%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]|
%   |{\begin{picture}(82,28)(0,0)|
%   |\put(0,0){\framebox(40,28)[bl]{}}|
%   |\put(2,2){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\relax\hbox{\subcaptionlabel{}\Flabel{scap:I}}}}|
%   |...|
%   |\put(42,0){|
%   |\put(0,0){\framebox(40,28)[bl]{}}|
%   |\put(2,2){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\hbox{\subcaptionlabel{}\Flabel{scap:II}}}}|
%   |...}|
%   |\end{picture}}|
%   |{\caption{   .|
%   |\textit{}    (\Fref{scap:I});|
%   |\textit{} \cdash---   (\Fref{scap:II})%|
%   |}\label{figcap:label}}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%   \end{Quote}\pagebreak[3]
%\begingroup
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]
%   {\unitlength2\unitlength\fboxsep-.4pt
%   \begin{picture}(82,28)(0,0)
%   \put(0,0){\framebox(40,28)[bl]{}}
%   \put(2,2){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\relax\hbox{\subcaptionlabel{}\Flabel{scap:I}}}}
%   \put(20,2){{
%               \put(-12,5){\put(4.5,4.5){\oval(9,9)[t]}
%                         \put(4.5,4.5){\line(0,1){4.5}}
%                         \put(0,4.5){\line(1,0){9}}}
%               \put(3,5){\put(4.5,4.5){\oval(9,9)[t]}
%                         \put(4.5,4.5){\line(0,1){4.5}}
%                         \put(0,4.5){\line(1,0){9}}}}}
%   \put(42,0){
%   \put(0,0){\framebox(40,28)[bl]{}}
%   \put(2,2){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\hbox{\subcaptionlabel{}\Flabel{scap:II}}}}%^^A\label{}
%   \put(20,2){{
%               \put(-14,12){\put(0,0){\line(2,3){5}}
%                         \put(10,0){\line(-2,3){5}}}
%               \put(4,12){\put(0,0){\line(2,3){5}}
%                          \put(10,0){\line(-2,3){5}}}}}}
%   \end{picture}}
%   {\caption[ ~ ,   ]{%^^A
%      .
%   \textit{}    (\Fref{scap:I});
%   \textit{} \cdash---   (\relax\Fref{scap:II})
%   \unskip}\label{figcap:label}}
%   \end{figure}
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%    \subsection{Support of The Label--Sublabel References}\label{ssec:Flabel}
%    \subsection{  ~  --}\label{ssec:Flabel}
%^^A%   In the examples above of the current section  the \verb|\Flabel| and
%^^A%   \verb|\Fref| commands were used for cross referencing (you may see
%^^A%   these commands in the code examples).
%^^A%   The \verb|\Flabel| gets a~modified format of current label of subfloat number:
%^^A%   In these definitions the float and subfloat
%^^A%   separators are divided by a~special separator command, which by default has no effect.
%^^A%   The label command \verb|\Flabel| can be defined like following:
%   ~  ~    \verb|\Flabel| ~\verb|\Fref|
%      (     ~ ).
%    \verb|\Flabel|       :
%   ~    ~   ,
%        .
%     \verb|\Flabel|   :
%   \begin{Quote}%
%\begin{preamble}
%   \verb|\newseparatedlabel\Flabel{figure}{subfigure}|
%\end{preamble}
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   or, for all floats:
%      :
%   \begin{Quote}%
%\begin{preamble}
%   \verb|\makeatletter|\nopagebreak
%   \verb|\newseparatedlabel\Flabel{\@captype}{sub\@captype}|\nopagebreak
%   \verb|\makeatother|
%\end{preamble}
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   Next command, \verb|\Fref|, redefines this separator, and defines, if necessary,
%^^A%   the font emphasize (or other command which uses one argument)
%^^A%   of following part of label, and prints reference with
%^^A%   standard \verb|\ref| command. It was defined in this documentation like following:
%    , \verb|\Fref|,    ,  ,
%        (     ),
%   ~   ~   \verb|\ref|.  \verb|\Fref|
%    ~   :
%   \begin{Quote}%
%\begin{preamble}
%   \verb|\newseparatedref\Fref{,\,\textit}|\quad.
%\end{preamble}
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   Thus, labels, which use \verb|\Flabel| command can be referenced by usual way with \verb|\ref|
%^^A%   command and with \verb|\Fref| command. The labels in current section and in the section, which describes
%^^A%   the \package{subfig} package, use the \verb|\Flabel|. You may see the result of this command
%^^A%   in all \verb|\Fref|erences to these parts of figures.
%    ,   ~ \verb|\Flabel|    ~
%   , ~  \verb|\ref|, ~~
%    \verb|\Fref|.  ~  ~~,  
%   \package{subfig},   \verb|\Flabel|.   
%     ~ \verb|\Fref|   .
%
%^^A%   The last command, \verb|\makelabelseparator|, defines label separator globally:
%    , \verb|\makelabelseparator|,     ~
%   :
%   \begin{Quote}%
%\begin{preamble}
%   \verb|\makelabelseparator{,\,\textit}|\quad.
%\end{preamble}
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   In this case both \verb|\Fref| and \verb|\ref| commands give the same result with |\Flabel|ed
%^^A%   elements.
%   ~      \verb|\Flabel|  
%    ~  \verb|\Fref| ~  \verb|\ref|.
%
%^^A%    \subsubsection{The \cmd{\RawCaption} with Parts of Figure}
%    \subsubsection{ \texorpdfstring{\cs{RawCaption}}{RawCaption}
%       ~ }
%\begingroup
%   \DescribeMacro{\RawCaption}\label{subcap:RawCaption}%^^A
%^^A%   The example with usage of |\subcaption| and |\RawCaption| command.
%^^A%   The layout of figure float is modified \verb|BOXED| style. The idea behind this example is
%^^A%   to place caption in the free right lower corner of graphics. The \verb|\RawCaption|
%^^A%   allows to put the caption in necessary place without disturbing the float layout.
%^^A%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,justification=rightlast,format=hang}
%    ~   |\subcaption| ~|\RawCaption|.
%   ~      \verb|BOXED|.
%   ~   ~   ~ 
%   ~  .  \verb|\RawCaption|
%      ~  ~  .

%   \DescribeMacro{subfloatrow*}
%^^A%   The starred form loads settings for creation captions of float parts, but
%^^A%   in this environment the |\caption| command restores its meaning. Thus,
%^^A%   you need the |\subcaption| command for typesetting sub-captions.
%^^A%   You may define it by yourself:
%          
%     |\caption|.    
%    |\subcaption|     .
%   Ÿ    :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\newcommand*\subcaption{\captionsetup{subtype*}\caption}|
%   \end{Quote}%
%^^A%   or use the additional package called \package{subcaption} which on top of everything
%^^A%   defines the |\subcaption| command.
%      \package{subcaption},    
%    ~ |\subcaption|.
%
%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,justification=rightlast,format=hang}
%   \begin{Quote}[0pt]%
%\begin{preamble}\nopagebreak
%   |\|\FRkey{DeclareColorBox}|{framedfigure}{\fcolorbox{gray}{white}}|\vspace{1ex}
%   |\floatsetup[figure]{style=BOXED,heightadjust=object,|
%   |    colorframeset=framedfigure,|
%   |    framestyle=colorbox,frameset={\fboxrule3pt\fboxsep8pt}}|\vspace{1ex}
%   |\floatsetup[subfigure]{style=plain,capbesideposition={left,top},|
%   |    heightadjust=object}|
%\end{preamble}
%   |\begin{figure}[H]|
%   |\ffigbox{}{\begin{subfloatrow*}|
%   |\fcapside[1.1\FBwidth]{\subcaption{...}\Flabel{...}%|
%   |  ...}{}|
%   |\fcapside[1.1\FBwidth]{\subcaption{...}\Flabel{...}%|%^^A
%   |  ...}{}%|
%   |\end{subfloatrow*}%|
%   |\renewlengthtocommand\settowidth\Mylen{\subfloatrowsep}\vskip\Mylen|
%   |\BottomFloatBoxes\floatsetup[subfigure]{heightadjust=none}|
%   |\begin{subfloatrow*}|
%   |\fcapside[1.1\FBwidth]{\subcaption{...}\Flabel{...}%|
%   |  ...}{}|
%   |\ffigbox[][][b]{}{\RawCaption{\caption[...}\label{...}}}|
%   |\end{subfloatrow*}}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%   \end{Quote}
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=BOXED,heightadjust=object,colorframeset=framedfigure,
%       framestyle=colorbox,frameset={\fboxrule3pt\fboxsep8pt}}
%   \floatsetup[subfigure]{style=plain,capbesideposition={left,top},heightadjust=object}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \ffigbox{}{\begin{subfloatrow*}
%   \fcapside[1.1\FBwidth]{\subcaption{     ,  ,
%    ~  }\Flabel{subIcapfig:ww}%
%     \setlength\unitlength{61\unitlength/48}\input{Cat.picture}}{}
%   \fcapside[1.1\FBwidth]{\subcaption{   ~ ,  ,
%    ~  }\Flabel{subIcapfig:bb}%^^A
%     \input{TheCat.picture}}{}%
%   \end{subfloatrow*}\renewlengthtocommand\settowidth\Mylen{\subfloatrowsep}\vskip\Mylen
%   \BottomFloatBoxes\floatsetup[subfigure]{heightadjust=none}
%   \begin{subfloatrow*}
%   \fcapside[1.1\FBwidth]{\subcaption{  ,    ~  
%          }\Flabel{subIcapfig:bc}%
%     \input{BlackCat.picture}}{}
%   \ffigbox[][][b]{}{\RawCaption{\relax\caption[   ~.
%         ~ ]{ 
%          .    :
%   \Fref{subIcapfig:ww}, \Fref{subIcapfig:bb} ~\Fref{subIcapfig:bc}.  
%           ~  }\label{fig:subIcap:IcatsI}}}
%   \end{subfloatrow*}}
%   \end{figure}
%\endgroup
%
%\endgroup
%
%   \clearpage
%   \section{ }
%^^A%   The next few sections show examples and explain some noticed
%^^A%   features with usage of \package{floatrow} and other packages. There is no
%^^A%   full list of style compatibilities. You may succeed with other
%^^A%   versions of mentioned packages, and maybe with not mentioned
%^^A%   packages too.
%        ~
%      ~ 
%   \package{floatrow}  ~ .   
%     .   ~~ 
%    , ~~  .
%
%^^A%   \subsection{The \package{subfig} Package}\label{ssec:subfig}
%   \subsection{ \package{subfig}}\label{ssec:subfig}
%^^A%   Tested (and compatible) with version 1.3,
%^^A%   dated 2005/06/28%^^A
%^^A%   \footnote{The English documentation is
%^^A%   \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf}%^^A
%^^A%   {\meta{texmf folder}\texttt{/doc/latex/subfig/subfig.pdf}}.}.
%^^A%   For the \package{subfig} package there are additional
%^^A%   macros in \package{floatrow} which
%^^A%   put subcaption label beside contents of subfloat and put alone
%^^A%   subcaption label.
%    (~) ~~1.3  2005/06/28.%^^A
%   \footnote{ 
%   \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/subfig.pdf}%^^A
%   {\meta{texmf folder}\texttt{/doc/latex/subfig/subfig.pdf}}.}
%   ~ \package{floatrow} 
%        ; 
%      ;    
%   .
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Additions in \package{floatrow}}
%^^A%     \label{ssec:sidelabelsubfloat}
%   \subsubsection{ ~ \package{floatrow}}
%     \label{ssec:sidelabelsubfloat}
%^^A%   The example with \cmd{\subfloat}'s (table~\ref{tab:tabIII}). The
%^^A%   setting command in preamble |\floatsetup[table]{style=Plaintop}|%^^A
%^^A%   \FRmpar{Subcaption above subtable}{FAD:subcapabove}
%^^A%   includes also settings for subcaption positions used with the
%^^A%   \package{subfig} package (like |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}| in
%^^A%   \package{caption} package):
%    ~\cmd{\subfloat}' (.~\ref{tab:tabIII}).
%      ~,
%   |\floatsetup[table]{style=Plaintop}|,%^^A
%   \FRmpar{   }{FAD:subcapabove}
%   
%       ,  
%   \package{subfloat} (  |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|
%   ~ \package{caption}):
%\begin{Quote}\obeylines\parskip-.15pt
%|\begin{table}\extrarowheight1pt|\nopagebreak
%|  \floatbox{table}[\FBwidth]|
%|   {\caption{Two ...}\label{...}}|
%|   {\begin{subfloatrow}|
%|     \subfloat[First table]|
%\verb+      {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}+
%|        ...\end{tabular}}|
%|     \subfloat[Second table...]|
%\verb+      {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}+
%|        ...\end{tabular}%|
%|    \end{subfloatrow}}}|
%|\end{table}|
%\end{Quote}
%\begingroup
%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
%   \floatsetup[subtable]{style=Plaintop}
%   \begin{table}[H]\extrarowheight1pt\tabcolsep1.5\tabcolsep
%   \floatbox{table}[\FBwidth]
%   {\caption{  (\cmd{\subtable})
%    (   \package{subfig})}\label{tab:tabIII}}
%   {\begin{subfloatrow}
%     \subfloat[ ]
%      {\begin{tabular}{|l|>{\phantom0}c|>{\phantom0}c|}
%       \hline
%       \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Left Column Head}
%                  & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
%                  \cline{2-3}
%                  & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{I}}
%                              & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{II}}
%       \\\hline
%       First row    &         1 &         2 \\
%       Second row   &         3 &         4 \\
%       Third row    &         6 &         8 \\
%       Fourth row   & \llap{1}0 & \llap{1}6 \\
%       \hline
%       \end{tabular}}
%
%   \subfloat[  ~  ]
%   {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}
%     \hline
%       \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Column Head}
%                  & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
%                  \cline{2-3}
%                  & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{I}}
%                              & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{II}}
%     \\\hline
%     First row    & \phantom01 & \phantom02 \\
%     Second row   & \phantom03 & \phantom04 \\
%     Third row    & \phantom06 & \phantom08 \\
%   %^^A   Fourth row   &         10 &         16 \\
%     \hline
%   \end{tabular}}%
%   \end{subfloatrow}}
%   \end{table}%
%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
%
%^^A%   The |subfloatrow| is analogous to the |floatrow| environment.
%^^A%   The usage is similar to |floatrow|:
%    |subfloatrow| \cdash---    
%   |floatrow|.     |floatrow|:
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\begin{subfloatrow}[|\meta{number of beside floats}|]|\nopagebreak
%   |\subfloat...|\nopagebreak
%   |\subfloat...|\nopagebreak
%   |...|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{subfloatrow}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   i.e. by default two subfloats are allowed. For other number of subfloats
%^^A%   you ought to put number in optional argument.
%^^A%   This environment
%^^A%   puts a~horizontal separator between subfloats, defined by |subfloatrowsep=|
%^^A%   key instead of |floatrowsep=|. This key uses the same options
%^^A%   as |floatrowsep=| and |capbesidesep=| keys (options of
%^^A%   these keys defined by |\DeclareFloatSeparators| command,
%^^A%   page~\pageref{setup:DeclareFloatSeparators}).
%   {\sloppy
%   .\,.   ~   .    
%      .
%     
%    ,   |subfloatrowsep=|.
%       ,  ~
%   |floatrowsep=| ~|capbesidesep=| (  
%     |\DeclareFloatSeparators|,
%   .~\pageref{setup:DeclareFloatSeparators}).\par}
%
%^^A%   Next follows an example with beside caption (see
%^^A%   figure~\ref{fig:subfig:catsI}).%^^A
%       ~  (.~\ref{fig:subfig:catsI}).%^^A
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\floatsetup[figure]{|\FRkey{style}|=Shadowbox,|%^^A
%     \FRkey{capbesidesep}|=columnsep,|
%|    |\FRkey{capbesideframe}|=yes,|%^^A
%     \FRkey{capbesideposition}|={left,top}}|
%|\floatsetup[subfigure]{|\FRkey{style}|=plain}|
%|\captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,justification=centerlast,|
%|      strut=no}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\fcapside[\FBwidth]|
%|   {\begin{subfloatrow}|
%|   \subfloat[...\label{...}]{...}|
%|   \subfloat[...\label{...}]{...}%|
%|   \end{subfloatrow}}|
%|{\caption{...}}|
%\end{Quote}
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=Shadowbox,capbesidesep=columnsep,
%     capbesideframe=yes,capbesideposition={left,top}}
%   \floatsetup[subfigure]{style=plain}
%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,justification=centerlast,strut=no}
%   \begin{figure}[h]
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]
%   {\begin{subfloatrow}
%   \subfloat[]{\unitlength.99\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}\Flabel{subfig:w}}
%
%   \subfloat[ ]%^^A
%     {\unitlength.9\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}\Flabel{subfig:b}}%
%   \end{subfloatrow}}
%   {\caption[ ]{ 
%         ;   
%   |Shadowbox|.    :
%   \protect\Fref{subfig:w} ~\protect\Fref{subfig:b}}\label{fig:subfig:catsI}}
%   \end{figure}
%\endgroup
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\sidesubfloat}
%^^A%   Another addition in \package{floatrow} for subfloats is the command,%^^a
%^^A%   which puts subcaption label beside subfloat. the subcaption label always
%^^A%   appears on the left side. the key |subcapbesideposition=|
%^^A%   \describemacro{subcapbesideposition}\label{setup:subcapbesideposition}%^^a
%^^A%   sets vertical alignment of beside subcaption and subfloat.
%^^A%   the options are analogous to the ones for |capbesideposition=| key:
%      \package{floatrow}   \cdash--- ,
%        .  
%       .  |subcapbesideposition=|
%   \DescribeMacro{subcapbesideposition}\label{setup:subcapbesideposition}%^^A
%        ~.
%         ~
%   |capbesideposition=|:%^^A
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}\samepage
%     \item[top]
%^^A%     subcaption label aligned to the top of object;
%         ;
%     \item[bottom]
%^^A%     subcaption label aligned to the bottom of object;
%         (  );
%     \item[center]
%^^A%     subcaption label aligned to the center of float contents.
%        .
%   \end{Options}
%
%^^A%   The figure~\ref{fig:subfig:catsII} shows layout with subfloat labels beside.
%   \mbox{}\FRmpar{   }{FAD:sublabelbeside}%%^^A
%   ~\ref{fig:subfig:catsII}   ~   .
%   \begingroup
%   \begin{Quote}%
%\begin{preamble}
%|...|\nopagebreak
%|\floatsetup[figure]{|\FRkey{style}|=plain,|%^^A
%   \FRkey{subcapbesideposition}|=top}|
%\end{preamble}
%   |\begin{figure}[H]|
%   |  \ffigbox[\FBwidth]|
%   |    {\begin{subfloatrow}|
%   |       \sidesubfloat[]{...\label{...}}%|
%   | |
%   |       \sidesubfloat[]{...\label{...}}%|
%   |     \end{subfloatrow}}|
%   |{\caption[...]{...}\label{...}}|
%   |\end{figure}|
%   \end{Quote}
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain,subcapbesideposition=top}
%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,justification=centerlast,strut=no}
%   \begin{figure}[h]
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
%   {\begin{subfloatrow}
%   \sidesubfloat[]{%
%     {\unitlength.9\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}\label{subfig:wI}}}
%
%   \sidesubfloat[]{\unitlength.9\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}\label{subfig:bI}}%
%   \end{subfloatrow}}
%   {\caption[  ( )]{  
%     .    : \protect\ref{subfig:wI}
%   ~\protect\ref{subfig:bI}}\label{fig:subfig:catsII}}
%   \end{figure}
%   \endgroup
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\subfloatlabel}
%^^A%   There are cases when usage of something like |\subfloat[]{\label{..}}|
%^^A%   is needed. The first case shows the figure~\ref{fig:subfig:catsIII}---the
%^^A%   funny |picture| environment where subfloat labels were |\put|
%^^A%   as a part of subfigures.
%^^A%   Other---when you use mechanism of \package{psfrag} package and replace text entries
%^^A%   from PostScript file with \LaTeX{} ones. Unfortunately, the \package{subfig} package
%^^A%   creates unnecessary spaces around alone subfloat label in the
%^^A%   |\subfloat[]{\label{..}}| combination. The \package{fr-subfig} tries to fix this problem.
%       |\subfloat[]{\label{..}}|.
%      .~\ref{fig:subfig:catsIII} \cdash--- 
%    |picture|,      |\put|,
%    .
%     \cdash---   \package{psfrag}   
%   PostScript-  \LaTeX'.  ~,   |\subfloat[]{\label{..}}|
%    \package{subfig}   
%     .  \package{fr-subfig}    .
%
%^^A%   This command is based on |\subfloat[]{\label{..}}| sentence and
%^^A%   puts alone subcaption label with necessary number. The full variant
%^^A%   of |\subfloatlabel|
%        |\subfloat[]{\label{..}}|
%   ~    ~ .  
%    |\subfloatlabel|:
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\subfloatlabel|\oarg{subfloat number}\oarg{label entry}
%   \end{Quote}
%      :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\setcounter|\marg{sub{\upshape\texttt{\char`\\@captype}}}\marg{subfloat number-1}\\
%   |\subfloat[]{\label{|\meta{label entry}|}}|
%   \end{Quote}
%
%^^A%   Another example:
%     :
%   \begingroup
%   \begin{Quote}%
%\begin{preamble}
%|...|\nopagebreak
%|\floatsetup[figure]{|\FRkey{style}|=plain}|
%|\DeclareCaptionListOfFormat{comma-separated}{#1,\,#2}|
%|\captionsetup[subfigure]{listofformat=comma-separated}|
%   |\begin{figure}[h]|
%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]|
%   |    {\unitlength2\unitlength\fboxsep-.4pt|
%   |       \begin{picture}(90,30)(0,0)|
%   |           \put(0,0){\framebox(40,30)[bl]{}}|\nopagebreak
%|...|
%\end{preamble}
%   \end{Quote}
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}
%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{listofformat=comma-separated,labelformat=brace,strut=no}
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]
%   {\unitlength2\unitlength\fboxsep-.4pt
%   \begin{picture}(90,30)(0,0)
%   \put(0,0){\framebox(40,30)[bl]{}}
%   \put(2,2){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\subfloat[]{\label{subfig:wII}}}}
%   \put(0,0){
%   \put(8,10){\put(4.5,4.5){\oval(9,9)[t]}
%             \put(4.5,4.5){\line(0,1){4.5}}
%             \put(0,4.5){\line(1,0){9}}}
%   \put(23,10){\put(4.5,4.5){\oval(9,9)[t]}
%             \put(4.5,4.5){\line(0,1){4.5}}
%             \put(0,4.5){\line(1,0){9}}}}
%
%   \put(50,0){\framebox(40,30)[bl]{}}
%   \put(52,2){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\subfloatlabel[3][subfig:bII]{}%^^A
%   }}%^^A\label{}
%   \put(50,0){
%   \put(6,18){\put(0,0){\line(2,3){5}}
%             \put(10,0){\line(-2,3){5}}}
%   \put(24,18){\put(0,0){\line(2,3){5}}
%              \put(10,0){\line(-2,3){5}}}}
%   \end{picture}}
%   {\caption[ ~  .    
%       ~   \texttt{listofformat=}]{%^^A
%      .
%     \protect\cdash---   (\subref{subfig:wII}),  
%   \cs{subfloat}\texttt{[]\char`\{\char`\}};
%   ~\cs{subfloatlabel}\texttt{[3][subfig:bII]}     
%   (\subref{subfig:bII})}%^^A
%   \label{fig:subfig:catsIII}}
%   \end{figure}
%^^A%   in the examples of current section the \verb|\Flabel| and \verb|\Fref|
%^^A%   commands for cross referencing of the subfloats were used
%^^A%   (you may see these commands in the code examples). As described in section~\ref{ssec:flabel}
%^^A%   these commands allow to create combined references which consist of the parent and current
%^^A%   labels separated by predefined punctuation sign.
%   ~      \verb|\Flabel| ~\verb|\Fref|
%      ~
%   (     ~ ).   ~.~\ref{ssec:Flabel}
%       ,    ~ ,
%      .
%
%\begin{small}
%
%   \medskip
%^^A%   \emph{Some explanation}.
%^^A%   Previous versions of documentation used the |listofformat=| key; the necessary option
%^^A%   was defined by |\DeclareCaptionListOfFormat| command:
%^^A%   \begin{Quote}%
%^^A%   |\DeclareCaptionListOfFormat{comma-separated}{#1,\,#2}|
%^^A%   \end{Quote}%
%^^A%   This format is used, in particular, by |\subref| command. But usage of this key changes output
%^^A%   of subfloat numbers in the lists (list of tables and list of figures etc.),
%^^A%   which could be undesirable (see numbers of subfigures \subref{subfig:wII}
%^^A%   and \subref{subfig:bII} in the List of Figures).
%   \emph{}.
%        |listofformat=| key;   
%    ~  |\DeclareCaptionListOfFormat|:
%   \begin{Quote}%
%   |\DeclareCaptionListOfFormat{comma-separated}{#1,\,#2}|
%   \end{Quote}%
%      , ~,  |\subref|.    
%       ~ (,  ~.\,.),
%     ~ (.~  \subref{subfig:wII}
%   ~\subref{subfig:bII} ~  ~ ).
%   \medskip
%
%\end{small}
%
%^^A%   See examples with |subfloatrow| environments in sample files
%^^A%   \file{frsample03.tex}, \file{frsample05.tex}; and also
%^^A%   \file{frsample10.tex}--\file{frsample12.tex} where aligned contents
%^^A%   of beside subfloats are used in different layouts.
%   .  ~ |subfloatrow| ~ 
%   \file{frsample03.tex}, \file{frsample05.tex}; ~
%   \file{frsample10.tex}--\file{frsample12.tex}  
%    ~  ~.
%   \endgroup
%
%
%   \clearpage
%^^A%   \subsection{The \package{longtable} Package}\label{ssec:longtable}
%   \subsection{ \package{longtable}}\label{ssec:longtable}
%^^A%   Tested with version v4.11, dated 2004/02/01.%^^A
%^^A%   \footnote{The English documentation is
%^^A%   \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/longtable.dvi}%^^A
%^^A%   {\meta{texmf folder}\texttt{/doc/latex/tools/longtable.dvi}}.}
%    ~ v4.11,  2004/02/01.%^^A
%   \footnote{ 
%   \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/longtable.dvi}%^^A
%   {\meta{texmf folder}\texttt{/doc/latex/tools/longtable.dvi}}.}
%   ~ 
%        .
%
%^^A%   Please note that almost all settings in the |\floatsetup|'s
%^^A%   argument do not work inside |longtable| environments, except
%^^A%   settings for caption width (see below) and plain horizontal alignment in the |margins=| key.
%^^A%   So, during building of |\floatsetup| settings for the tables, be aware
%^^A%   that you may use only something like |style=plaintop| or |style=Plaintop|,
%^^A%   to place caption above, also you may use options of the
%^^A%   |margins=| key, which use only spacing commands, like defined ones
%^^A%   in this package (page~\pageref{setup:margins}), and do not forget settings for |\LTleft| and |\LTright|
%^^A%   margins, which set the alignment of |longtable| environment.
%    ,     |\floatsetup|    |longtable|, 
%      (.~) ~,   |margins=|.
%   ,   |\floatsetup|  , ,   
%     -  |style=plaintop|  |style=Plaintop|,  
%      , ~  
%   |margins=|    (.~\pageref{setup:margins}),
%   ~     |\LTleft| ~|\LTright|,   .
%
%^^A%   Please see the \package{caption} documentation about how to build necessary caption layout
%^^A%   when |longtable| environment is used.
%       ~   |longtable|,
%    ~  \package{caption}.
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Additions in \package{floatrow}}\label{ssec:LTcapwidth}
%   \subsubsection{ ~ \package{floatrow}}\label{ssec:LTcapwidth}
%^^A%   A patch was added to the \package{longtable}
%^^A%   package\footnote{Thanks to A.~Sommerfeldt for help to make this
%^^A%   code compact.}: this patch adds the same font settings
%^^A%   as for |table| environments, and adds code which helps
%^^A%   to get the width of |longtable| caption equal to the
%^^A%   width of table. For settings of the caption width  the special key was created.
%      ~
%   \package{longtable}\footnote{
%   A.\,Sommerfeldt   ~  .}:
%       
%    ,  ~~ ~ |table|,
%   ~   
%     ~ |longtable|  
%   .   
%      .
%
%   \DescribeMacro{LTcapwidth}\label{setup:LTcapwidth}%^^A
%   \FRmpar{     longtable}{FAD:LTcapwidth}%^^A
%^^A%   This key could have any value, like |5cm| or |\hsize|. The key value will be sent to
%^^A%   the |\LTcapwidth| command. If you'll write
%^^A%   |LTcapwidth=table| or |LTcapwidth=contents|, you will get
%^^A%   the caption width equal to the width of table. In this case settings for
%^^A%   width of caption use information from the |aux|-file, so you'll get
%^^A%   correct caption width at the time when the width of full table \emph{become
%^^A%   stable}.
%          |5cm|  |\textwidth| \cdash--- ~
%       |\LTcapwidth|.
%       |LTcapwidth=table| 
%   |LTcapwidth=contents|,
%          . 
%      ~  
%      |aux|-,
%         ,
%        .
%
%^^A%   The |longtable| environment uses layout settings from
%^^A%   |\floatsetup[table]| and |\floatsetup[longtable]| contents.
%^^A%   The |\floatsetup[longtable]| will be ``strongest'' in this pair.\medskip
%    |longtable|  ,
%    ~  |\floatsetup[table]|
%   ~|\floatsetup[longtable]|.  , |\floatsetup[longtable]|,
%     ~ .\medskip
%
%^^A%   \emph{The addition with version 0.1k}.
%^^A%   A~\textrm{beta-temp}\footnote{Again, like with \package{listpen} package,
%^^A%   I~hope that such support sooner or later could appear in
%^^A%   \package{longtable} and think it is better to follow
%^^A%   grammar of master-package for similar situations. Also it is necessary to say
%^^A%   that command names from \package{fr-longtable} package ``intrude'' in the
%^^A%   \package{longtable}'s naming space.} package \package{fr-longtable}
%^^A%   with additions is added,  which allows creation of special head for the last
%^^A%   page of longtable environment and special foot for pages before last
%^^A%   (the table~\ref{tab:floatlayouts} uses these commands for head and foot settings).
%   \emph{ ~~0.1k}. 
%   \textrm{beta-temp}\footnote{,  ~~~\package{listpen},
%   ~        ~ 
%   \package{longtable} ~,    
%    -.    ,     
%   ~    \package{longtable}.}  \package{fr-longtable}
%   ~,     
%       |longtable| ~ 
%    .
%   (.~\ref{tab:floatlayouts}       ~).
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\endlasthead}
%   \DescribeMacro{\endprelastfoot}
%^^A%   The |\endlasthead| command defined for last head of longtable; second command,
%^^A%   |\endprelastfoot|, defined for foot on the page before last.
%^^A%   Since these names of commands ``intrude'' in the \package{longtable} naming
%^^A%   territory they get defined if they are still unknown, i.e.~the main,
%^^A%   \package{longtable}, package didn't defined them.
%^^A%   The syntax is also analogous as for commands |\endhead|, |\endfirsthead| etc.
%^^A%   (See examples and additional explanation in the sample file
%^^A%    \texttt{sample-longtable.tex} file.)\medskip
%    |\endlasthead|     |longtable|;
%    |\endprelastfoot|     .
%           \package{longtable}
%      ~,      , .\,. 
%   , \package{longtable},   .
%       |\endhead|, |\endfirsthead| ~.\,.
%   (.~ ~  ~ \texttt{sample-longtable.tex}
%    ~ .)
%
%^^A%^^A%   \DescribeMacro{\floatfoot}
%^^A%   \emph{Note}. Please remember that the footnote stuff  inside |longtable| works like in main
%^^A%   text and puts the text of footnotes
%^^A%   at the bottom of page\footnote{See also |longtable| documentation.}.
%   \emph{}.      |longtable|  
%   ~  ~  
%    \footnote{.~  ~ \package{longtable}.}.
%
%^^A%   The \package{floatrow} package's command for legends or explications, |\floatfoot|,
%^^A%   in current version has emulation mode inside |longtable|, and needs stuff,
%^^A%   similar to |\noalign{\floatfoot{...}}|. Since the default font definition for explications (|\floatfoot|)
%^^A%   is also set to |\footnotesize|, like for footnotes, you may put footnotes-emulations at the end of table,
%^^A%   inside this explication block, using |\mpfootnotemark| commands inside table contents and at the
%^^A%   beginning of each text of footnote.
%    , |\floatfoot|,   |longtable| ~ 
%    ~    
%    |\noalign{\floatfoot{...}}|.  ,      
%     |\footnotesize|,  ~ ,     ~
%   , ~ ,   |\mpfootnotemark| ~ 
%   ~~   .
%
%^^A%   The fragments from the longtable \ref{tab:floatlayouts} on the page
%^^A%   \pageref{tab:floatlayouts},
%^^A%   which describes float styles, will be the resum\'e for
%^^A%   this section.
%     ~\ref{tab:floatlayouts} 
%   .~\pageref{tab:floatlayouts},
%     ,   .
%\begin{Quote}\openup.5pt%
%\begin{preamble}%
%|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{continued}{\rightline|
%|              {\bothIfFirst{#1}{ }#2 (\emph{})}}|
%|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{finished}{\rightline|
%|              {\bothIfFirst{#1}{ }#2 (\emph{})}}|
%\end{preamble}%
%   |\def\LongtableHead{|
%   |   \hfil\thead{} &|
%   |   \hfil\thead{ \cmd{\floatsetup}} &|
%   |   \hfil\thead{}|
%   |   }|
%   |\begin{longtable}{|\meta{ }|}|
%   |\caption{  }\label{tab:floatlayouts}\\|
%   |\hline|
%   |\LongtableHead|
%   |\\ \hline|
%   |\endfirsthead|\% \emph{   } \package{longtable}
%   |\captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|%^^A
%       {\em\tabular[t]{@{}l}\%   \\\%   ~\endtabular}
%   |\caption[]{}\\|
%   |\hline|
%   |\LongtableHead|
%   |\\ \hline|
%   |\endhead|\% \emph{   } \package{longtable}
%   |\captionsetup{labelformat=finished}|%^^A
%       {\em\tabular[t]{@{}l}\%   \\\%   \endtabular}
%   |\caption[]{}\\|
%   |\hline|
%   |\LongtableHead|
%   |\\ \hline|
%   |\endlasthead|\% \emph{   } \package{fr-longtable}
%   |\hline|
%   |\multicolumn{3}{r@{}}{\topstrut\emph{   }}|
%   |\endfoot|\% \emph{   } \package{longtable}
%   |\hline|
%   |\multicolumn{3}{r@{}}{\topstrut\emph{   }}|
%   |\endprelastfoot|\% \emph{   } \package{fr-longtable}
%   |\endlastfoot|\% \emph{   } \package{longtable}
%   \meta{ }
%   \meta{ }|\mpfootnotemark[1]|
%   \meta{ }
%   \meta{ }|\mpfootnotemark[2]|
%   \meta{ }
%   |\\ \hline|
%   |\noalign{\floatfoot*{|\meta{ }|.\vspace{-3pt}\par|\nopagebreak
%   |\rule{1in}{.4pt}\vspace{2pt}%| \emph{   }\nopagebreak
%   |\parindent15pt|\nopagebreak
%   \% \textit{  }\nopagebreak
%   |\mpfootnotemark[1]{|\meta{ }|}|\nopagebreak
%   |...|\nopagebreak
%   |}}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{longtable}|
%\end{Quote}%
%^^A%   \emph{Note}. The usage of settings |\captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|
%^^A%   inside |longtable| environment was documented in the \package{caption} package 3.1.
%   \emph{}.   |\captionsetup{labelformat=continued}|
%     |longtable|  ~  \package{caption}
%    3.1.
%
% \clearpage
%^^A%   \subsection{The \package{wrapfig} Package}\label{ssec:wrapfig}
%   \subsection{ \package{wrapfig}}\label{ssec:wrapfig}
%   \begingroup\let\xpar\par\sloppy
%   \def\FBaskip{-12pt}
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=ruled,relatedcapstyle=yes,footposition=caption}
%   \captionsetup[wrapfigure]{labelformat=thinspace,labelsep=period}
%   \begin{wrapfigure}[10]{O}{42mm}
%^^A   \ffigbox[40mm]
%   {\caption{    ( \package{wrapfig})}%
%   \floatfoot{      
%   3.3}\label{fig:wrapfig:WcatI}}
%   {\unitlength1.095\unitlength
%   \input{TheCat.picture}}
%   \end{wrapfigure}
%
%^^A%   Tested with version 3.3 dated 1999/10/12 (style from \package{ltxmisc}
%^^A%   bundle) and 3.6 dated 2003/01/31 (the separate \LaTeX\ package)%^^A
%^^A%   \footnote{The English documentation is
%^^A%   \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.pdf}%^^A
%^^A%   {\meta{texmf folder}\texttt{/doc/latex/wrapfig/wrapfig.pdf}}.}.
%    ~ 3.3  1999/10/12
%   (    \package{ltxmisc})
%   ~ 3.6  2003/01/31 ( ).%^^A
%   \footnote{ 
%   \href{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.pdf}%^^A
%   {\meta{texmf folder}\texttt{/doc/latex/wrapfig/wrapfig.pdf}}.}
%
%^^A%   Options for environment (text borrowed from package comments):
%       (   
%   ~):
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\begin{wrapfigure}%|\nopagebreak
%   \strut\quad\oarg{number}\marg{placement}|%|\nopagebreak
%   \strut\quad\oarg{overhang}\marg{width of figure}
%   |...|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{wrapfigure}|
%   \end{Quote}
%   \xpar
%^^A%   {\slshape\meta{Placement} is one of |r|, |l|, |i|,
%^^A%   |o|, |R|, |L|, |I|, |O|,  for
%^^A%   right, left, inside, outside. Lowercase letters set unfloated
%^^A%   positioning, uppercase---floated variant. The figure sticks into
%^^A%   the margin by \meta{overhang}, if given, or by the length
%^^A%   |\wrapoverhang|, which is normally zero. The \meta{number} of
%^^A%   wrapped text lines is normally calculated from the height of the
%^^A%   figure, but may be specified manually, e.g.}
%   {\slshape\meta{Placement} \cdash--- |r|, |l|,
%   |i|, |o|, |R|, |L|, |I|,
%   |O|,   , , ~ 
%    .     ,
%    \cdash--- .   
%   ~   \meta{overhang},   ,
%        |\wrapoverhang|,
%     .  \meta{number}  
%    ~,     
%    ,     ~}:
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\begin{wrapfigure}[10]{r}[34pt]{5cm}|\nopagebreak
%       \meta{figure}\nopagebreak
%   |\end{wrapfigure}|
%   \end{Quote}
%   \endgroup
%
%   \begingroup
%   \def\FBaskip{-14pt}
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=BOXED,frameset={\fboxsep3pt}}
%   \captionsetup[wrapfigure]{labelformat=thinspace,labelsep=period}
%   \begin{wrapfigure}[11]{o}{0mm}
%   \ffigbox[30mm]
%   {\par{\setlength\unitlength{.67\hsize/48}%^^A
%   \input{Cat.picture}}}
%   {\caption{ ~ ~ \cmd{\ffigbox}
%    ( \package{wrapfig})}%
%   \label{fig:wrapfig:WcatII}}
%   \end{wrapfigure}
%
%^^A%   \emph{Notes.} \startNotes
%^^A%   \Note For figure, contents in e.g. in |wrapfigure| environment you set width
%^^A%   in mandatory argument. If you'll write \texttt{0mm} as \marg{width
%^^A%   of figure} argument, the \hbox{\package{wrapfig}} package will calculate a~natural width
%^^A%   of float contents. If you use the |\floatbox| command, put |\FBwidth| option to use natural object width.
%   \emph{.} \startNotes
%   \Note  ,  ~ |wrap...|  
%     ~ .   
%   |0mm|   \marg{width of figure},  \package{wrapfig}
%       .    |\floatbox|, 
%       ,    |\FBwidth|.
%
%^^A%   \Note Sometimes above (below) float box in |wrap...| environment
%^^A%   appears unwanted space. To correct vertical position, use |\FBaskip|
%^^A%   (|\FBbskip|) commands (see {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:FBabskips}) and optional argument
%^^A%   \meta{number} of |wrap...| environments.
%   \Note   ()  ~ |wrap...|  
%    .    
%     |\FBaskip|
%   ~|\FBbskip| ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:FBabskips}) ~ \meta{number}
%    |wrap...|.\pagebreak[3]
%
%^^A%   \Note Please note that the label of wrapped floats changed to `Fig.~\meta{number}'.
%^^A%   This happened because of the following settings:
%   \Note
%   ~    `Figure'    `Fig.'
%   ~  |name|:
%   \begin{Quote}
%   \begin{preamble}%
%   |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{thinspace}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{\,}#2}|
%   \end{preamble}%
%   |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{name=Fig.,labelformat=thinspace,labelsep=period}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   In preamble was added special format |thinspace| with smallest space between
%^^A%   `Fig.' and number which we use in the |wrapfig| settings.
%^^A%   See also \package{caption} documentation.
%         `Fig.' ~ \cdash--- 
%      |labelformat=thinspace|  ~.
%   ~      :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\captionsetup[wrapfigure]{labelformat=thinspace,labelsep=period}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   See also \package{caption} documentation.
%   .    \package{caption}.
%
%^^A%   \emph{Special settings}.
%   \emph{ }.\par\penalty10000
%^^A%   You may create settings for |wrap...| environment, there are
%^^A%   following priorities.
%^^A%   (Please note that you can also create special caption settings with
%^^A%   |\captionsetup| stuff.):
%         |wrap...|, 
%     
%   ( ,     ~ 
%     ~ |\captionsetup|):
%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt
%   \item %
%^^A%    if exists |\floatsetup[wrap|\meta{captype}|]{...}|
%^^A%    \package{floatrow} uses these settings---they are the ``strongest''
%^^A%    settings; if they are absent---uses settings of next item;
%      
%    |\floatsetup[wrap|\meta{captype}|]{...}|
%    \package{floatrow}    "---  
%   ;    "---   
%    ;
%^^A   \end{itemize}
%
%^^A   \begin{itemize}
%   \item
%^^A%    if exists |\floatsetup[wrapfloat]{...}|
%^^A%    \package{floatrow} uses these settings---these settings are ``stronger''
%^^A%    than next ones; if they are absent---settings of current
%^^A%    float\\[\medskipamount]
%^^A%    |\floatsetup[|\meta{captype}|]{...}|\,;\\[\medskipamount]
%^^A%    if they are absent---uses
%^^A%    |\floatsetup{...}| settings, package settings inside |\usepackage| command or default settings of
%^^A%    package (page~\pageref{sec:default}).
%       |\floatsetup[wrapfloat]{...}|
%    \package{floatrow}    "---  
%      ;  
%     "---    
%   \begin{quote}
%    |\floatsetup[|\meta{captype}|]{...}|\quad;\pagebreak[2]
%   \end{quote}
%     ~  "--- 
%    |\floatsetup{...}|,     |\usepackage|,
%    , ,     (page~\pageref{sec:default}).
%   \end{itemize}
%
%\pagebreak[2]
%^^A%   \emph{Founded limitations}.\startNotes\nopagebreak
%   \emph{ }.\startNotes\nopagebreak
%
%^^A%   \Note The usage of plain floating environment in version 3.3 will
%^^A%   not succeed with \package{floatrow}---use |\floatbox|
%^^A%   stuff. The version 3.6 allows usage of plain |wrap...|
%^^A%   environment with \FRkey{plain} (or \FRkey{ruled}) styles, but
%^^A%   the framed styles, like |Boxed| (which use key |framefit=yes|, where text inside frames
%^^A%   changes its |\hsize| to fit frames, fitted to defined |\hsize|)
%^^A%   could work only with |\floatbox| macro, otherwise you'll get
%^^A%   incorrect widths and layout.
%   \Note ~ 3.3    |\floatbox|.
%   ~ 3.6    
%   |wrap...|   \FRkey{plain} (
%   \FRkey{ruled}),  
%      \FRkey{Boxed} (  
%     )  
%     ~|\floatbox|, 
%     .
%
%^^A%   \Note The |wrap...| environments could fail inside list ones.
%^^A%   You ought be careful with grouping around wrapping environment (float can sail away or disappear).
%^^A%   Tests show that you may set |wrap...| environment at the very beginning of list, in the case of
%^^A%   you created faked or empty paragraph just before list (i.e. between |wrap...| and list)
%^^A%   with compensate negative spacing, like following:
%   \Note  |wrap...|     ~ ,
%   ~    ~    
%   (    ). 
%   ,     ~ ,      
%   (.\,.   |wrap...| ~ )
%         ~ , , :
%   |\noindent|\allowbreak|\strut|\allowbreak|\par|\allowbreak
%   |\nobreak|\allowbreak|\vskip-\baselineskip|.
%   \endgroup
%
%   \begingroup\sloppy
%   \captionsetup[floatingfigure]{name=Fig.,labelformat=thinspace}
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=WSHADOWBOX,captionskip=8pt}
%^^A%   \subsection{The \package{floatflt} package}\label{ssec:floatflt}
%   \subsection{ \package{floatflt}}\label{ssec:floatflt}
%   \begin{floatingfigure}[v]{44mm}\def\FBaskip{-2.5pt}
%   \ffigbox[44mm]
%   {\setlength\unitlength{.85\hsize/60}%%^^A
%   \input{BlackDog.picture}}
%   {\caption[ ~ ~ \cmd{\ffigbox}   floatingfigure
%   (\package{floatflt})]{\hyphenpenalty-100\pretolerance-1%
%       floating\-figure
%   (\package{floatflt})}\label{fig:floatflt:WcatI}}
%   \end{floatingfigure}%\FBbuildtrue
%
%^^A%   \noindent Tested with version v\kern-1pt.1.3 dated
%^^A%   1996/02/27\kern-1pt.
%   \noindent  ~ v.1.3,
%   1996/02/27.
%
%^^A%   \emph{Founded limitations}. \startNotes\Note There is not support for
%^^A%   creation of new |floating...| environment. Since |floatflt|
%^^A%   environments need usage of |\floatbox| in any case, you can use
%^^A%   either |floatingfigure| or |floatingtable| and put
%^^A%   necessary float type in |\floatbox| argument (or use necessary
%^^A%   macro abbreviation, like |\ffigbox|). For these wrapped floats
%^^A%   the |\usepackage| option can be used  or |\floatsetup{...}| settings
%^^A%   and main settings for float types like
%^^A%   |\floatsetup[figure]{...}| settings.
%   \emph{ } \startNotes\Note ~ 
%         |floating...|.
%      |floatflt|
%       |\floatbox| ~ , 
%       |floatingfigure| 
%   ~|floatingtable|.   ~ ~
%  |floating...|     |\floatsetup[figure]|.
%
%^^A%   The next limitations could not tied with \package{floatrow} package.
%          
%   \package{floatrow}.
%
%^^A%   \Note If you put a~|floatingfigure| environment just after
%^^A%   |\...section| command you need (if you do not indentation after
%^^A%   heads) to put |\noindent| for the first paragraph.
%   \Note     |floatingfigure| 
%     |\...section|   (    
%     )  |\noindent| ~ .
%
%^^A%   \Note The |floatflt| environments could fail with list
%^^A%   environments.
%   \Note  |floatflt|    
%   ~  (|list|).
%
%^^A%   \Note The special caption settings were created for figure label.
%   \Note      .
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\captionsetup[floatingfigure]{name=Fig.,labelformat=thinspace}|
%   \end{Quote}
%   ~    |name=Fig.| .
%
%   %^^A\newpage
%^^A%   \subsection{The \package{picins} Package}\label{ssec:picins}
%   \subsection{ \package{picins}}\label{ssec:picins}
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=Doublebox}
%   \captionsetup[parpic]{labelformat=thinspace}\abovecaptionskip10pt
%
%^^A%   \noindent Tested with version v\,3.0 dated 1999/10/12.
%   \noindent    v\,3.0, 1999/10/12.\nopagebreak
%
%^^A%   This package produces pictures inside paragraphs. This package
%^^A%   supports usage of captions with command |\piccaption|. It also allows
%^^A%   the \package{caption} package settings.
%        .  
%     ~  |\piccaption|.
%      
%    \package{caption} (.~ ~ ~3.1f).
%
%   \piccaption{ ~ (\cmd{\parpic});
%   \cmd{\floatbox}\label{fig:parpic:BcatI}}%^^A
%   \parpic[l]{{\hsize0pt
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth ]{}{%^^A
%   \setlength\unitlength{32mm/72}%^^A
%   \input{TheDog.picture}}}}
%
%^^A%   The \cmd{\parpic} macro usually allows usage of |\floatbox| macro
%^^A%   inside of its mandatory argument. In this case the |\floatsetup{...}|
%^^A%   settings and main settings of for float types like |\floatsetup[figure]{...}|
%^^A%   settings are used (but, unfortunately, they are the only here).
%   ~ \cmd{\parpic}   
%   |\floatbox|  
%   . ~    ~  |\parpic|
%       |\floatsetup[figure]| ~|\floatsetup|
%   ~   |\usepackage| (, ~,  ).
%
%^^A%   \emph{Founded limitations}.\startNotes\nopagebreak
%   \emph{ }.\startNotes\nopagebreak
%
%^^A%   \Note In |\parpic| argument you ought to to define the width of contents. If you put |\hsize0pt| before
%^^A%   the |\floatbox| command, you will get box width equals to
%^^A%   |\parpic| contents. (Compare with usage of |0mm| value inside the \marg{width
%^^A%   of figure} option in the |wrapfigure| environment.)
%   \Note ~  |\parpic|    |\floatbox|   .
%      |\hsize0pt|      .
%   ( ~  |0mm| ~ \marg{width
%   of figure}  |wrap...|.)
%
%^^A%   The next limitations could not tied with \package{floatrow} package.
%         ~ \package{floatrow}.\nopagebreak
%
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=DOUBLEBOX}
%   \parpic[r]{{\hsize42mm\def\FBaskip{6pt}
%   \ffigbox[\hsize]
%   {{\setlength\unitlength{24mm/72}%^^A
%   \input{TheDog.picture}}}
%   {\caption{ ~ (\cmd{\parpic})}\label{fig:parpic:BcatII}}%
%   }}
%
%^^A   \parpic[r]{{%\def\floatrowsep{}\let\FBiffloatrow\iftrue
%^^A   \hsize36mm
%^^A   \ffigbox[\hsize]
%^^A   {{\setlength\unitlength{16mm/61}%^^A
%^^A   \input{BlackCat.picture}}}
%^^A   {\caption{Wrapped figure (\cmd{\parpic})}\label{fig:parpic:BcatII}}%
%^^A   }}
%
%^^A%   \Note If you put \cmd{\parpic} just after |\...section| command
%^^A%   you need (if you do not indentation after heads) to put |\noindent|
%^^A%   for the first paragraph.
%   \Note    \cmd{\parpic}    |\...section|
%     (      )
%     |\noindent|   .
%
%^^A%   \Note It seems that the |\parpic| command cancels non-breaking mechanism
%^^A%   between section command and text in the case of appearance
%^^A%   at the very beginning of the first paragraph (this situation appeared
%^^A%   during testing of current documentation).
%   \Note ,   |\parpic|     
%      ~  ~,     
%   ~  (        ).
%
%^^A%   \Note You may try to use \cmd{\parpic} inside list environment, but sometimes usage of
%^^A%   this command in this environment could create wrong layout. (Tests show that paragraph(s)
%^^A%   where the \cmd{\parpic} is used must be placed in group---compare it with the
%^^A%   \package{wrapfig} package, which does not like grouping.)
%   \Note     \cmd{\parpic} 
%    ,  ~   \cmd{\parpic} ~
%       . ( ,    \cmd{\parpic}
%     ,   ,   ~ \cdash---  
%    \package{wrapfig},    .)
%
%^^A%   \Note This package has not options \meta{outside} or
%^^A%   \meta{inside}, like previous two packages (the option |[o]| means
%^^A%   oval box around picture), so you ought to set horizontal position
%^^A%   manually. Or you may create command:
%   \Note      \meta{outside} 
%   \meta{inside},     ( |[o]| 
%      ),    
%    
%   .   :
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\usepackage{ifthen}|\vspace{1ex}
%|\newcommand\oparpic{\isodd{\value{page}}%|
%|      {\def\next{\parpic[r]}}{\def\next{\parpic[l]}}\next}|
%\end{preamble}
%\end{Quote}
%   \endgroup
%
%^^A%   \Note The special caption settings were created for figure label.
%   \Note      .
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\captionsetup[parpic]{name=Fig.,labelformat=thinspace}|
%   \end{Quote}
%   ~    |name=Fig.| .
%
%^^A%   If you use |\piccaption| command these settings are switched on.
%^^A%   First picture in this section was created with code like:
%       |\piccaption|   |\captionsetup[parpic]{...}|
%   .
%           :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\piccaption{...\label{...}}%|
%   |\parpic[l]{\hsize0pt|
%   |   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}{...}}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   Second picture uses the |\caption| command inside |\ffigbox|, so
%^^A%   the |\captionsetup|\allowbreak|[parpic]{...}| settings do not work:
%      |\caption|  |\ffigbox|, 
%    |\captionsetup|\allowbreak|[parpic]{...}|  :
%   \begin{Quote}
%   |\parpic[r]{\hsize36mm\def\FBaskip{6pt}|
%   |   \ffigbox[\hsize]{}{%|
%   |       ...\caption{...}\label{fig:parpic:BcatII}}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   You may see that label of the second figure was printed as `Figure'~number.
%     ~ ,     
%    ~ `Figure'~ .
%
%^^A%   \subsection{The \package{rotating} Package and |sideways\ldots|
%^^A%             Environment}\label{ssec:rotating}
%   \subsection{ \package{rotating} ~
%   \texttt{sideways\ldots}}\label{ssec:rotating}
%^^A%   Tested with version v2.13 dated Sep. 1992.
%      v2.13  Sep. 1992.
%
%^^A%   There is example (figure~\ref{fig:rot:ii}) with rotated float, using
%^^A%   |sidewaysfigure|.
%      (.~\ref{fig:rot:ii}  .\,\pageref{fig:rot:ii}) ~ 
%   ,  
%   |sidewaysfigure|.
%\begin{Quote}\openup-.5pt
%\begin{preamble}
%     |\usepackage[figuresright]{rotating}|
%|\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[rotfigure]{|%^^A
%   \FRkey{style}|=WSHADOWBOX}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\begin{sidewaysfigure}\emptyfloatpage|
%|\|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox}|[\|\FRkey[FB]{FBwidth}|]|
%|  {...}|
%|  {\caption{Figure ...}%|
%|  \label{...}}|
%|\end{sidewaysfigure}%|
%\end{Quote}
%   \floatsetup[rotfigure]{style=WSHADOWBOX}
%   \begin{sidewaysfigure}\emptyfloatpage
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth] {\includegraphics[width=4in]{pslearn}}
%   {\caption{    
%     sidewaysfigure}%
%   \label{fig:rot:ii}}
%   \end{sidewaysfigure}%
%
%^^A%   \emph{Special settings}.\nopagebreak
%   \emph{ }.\nopagebreak
%
%^^A%   You may create special settings for all rotated floats, which use
%^^A%   |sideways...| environment (see page \pageref{stsetorder}).
%          ,
%    ,  
%    |sideways...| (.~.~\pageref{stsetorder}).
%
%^^A%   For one-column rotated float
%     
%   \RestoreSpaces
%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt\parskip0pt
%^^A%   \item %
%^^A%    if exists |\floatsetup[rot|\meta{captype}|]{...}|
%^^A%    package uses these settings---the ``strongest'' settings; if they
%^^A%    are absent---uses settings from next item, the same for each item of the list;
%   \item %
%      
%    |\floatsetup[rot|\meta{captype}|]{...}|
%        "---   ;
%       "---
%        ,    
%       ;
%   \item
%    |\floatsetup[rotfloat]{...}|;
%   \item
%    |\floatsetup[|\meta{captype}|]{...}|;
%   \item
%^^A%    if all settings absent---the settings
%^^A%    inside |\floatsetup{...}| and |\usepackage| commands, and, at last, package default settings are used.
%      ,     "---   
%    |\floatsetup{...}| ~,    .
%   \end{itemize}
%
%^^A%   For two-column or wide rotated float (starred environment)
%           ( )
%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt\parskip0pt
%   \item %
%^^A%    if exists |\floatsetup[widerot|\meta{captype}|]{...}|
%^^A%    package uses these settings---the ``strongest'' settings;
%^^A%    if they are absent---uses settings of next item, the same for each item of the list;
%      
%    |\floatsetup[widerot|\meta{captype}|]{...}|
%        "---   ;
%       "---    
%    ,    
%       ;
%   \item %
%    |\floatsetup[widerotfloat]{...}|;
%   \item %
%    |\floatsetup[rot|\meta{captype}|]{...}|;
%   \item %
%    |\floatsetup[rotfloat]{...}|;
%   \item %
%    |\floatsetup|\marg{captype}|{...}|;
%   \item %
%^^A%    if all settings absent---the settings
%^^A%    inside |\floatsetup{...}| and |\usepackage| commands, and, at last, package default settings are used.
%      ,   ,  
%    |\floatsetup{...}| ~,    .
%   \end{itemize}
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Special page style for float page}
%   \subsubsection{     ~}
%^^A%   In example with figure~\ref{fig:rot:ii} you may see the command |\emptyfloatpage|.%^^A
%^^A%    \FRmpar{Empty page style for rotated floats}{FAD:emptyfloatpage}\label{setup:emptyfloatpage}
%^^A%   It is offered by \package{floatpagestyle} package, (installed with
%^^A%   \package{floatrow} package, can be used separately). The macro |\emptyfloatpage| is an abbreviation of
%^^A%   |\floatpagestyle{empty}|. The last macro redefines the page style for
%^^A%   the page where \emph{current} floating environment appears in the way, analogous to |\thispagestyle|
%^^A%   command.
%   ~ ~.~\ref{fig:rot:ii}   
%    |\emptyfloatpage|.%^^A
%    \FRmpar{    }{FAD:emptyfloatpage}\label{setup:emptyfloatpage}
%     
%    \package{floatpagestyle}, (
%    ~ \package{floatrow},   ). 
%   |\emptyfloatpage|   
%   |\floatpagestyle{empty}|.   
%           ,   |\thispagestyle|.
%
%   \RestoreSpaces
%^^A%   The version 0.1h patches the core \LaTeX{} macro
%^^A%   |\@outputpage|\footnote{At the start of document
%^^A%   \package{floatpagestyle} package puts additional code at the very beginning
%^^A%   of this output routine.}
%^^A%   and I hope that it could work.\footnote{If you know more honest
%^^A%   way to get the same result---the redefinition of \emph{alone}
%^^A%   \emph{float} page style (in the case when this page can \emph{float}
%^^A%   inside document)---please let me know.} Since this package uses
%^^A%   |\label|---|\ref| mechanism, the |\floatpagestyle| command works
%^^A%   after \emph{second} \LaTeX{} run.
%   ~ 0.1h      ~
%   |\@outputpage|   \LaTeX' ~~   
%   .\footnote{     
%       \cdash--- 
%    \emph{}  ~  (,  ~
%       ) "--- , , .}
%     \package{floatpagestyle} 
%    |\label|---|\ref|,  |\floatpagestyle| 
%     \emph{} (~)  \LaTeX'.
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Rotated floats on the facing pages}
%   \subsubsection{    }
%^^A%   \startNotes\Note If you place two continued rotated floats%^^A
%^^A%   \FRmpar{Continued rotated floats}{FAD:ContRotated} on facing pages,
%^^A%   the better way is to gather them to binder margin, using |\buildFBBOX| command
%^^A%   (see page~\pageref{FB:buildFBBOX}). For this reason you
%^^A%   may define\label{buildFBBOX:def}
%   \startNotes\Note      ,%^^A
%   \FRmpar{    }{FAD:ContRotated}
%    ,  ,    
%   ~ .     \label{buildFBBOX:def}
%   \begin{Quote}
%     \begin{preamble}
%     |\usepackage[figuresright]{rotating}|
%     |\newlengthtocommand\setlength\rottextwidth{\textwidth}|
%     \end{preamble}
%     |\begin{sidewaysfigure}|
%     |\|\FRkey[FB]{buildFBBOX}|{\vbox to\rottextwidth\bgroup\vss}{\egroup}|
%     |\|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox}|{|\meta{contents of first figure}|}|
%     |\end{sidewaysfigure}|
%     |\begin{sidewaysfigure}|
%     |\buildFBBOX{\vbox to\rottextwidth\bgroup}{\vss\egroup}|
%     |\ffigbox{|\meta{contents of second figure}|}|
%     |\end{sidewaysfigure}|
%   \end{Quote}
%
%^^A%   \Note In the example above (and also in the example with figure~\ref{fig:rot:ii})
%^^A%   the \package{rotating} package has
%^^A%   |[figuresright]| option; in this case all |sideways...| floats on even and odd pages
%^^A%   will be rotated by 90$^\circ$ counterclockwise.
%   \Note ~  (~ ~ ~.~\ref{fig:rot:ii})
%    \package{rotating}   ~
%   |[figuresright]|;   |sideways...|    ~   
%     90$^\circ$   .
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Commands instead of lengths}
%   \subsubsection{     ~}
%^^A%    The |\rottextwidth| command in the example above stores value of the |\textwidth| of the
%^^A%   document; the |\columnwidth| and |\textwidth| inside
%^^A%   \texttt{sideways...} environment are redefined and equal to
%^^A%   |\textheight|.
%    |\rottextwidth| ~     
%   |\textwidth|  "---  |\columnwidth|
%   ~|\textwidth|   \texttt{sideways...} 
%   |\textheight|.
%\begingroup
%^^A%   If\startNotes\def\theNote{\alph{Note}}\Note
%^^A%   you are limited in creation of the new length or dimension command
%^^A%   (for example you use the \package{pictex}
%^^A%   package\footnote{The \texttt{e-TeX} engine could solve this problem.}),
%^^A%   or \Note the width/height or the space values, defined with
%^^A%   the |\newcommand|
%^^A%   (like the |\headrulewidth| command from \package{fancyhdr} package) need complex calculation
%^^A%   with usage of the \package{calc} package, or get the width of some text---the \package{floatrow}
%^^A%   package provides commands
%   \startNotes\def\theNote{\asbuk{Note}}\Note
%     ~     ~ 
%   |\newlength| (~,   \package{pictex}\footnote{, ,
%          \texttt{e-TeX}    .}),
%    \Note
%     /  ,   |\newcommand| (
%    |\headrulewidth|
%     \package{fancyhdr})      ~
%    \package{calc}      
%   \cdash---  \package{floatrow}  %^^A
%   \DescribeMacro{\newlengthtocommand}\label{setup:newlengthtocommand}%^^A
%   \DescribeMacro{\renewlengthtocommand}\label{setup:renewlengthtocommand}%^^A
%   \label{setup:newlengthtocommand}%^^A
%   \label{setup:renewlengthtocommand}%^^A
%\begin{Quote}%
%   \cmd{\newlengthtocommand} \quad 
%   \cmd{\renewlengthtocommand}
%\end{Quote}%
%^^A%   which are placed just before standard \LaTeX{} commands like \cmd{\setlength} or
%^^A%   \cmd{\settowidth} and save the \emph{absolute}
%^^A%   value from their arguments; here the usual code like
%        \LaTeX'  \cmd{\setlength} 
%   \cmd{\settowidth} ~ \emph{}    ;
%   , 
%\begin{Quote}%
%\begin{preamble}
%|\usepackage{calc}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\newlength\fulltextwidth|
%|\setlength\fulltextwidth{\textwidth+\marginparsep+\marginparwidth}|
%\end{Quote}%
%^^A%   changed to
%      
%\begin{Quote}%
%\begin{preamble}
%|\usepackage{calc}|
%\end{preamble}
%   |\newlengthtocommand\setlength|
%   |\fulltextwidth{\textwidth+\marginparsep+\marginparwidth}|\quad.
%\end{Quote}%
%^^A%   Please note than the usage of calculation inside |\setlength| command (and its analogs)
%^^A%   can be used only with the \package{calc} package.
%    ,    ~
%    |\setlength| (~ )
%       \package{calc}.
%\endgroup
%
%
%^^A%   \subsection{The \package{lscape} Package and landscape
%^^A%        Environment}\label{ssec:lscape}
%   \subsection{ \package{lscape} ~ landscape}\label{ssec:lscape}
%^^A%   Tested with version v3.0a dated 1999/02/16.\nopagebreak
%    ~ v3.0a 
%   1999/02/16.\nopagebreak
%
%\ifx\landscape\undefined\else
%   \ifx\landscape\relax\else
%^^A%   The example with usage of |landscape| environment from
%^^A%   \package{lscape} package on the page~\pageref{fig:rotrow:WcatI}, figures
%^^A%   \ref{fig:rotrow:WcatI}--\ref{fig:rotrow:FcatI}):
%       |landscape|  
%   \package{lscape}  .~\pageref{fig:rotrow:WcatI},
%   .\ref{fig:rotrow:WcatI}--\ref{fig:rotrow:FcatI}):
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\|\FRkey{DeclareFloatVCode}|{lowthickrule}{\kern2pt\rule{\hsize}{.8pt}}|
%|\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[figure]{|\FRkey{style}|=ruled,|\FRkey{rowprecode}|=thickrule,|
%|  |\FRkey{rowpostcode}|=lowthickrule,|\FRkey{capposition}|=TOP}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\begin{landscape}|
%|\begin{figure}\|\FRkey{emptyfloatpage}
%|...|
%\end{Quote}
%^^A%   |\floatsetup| code sets |ruled| float style,
%^^A%   then settings for above and below material are redefined:
%^^A%   |rowprecode=| and |rowpostcode=| keys define thick
%^^A%   rules but for floatrow as a~whole (the `individual' |\hrule|'s
%^^A%   above/below float boxes are absent).
%    |\floatsetup|    |ruled|,
%        ~ :
%    |rowprecode=| ~|rowpostcode=| 
%         (
%    / ~ ).
%\fi\fi
%
%^^A%   The |landscape| environment creates a new page. It would be
%^^A%   useful\startNotes\Note for rotation of multipage rotated float (in this case
%^^A%   it is better to put this float in a separate file, and to start from necessary page,
%^^A%   in this case you need the
%^^A%   \package{afterpage} package and its |\afterpage| command) \Note and also
%^^A%   to start new section of document, e.g., appendix. (In current
%^^A%   document the |landscape| environment was placed just before appendix)
%    |landscape|   .  \startNotes\Note 
%      (~     
%   ~ , ~ ,    ~ ,  
%    \package{afterpage} ~  |\afterpage|) \Note
%   ~     , , .
%\ifx\landscape\undefined\else
%   \ifx\landscape\relax\else
%   (~
%     |landscape|        ).
%\fi\fi
%
%^^A   \emph{Founded limitations}.\nopagebreak
%^^A   The tested version works incorrect (does not rotates contents)
%^^A   with \package{hypcap} package.
%
%^^A%   \subsection{The \package{listings} Package}\label{ssec:listings}
%   \subsection{ \package{listings}}\label{ssec:listings}
%^^A%   Tested with version v1.3 dated 2004/09/07.\nopagebreak
%    ~ v1.3  2004/09/07.\nopagebreak
%
%^^A%   This package has its own strong layout mechanism for creation of floating
%^^A%   algorithms itself. The usage of |\lstset| command (see package documentation) and \package{caption}
%^^A%   package settings gives you necessary result\footnote{Please note and read
%^^A%   \package{caption} documentation: the co-operation of \package{caption}3.x and
%^^A%   \package{listings} succeeds with version of last one not older than 1.2.}
%^^A%   for algorithm type of float.
%           
%   .   |\lstset| ~ 
%   \package{caption}    \footnote{
%    ~ 
%   \package{caption}:   \package{caption}3.x
%   ~\package{listings}    ~
%      1.2.}    .
%
%^^A%   For the cases of appearance of listings inside of other float
%^^A%   environments, which get settings from \package{floatrow} package,
%^^A%   there is a limitation: you can't put |lstlisting| inside
%^^A%   |\floatbox| contents. The plain float environment is still allowed.
%^^A%   Also you are still free with settings for float type, used |lstlisting| inside: you may still use the
%^^A%   |BOXED|, |Boxed| and other unusual styles: the float width will be recalculated for mentioned two styles
%^^A%   and similar ones and then used necessary setting.
%^^A%   If you need to change box width---use  |\thisfloatsetup| settings.
%   ~     , 
%     \package{floatrow},  
%   ~,       |lstlisting|
%     |\floatbox|.      
%   (     ), ~
%       ,    |\thisfloatsetup|.
%
%^^A%   \subsection{The \package{hyperref} and \package{hypcap} Packages}
%   \subsection{ \package{hyperref}  \package{hypcap}}
%^^A%   There were tested versions v6.74i (\package{hyperref})
%^^A%   and v1.3 (\package{hypcap}).
%     v6.77i (\package{hyperref}) ~v1.7 (\package{hypcap}).
%
%^^A%   The \package{floatrow} package tries not to expand its code to |\caption| stuff.
%^^A%   I hope that environments supported by \package{floatrow} won't
%^^A%   make harm to \package{caption}---\package{hyperref}/\package{hypcap} tandem.
%    \package{floatrow}    
%      |\caption|. ~  , 
%    \package{floatrow}    
%   \package{caption}---\package{hyperref}/\package{hypcap}.
%
%^^A%   \subsection{The \package{setspace} Package}
%   \subsection{ \package{setspace}}
%^^A%   There was bug during usage of \package{setspace} package---this package redefines
%^^A%   \LaTeX's command |\@xfloat|, adding definition of font size to |\normalsize|
%^^A%   which appears after \package{floatrow} settings.
%^^A%   The version 0.2d of \package{floatrow} tried to fix it but this was incorrect
%^^A%   and destroyed interaction between \package{hyperref} and \package{caption} packages.
%^^A%   In the version 0.3b the code was changed to restore this interaction\footnote
%^^A%   {By suggestions of A.\,Sommerfeldt.} with hope that it will work.
%^^A%   The default baseline stretch is equal to~1. The version 3.1 of \package{caption}
%^^A%   package offers special font settings (see \package{caption} documentation)
%^^A%   for captions. You may try the same for the float font:
%        ~ \package{setspace}
%     \cdash---    \LaTeX'
%   |\@xfloat|,   ,  ~ \package{floatrow} 
%    ~|\normalsize|.  0.2d  \package{floatrow},   ,
%      \package{hyperref} ~\package{caption}.
%   ~ 0.3b  ,   \footnote{
%   A.\,Sommerfeldt.};    .
%       ~1.  3.1  \package{caption}
%      ~ |font=| (.~ \package{caption})
%    .       
%       :
%\begin{Quote}%
%|\floatsetup{font=onehalfspacing}|
%\end{Quote}%
%^^A%   or
%   
%\begin{Quote}%
%|\floatsetup{font={stretch=|\meta{amount}|}}|\quad.
%\end{Quote}%
%
%^^A%   \section{The Incompatibilities}
%   \section{}
%^^A%   At first the incompatibilities or rules of co-operation with other
%^^A%   packages could follow the \package{caption}~3.x package.
%^^A%   \textit{Please look first in the \package{caption}
%^^A%   package documentation to know the newest rules}.
%       ~ 
%   ~   ~  \package{caption} 3.x.
%   \textit{    ~ \package{caption}}.
%
%^^A%   The known incompatibilities of \package{floatrow} package itself:
%^^A%   \startNotes\nobreak\quad \Note \package{sidecap} package\footnote{Despite that
%^^A%   I'm trying to follow all offered layouts of this package. Great thanks
%^^A%   for Rolf Niepraschk and Hubert G\"{a}\ss{}lein for package with
%^^A%   rich implementation of such float
%^^A%   layouts.}: the \package{floatrow} package doesn't expands its
%^^A%   layouts to |SCfigure| and |SCtable| environments;~\nobreak\quad
%^^A%   \Note \package{ctable} package; if you used to use
%^^A%   \package{ctable}'s tools, e.g. for tables, please set |\RawFloats[table]|
%^^A%   in the preamble, and remember that commands like |\ttabbox| won't
%^^A%   loose its strength (see also {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:rawfloats}).
%      \package{floatrow}\startNotes\Note  
%   \package{sidecap}\footnote{   ~ 
%         
%   .   {\fontencoding{T1}\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont Rolf Niepraschk}
%   ~{\fontencoding{T1}\fontfamily{ptm}\selectfont Hubert G\"{a}\ss{}lein}
%     ~     .}:
%    \package{floatrow}  
%       |SCfigure| ~|SCtable|.
%   \Note ~\package{ctable};    
%    \package{ctable}, .  ,  |\RawFloats[table]|
%   ~, ~,    |\ttabbox| 
%      (.~ {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:rawfloats}).
%
%   \addtocontents{toc}{\string\pagebreak[3]}
%^^A%   \section{Limitations}
%   \section{}
%^^A%   There are known limitations, which were found during usage of
%^^A%   \package{floatrow}:
%     ,   
%    \package{floatrow}:
%   \begin{itemize}
%   %^^A \item %
%   %^^A Limitations for boxed and ruled styles in beside floats:
%   %^^A be careful with usage of \emph{alone} minipage environment in
%   %^^A object or caption in |\floatbox| macro. Since the object and
%   %^^A caption are created in minipage environment already, the
%   %^^A added |minipage| could get wrong layout (vertical
%   %^^A alignment). But, as I found, you may use a few
%   %^^A |minipage|s in object without harm.
%   \item %
%^^A%   You cannot use |\floatbox| stuff for floats with |verbatim|
%^^A%   environment and/or \verb|\verb|. But you still can use plain float environments.
%^^A%   If you need to change width of float box, you may change it with
%^^A%   |\thisfloatsetup| settings. The usage of |verbatim| and~|\verb|
%^^A%   do not create limitations for layout: you may still use the |BOXED|, |Boxed|
%^^A%   and other unusual styles: the float width will be recalculated for mentioned two styles
%^^A%   and similar ones and then will be used necessary setting.
%         |\floatbox|  
%   ~ |verbatim|   \verb|\verb|.    
%    .     ,  
%     |\thisfloatsetup|.  |verbatim| ~|\verb|
%       :   , ,
%    |BOXED| ~|Boxed|:        
%    , ~   ,  ~,  .
%   \item %
%^^A%   The |tabbing| environment in current version creates incorrect layout for float box
%^^A%   which must occupy whole text width: it recalculates the width of object box to the natural width
%^^A%   of its contents. The problem will be solved with the |minipage| environment
%^^A%   and width option |\hsize|: you'll get necessary layout with full width and
%^^A%   for the styles like |BOXED| and~|Boxed| the width of contents will be recalculated.
%    |tabbing| ~    
%      ,       
%    .    |minipage| ~  |\hsize|:  
%        ~  ,
%   .\,.    ,  |BOXED| ~|Boxed|.
%   \item %
%^^A%   Be careful with minipages inside |floatrow| environment---there could be wrong alignment.
%^^A%   Use |heightadjust=| key for this case. (Fortunately I~cannot imagine
%^^A%   good readability of two beside |tabbing|s.)
%     ~ |minipage|  |floatrow| \cdash---   
%      .
%    ~    |heightadjust=|. (~ ~   
%       |tabbing|,  .)
%   \item %
%^^A%   This limitation was mentioned above: some tools of the package use
%^^A%   |\label|---|\ref| mechanism, thus, if you use float layout which
%^^A%   demands common height of objects and/or captions in float row,
%^^A%   you'll get correct result after second or more  runs. If you change
%^^A%   contents of float which change its height you must run \LaTeX{}
%^^A%   twice or more times too.
%      :   
%   |\label|---|\ref|, ,    ,
%          / 
%   ~ ,       
%   (~) .     ,
%      /   
%     \LaTeX'  ~ .
%
%^^A%   Beside captions and other facing layout will appears correctly only
%^^A%   after second \LaTeX's run (sometimes you need to run more times).
%           
%       (~)  \LaTeX'.
%   \item %
%^^A%   The  \package{caption} and
%^^A%   \package{floatrow} package do not support optional argument \emph{after}
%^^A%   caption ``title'' (the \package{float} package's stuff). You may use |\floatfoot|
%^^A%   macro after main caption argument.
%    \package{caption} ~
%   \package{floatrow}    
%   \emph{}   (   \package{float}).
%        |\floatfoot|.
%   \item %
%^^A%   Do not use the |\FBwidth| option for complex float contents (which you
%^^A%   could not put inside one |\hbox|). But you are allowed to use |\vspace|
%^^A%   macro at the very end/very beginning of object contents for fine
%^^A%   vertical tuning for them.
%      |\FBwidth|    
%   (      |\hbox|).   
%     |\vspace| ~  
%   ~      .
%   \item %
%^^A%   The |floatrow| environment allows spaces (and even empty
%^^A%   lines, which sometimes create better and correct result!) between
%^^A%   |\floatbox|'es, but if you add some code between them you
%^^A%   must put
%^^A%   |%| after this command.
%     |floatrow|   (~
%    ,      !) 
%    |\floatbox|,      -   , 
%       |%|   .
%   \item %
%^^A%   This is a~common rule---be careful with spaces at the end of lines
%^^A%   inside float contents (see \texttt{CTAN:/info/epslatex.ps} for more
%^^A%   explanations).
%      "---   ~ ~
%       (.~
%   \texttt{CTAN:/info/epslatex.ps} 
%    ).
%
%^^A%   When you build plain floating environments the better way is to separate
%^^A%   |\caption| and object contents (and also
%^^A%   |\floatfoot|/|\footnotetext| contents) each by empty lines or (if
%^^A%   not empty lines) end each part (and arguments of mentioned commands)
%^^A%   by percent sign. In this case you'll avoid unwanted spaces/lines at
%^^A%   the end of contents of each part, or wrong justification of float
%^^A%   components.
%        ( |\floatbox|)  
%    |\caption| ~  (~ ~
%   |\floatfoot|/|\footnotetext|)     ( 
%    )    (~ 
%   )  . ~    
%    ~  ~   ,  
%     .
%   %^^A \item %
%   %^^A Usage of fancy boxes |shadowbox| and
%   %^^A |wshadowbox| could get wrong layout with
%   %^^A beside captions.
%   \item     |\floatbox| 
%   |tabularx|, |tabular*| ~.\,. ~
%   |\hsize|   \meta{width},   
%   |\hsize| ~ \meta{width}  |\floatbox|.
%
%^^A%   If you want to set width of |tabularx| or |tabular*|
%^^A%   environments (or any other) like |.8\hsize| (or |1.2\hsize|) and
%^^A%   these environments placed inside any |\floatbox| macro, load
%^^A%   |.8\hsize| in \meta{width} argument of |\floatbox| macro, and in
%^^A%   \meta{width} argument of |tabularx| or |tabular*| load only
%^^A%   |\hsize| macro (see also sample file \file{frsample03.tex}).
%         |tabularx| 
%   |tabular*| ( )  |.8\hsize| ( |1.2\hsize|)
%   ~     |\floatbox|, 
%   |.8\hsize| ~ \meta{width}  |\floatbox|,
%   ~~ \meta{width}  |tabularx| 
%   |tabular*|  
%   |\hsize| (.    \file{frsample03.tex}).
%
%^^A%   In other cases (especially in fancy layout or settings) be careful
%^^A%   with usage of |\hsize| as \meta{width} option of |\floatbox|.
%     ~ 
%   |\hsize|   \meta{width}  |\floatbox|.
%   \end{itemize}
%
%   \addtocontents{toc}{\string\nopagebreak}
%
%^^A%   \section{Acknowledgements}
%   \section{}
%^^A%   Thanks for Steven Cochran and Axel Sommerfeldt for all their advices
%^^A%   and spirit. Special thanks for Axel for the patient answering, code, finding and showing
%^^A%   bugs, and help in \emph{all} my questions and problems in \package{floatrow} package.
%^^A%   All good text pieces in this documentation are filled with Axel's advices and great help.
%    Steven Cochran ~Axel Sommerfeldt   ~.
%     Axel Sommerfeldt   , ,
%   ~  \emph{}  ~ ~
%   \package{floatrow} ~.
%
%   \medskip\noindent
%^^A%   Thanks for \emph{all} involuntary (\La)\TeX{} teachers, who teaches
%^^A%   me with their program code all these years.
%    \emph{}    (\La)\TeX',  
%       .
%
%   \medskip\noindent
%^^A%   Thanks for Keith Reckdahl, author of \file{epslatex}, which
%^^A%   documentation, at last, encouraged me to create the CTAN version of
%^^A%   this package.
%    Keith Reckdahl,   \file{epslatex},
%   , ~ ,    
%     CTAN.
%
%   \medskip\noindent
%^^A%   \emph{Thanks for \emph{all} authors of second edition of \LaTeX{}
%^^A%   Companion for this book.}
%   \emph{ \emph{}    \LaTeX{}
%   Companion   .}
%
%\ifx\landscape\undefined\else\begingroup
%   \ifx\landscape\relax\else
%   \clearfloatsetup{figure}
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=ruled,rowprecode=thickrule,
%     rowpostcode=lowthickrule,capposition=TOP,margins=hangtoheads,
%     footposition=caption}
%   \renewlengthtocommand\setlength\Mylen{\textwidth}
%
%   \begin{landscape}
%
%   \begin{figure}\emptyfloatpage\label{example:ruledcapposTOP}
%
%   \begin{floatrow}[4]%^^A
%   \ffigbox[][][t]
%   {{\input{TheCat.picture}}%^^A
%    \footnotetext[1]{
%     
%    \cmd{\qbezier}}}%
%   {\caption[ ~~I,   ]%
%    { ~I,   \protect\mpfootnotemark}%
%   \label{fig:rotrow:WcatI}}%
%
%   \floatbox{figure}[2\FBwidth][][b]
%   {\caption{ ~~II,   }%
%   \label{fig:rotrow:BcatI}%
%   \floatfoot{   \cmd{\qbezier}  
%      }}%
%   {\input{BlackCat.picture}\footnote[2]
%    {   !}}%
%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
%   {{\unitlength2.5\unitlength
%   \input{Cat.picture}}}
%   {\caption{ ~~III,    }%
%   \label{fig:rotrow:mouseI}\floatfoot{  }}%
%
%   \floatbox{figure}[\Xhsize][\Mylen]
%   {\caption{ ~~IV}\label{fig:rotrow:FcatI}}
%   {\Resizebox\hsize\vsize{35}{136}{\input{BlackCat2.picture}}}
%   \end{floatrow}
%
%   \end{figure}
%
%   \end{landscape}
%\endgroup\fi\fi
%
%   \clearpage
%   \suppressfloats[t]
%^^A%   \section{Appendix}
%   \section{}
%   \subsection{Miscellaneous}
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Usage of Captionsetup and~Thisfloatsetup
%^^A%     Inside Floatbox Stuff}\label{ssec:app:besidestart}
%   \subsubsection{Captionsetup ~Thisfloatsetup
%     ~  Floatbox}\label{ssec:app:besidestart}
%^^A%   Example of figures in row (figures~\ref{FB:FR:lfig} and
%^^A%   \ref{FB:FR:fig}). There predefined float commands
%^^A%   |\fcapsideleft| and  |\fcapsideright| with were used additional |\captionsetup| and
%^^A%   |\thisfloatsetup| settings:
%      (.~\ref{FB:FR:lfig}
%   ~\ref{FB:FR:fig}). ~  
%    
%     |\fcapsideleft| ~|\fcapsideright|, ~
%     |\captionsetup| ~|\thisfloatsetup|:
%\begin{Quote}\openup-.5pt
%\begin{preamble}
%|\|\FRkey[FB]{newfloatcommand}|{fcapsideleft}{figure}[{\|\FRkey[FB]{capbeside}
%|  \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{labelsep=newline,|
%|   justification=raggedleft}%|
%|   \|\FRkey{thisfloatsetup}|{|\FRkey{capbesideposition}|=left}}][\|\FRkey[FB]{FBwidth}|]|
%|\newfloatcommand{fcapsideright}{figure}[{\capbeside|
%|  \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{labelsep=newline,|
%|   justification=raggedright}%|
%|   \thisfloatsetup{capbesideposition=right}}][\FBwidth]|
%|\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[figure]|
%| {|\FRkey{style}|=Boxed,|%^^A
%    \FRkey{objectset}|=centering,|%^^A
%    \FRkey{margins}|=centering,|
%|  |\FRkey{capposition}|=beside,|%^^A
%    \FRkey{capbesidesep}|=cicero,|%^^A
%    \FRkey{capbesideframe}|=yes}|
%\end{preamble}
%   |\begin{|\FRkey[sec]{floatrow}|}|
%   |  \fcapsideleft{...}{...}|
%   |  \hsize\Xhsize \fcapsideright[\hsize]{...}{...}|
%   |\end{floatrow}|
%   |\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}
%
%   \clearfloatsetup{figure}
%   \floatsetup[figure]
%    {style=Boxed,capposition=beside,objectset=centering,
%     floatwidth=\columnwidth,capbesidewidth=5.75cc,
%     capbesidesep=cicero,margins=centering,
%     capbesideframe=yes,floatwidth=sidefil}
%
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \begin{floatrow}
%   \fcapsideleft
%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength
%     \input{Cat.picture}}
%     {\caption[ ~ ~  (    )]{%^^A
%    (\cmd{\fcapsideleft})   
%      }\label{FB:FR:lfig}}%
%   \hsize\Xhsize \fcapsideright[\hsize]
%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/61}%%^^A
%     \input{BlackCat.picture}}%
%     {\caption[ ~ ~  (  )]{%^^A
%    (\cmd{\fcapsideright})
%          }%^^A
%     \label{FB:FR:fig}}%
%   \end{floatrow}%
%   \end{figure}%
%
%^^A%   Since the key \FRkey{heightadjust}|=object| is used in
%^^A%   the |Boxed| float style, both objects have the same
%^^A%   height.\RestoreSpaces
%    ~    \FRkey{heightadjust}|=object|
%   ( ~  |Boxed|),  
%     .
%
%   \RestoreSpaces
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Predefined Beside Caption Width}
%   \subsubsection{   }
%^^A%   This example includes the |\useFCwidth|\label{setup:useFCwidth} command which switches on usage
%^^A%   of previously defined caption width with |capbesidewidth=| key
%^^A%   (in command |\thisfloatsetup| before |\floatbox| macro) or, if you
%^^A%   didn't set caption width (like in current example), macro calculates natural
%^^A%   width of caption contents (see figure~\ref{fig:Idog:w}). In this case
%^^A%   the object---caption box is aligned
%^^A%   using alignment settings from |margins| key (its options are defined
%^^A%   by |\setfloatmargins| or |\floatcapbesidemargins| macro). In this
%^^A%   documentation they are centered (see page~\pageref{setup:DeclareMarginSet}).
%       |\useFCwidth|,  
%       ~ 
%    |capbesidewidth=|
%   ~ |\thisfloatsetup|   |\floatbox|) , 
%       
%   ( ~ ),    
%   (. .~\ref{fig:Idog:w}).  ~   
%   ~  ,   
%   |margins=| (  
%   |\setfloatmargins|  |\floatcapbesidemargins|, .\,\pageref{setup:floatcapbesidemargins}). ~
%      (.
%   .~\pageref{setup:DeclareMarginSet}).
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\floatsetup[figure]{|\FRkey{style}|=plain}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\begin{figure}|
%|\floatbox[\capbeside\|\FRkey{useFCwidth}|]{figure}[\|\FRkey[FB]{FBwidth}|]|
%| ...|
%|\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}
%   \clearfloatsetup{figure}
%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}
%
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%   \floatbox[\capbeside\useFCwidth]{figure}[\FBwidth]
%   {\caption[  
%       ]{}\label{fig:Idog:w}}
%   {{\setlength\unitlength{{4cm}/60}%^^A
%   \input{BlackDog.picture}}}
%   \end{figure}%
%
%^^A%   Please note that inside
%^^A%   \cmd{\floatbox} you may not set predefined width of caption, but remember
%^^A%   that you \emph{must} define width of caption in case of usage of plain
%^^A%   floating environment.\RestoreSpaces
%    ,  
%   \cmd{\floatbox}      ,   ,
%      \emph{}      ~,  
%    \cmd{\floatbox}.\RestoreSpaces
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Predefined Beside Caption Width with
%^^A%     The Rest Space for Object}\label{FAD:RestSpaceforObject}
%   \subsubsection{   ~--- }
%^^A%   The figure \ref{fig:capbeside:trick} uses the following float style:%^^A
%    \ref{fig:capbeside:trick}   
%   :%^^A
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\|\FRkey{renewlengthtocommand}|\settowidth\Mylen{\captionfont\captionlabelfont|
%|   \figurename\ \thefigure}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\floatsetup[figure]|
%| {|\FRkey{style}|=Boxed,|\FRkey{capposition}|=beside,|\FRkey{objectset}|=centering,|
%|  |\FRkey{capbesidewidth}|=\Mylen,|%^^A
%    \FRkey{capbesideposition}|=left,|\FRkey{capbesidesep}|=cicero,|
%|  |\FRkey{margins}|=centering,|\FRkey{capbesideframe}|=yes,|
%|  |\FRkey{floatwidth}|=sidefil}|
%\end{Quote}
%^^A%   The \verb|\Mylen| dimension was defined as width of caption label.
%    \verb|\Mylen|     
%    .
%
%   \clearfloatsetup{figure}
%   \floatsetup[figure]
%    {style=Boxed,capposition=beside,objectset=centering,
%     floatwidth=\columnwidth,capbesidewidth=\Mylen,
%     capbesideposition=left,capbesidesep=cicero,
%     margins=centering,capbesideframe=yes,floatwidth=sidefil}
%   \renewlengthtocommand\settowidth\Mylen{\captionfont\captionlabelfont
%     \figurename\ \thefigure}
%
%\begingroup
%   \begin{figure}[H]
%^^A   \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=default,labelsep=none}
%   \fcapside
%     {\unitlength1.1\unitlength
%     \input{Horse.picture}}
%     {\caption[       (:  )]{}\label{fig:capbeside:trick}}
%   \end{figure}%
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Width Definition for Beside
%^^A%     Caption---Object Box in Float Row}
%   \subsubsection{    ---  floatrow}
%^^A%   The float row with predefined width boxes ``beside object---caption''
%^^A%   (figures~\ref{floatrow:pre:figI} and
%^^A%   \ref{floatrow:pre:figII}): just define before \verb|\fcapside|
%^^A%   command something like:
%    ~    
%   --- (.~\ref{floatrow:pre:figI}
%   ~\ref{floatrow:pre:figII}):    
%   \verb|\fcapside| - 
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\floatsetup[figure]|
%| {|\FRkey{style}|=plain,|\FRkey{objectset}|=centering,|\FRkey{margins}|=centering,|
%|  |\FRkey{capbesideposition}|=left,|\FRkey{capbesidesep}|=enskip,|
%|  |\FRkey{floatwidth}|=sidefil}|
%\end{preamble}
%   |\begin{figure}\|\FRkey{useFCwidth}\nopagebreak
%   | \begin{floatrow}|
%   |   \setlength\hsize{1.2\hsize-5mm}%|
%   |   \|\FRkey[FB]{fcapside}|...|
%   |   \setlength\hsize\|\FRkey[FB]{Xhsize}
%   |   \fcapside...|
%   | \end{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}
%^^A%   (please remember that option of |\fcapside| command defines the width of object contents but
%^^A%   not the full box object---caption).
%   ( ,  ~ |\fcapside|     ,
%   ~   ---).
%
%^^A%   Since there were used \verb|\fcapside| commands at the beginning of
%^^A%   |floatrow| environment the \verb|\FCwidth| command was defined
%^^A%   as \verb|\relax|---in this case the width of caption equals to the
%^^A%   width of their contents.
%   ~  |floatrow|   
%   \verb|\useFCwidth|    
%   ~    ,  
%    \verb|\fcapside|,     
%   ( |capbesidewidth=|  ),   
%       .
%
%\begingroup
%   \clearfloatsetup{figure}
%   \floatsetup[figure]
%    {style=plain,capposition=beside,objectset=centering,
%     capbesideposition=left,capbesidesep=enskip,
%     margins=centering,capbesideframe=yes,floatwidth=sidefil}
%   \begin{figure}[H]\useFCwidth
%^^A   \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=default,labelsep=none}
%   \begin{floatrow}
%   \setlength\hsize{1.2\hsize-5mm}%
%   \fcapside
%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/100}%^^A
%     \input{Bear.picture}}
%     {\caption[  ~ ~ ]{%^^A
%     }\label{floatrow:pre:figI}}
%   \setlength\hsize\Xhsize
%   \fcapside
%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/44}%^^A
%     \input{Doll.picture}}
%     {\caption[  ~ ~ ]{%^^A
%   }\label{floatrow:pre:figII}}
%   \end{floatrow}%
%   \end{figure}%
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Caption Above/Below Float and Caption Beside Float at
%^^A%      The One Float Row}\label{FAD:CapBesideandBelow}
%   \subsubsection{ ~ /
%    ~ ~  ~ }\label{FAD:CapBesideandBelow}
%^^A%   The float row with object and beside caption combined with object
%^^A%   and caption below (figures~\ref{flrow:mix:figI} and
%^^A%   \ref{flrow:mix:figII}). There we ought to use
%^^A%   \verb|\TopFloatBoxes|, \verb|\CenterFloatBoxes|, or
%^^A%   |\BottomFloatBoxes| commands to get correct layout---since the
%^^A%   \meta{height} argument in both float boxes has the same value,
%^^A%   you may use each of these three commands. Unfortunately you must set
%^^A%   the height of such beside floats by hand (the \FRkey{heightadjust}|=| key works here incorrectly).
%^^A%   The lines which create the described float row:
%   ~   ---  ~
%   ---  (.~\ref{flrow:mix:figI}
%   ~\ref{flrow:mix:figII}).    
%    \verb|\TopFloatBoxes|, \verb|\CenterFloatBoxes|, 
%   |\BottomFloatBoxes|,     "--- 
%    \meta{height} ~     ,
%          . ~ 
%         . ,
%        :
%\begin{Quote}
%\begin{preamble}
%|\floatsetup[figure]|\nopagebreak
%| {|\FRkey{style}|=Boxed,|\FRkey{frameset}|={\fboxsep4pt},|\FRkey{captionskip}|=5pt,|
%|  |\FRkey{capposition}|=bottom,|\FRkey{objectset}|=centering,|\FRkey{capbesidewidth}|=sidefil,|
%|  |\FRkey{capbesideposition}|=inside,|\FRkey{capbesidesep}|=enskip,|\FRkey{margins}|=centering,|
%|  |\FRkey{capbesideframe}|=yes}|
%\end{preamble}
%|\begin{figure}\|\FRkey[FB]{CenterFloatBoxes}
%|\begin{floatrow}|
%|\hsize1.098\hsize|
%|    \fcapside[\FBwidth][4cm]|
%|      ...|
%| |
%|    \ffigbox[\|\FRkey[FB]{Xhsize}|][4cm]|
%|      ...|
%|\end{floatrow}%|\nopagebreak
%|\end{figure}|\vspace*{-\intextsep}
%\end{Quote}
%
%   \clearfloatsetup{figure}
%   \floatsetup[figure]
%    {style=Boxed,frameset={\fboxsep6pt},captionskip=5pt,capposition=bottom,
%     objectset=centering,capbesidewidth=none,capbesideposition=inside,
%     capbesidesep=enskip,margins=centering,capbesideframe=yes}
%
%   \begin{figure}[H]\CenterFloatBoxes
%   \begin{floatrow}
%   \hsize1.098\hsize \fcapside[\FBwidth][4cm]
%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength
%     \input{Cat.picture}}
%     {\caption[ (\cmd{\fcapside})   
%    \cmd{\ffigbox}]{%^^A
%    (\cmd{\fcapside})      
%      \hbox{}}\label{flrow:mix:figI}}%
%
%   \ffigbox[\Xhsize][4cm]
%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength
%     \input{BlackDog.picture}}
%     {\caption{%^^A
%    (\cmd{\ffigbox}),    
%   } \label{flrow:mix:figII}}
%   \end{floatrow}%
%   \end{figure}
%
%^^A%   The code for ``mirror'' layout (but not identical) looks like:
%      (  )  :
%\begin{Quote}
%|\begin{figure}\CenterFloatBoxes|\nopagebreak
%|\begin{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
%|   \ffigbox[1.28\|\FRkey[FB]{FBwidth}|][4cm]|
%|      ...|
%| |
%|   \hsize\Xhsize|
%|   \fcapside[\FBwidth][4cm]|
%|      ...|
%|\end{floatrow}%|\nopagebreak
%|\end{figure}|\vspace*{-\intextsep}
%\end{Quote}
%
%   \begin{figure}[H]\CenterFloatBoxes
%   \begin{floatrow}
%   \ffigbox[1.28\FBwidth][4cm]
%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength
%     \input{BlackDog.picture}}
%     {\caption{%^^A
%    (\cmd{\ffigbox}) ~ }\label{floatrow:mirrmix:figII}}%
%   \hsize\Xhsize
%
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth][4cm]
%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength
%     \input{Cat.picture}}
%     {\caption[ (\cmd{\fcapside}) ~ ]{%^^A
%       (\cmd{\fcapside})   
%       \hbox{}}\label{floatrow:mirrmix:figI}}
%   \end{floatrow}%
%   \end{figure}
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Photo-Album-like Layouts}
%   \subsubsection{¸  }
%^^A%   Another example of miscellaneous float row
%^^A%   (figures~\mbox{\ref{flrow:three:figIII}--\ref{floatrow:threemirr:figII}},
%^^A%   and, ``mirror layout''---^^A
%^^A%   \mbox{\ref{floatrow:threemirr:figI}--\ref{floatrow:threemirr:figIII}}) were
%^^A%   created by following lines:
%       
%   (.~\ref{flrow:three:figIII}--\ref{floatrow:threemirr:figII},
%   ,  , "---
%   \ref{floatrow:threemirr:figI}--\ref{floatrow:threemirr:figIII})
%      :
%\begin{Quote}
%|\begin{figure}\|\FRkey[FB]{BottomFloatBoxes}
%|\begin{floatrow}|
%|\hsize1.2\hsize \|\FRkey[FB]{ffigbox}|[][6.7cm]|
%|  ...|
%| |
%|\vbox to6.7cm|
%| {\|\FRkey[sec]{floatsetup}|[figure]{|\FRkey{floatrowsep}|=none}\|\FRkey{killfloatstyle}
%|    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]|
%|      ...|
%|    \vss|
%|    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]|
%|      ...%|
%| }%|
%|\end{floatrow}%|
%|\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}
%
%   \floatsetup[figure]{heightadjust=none}
%   \begin{figure}[H]\BottomFloatBoxes
%   \begin{floatrow}
%   \hsize1.2\hsize
%   \ffigbox[][6.7cm]
%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/58}%^^A
%     \input{Mouse.picture}}%
%     {\caption[¸ :  ]{  ~  :
%        ~ }\label{flrow:three:figIII}}%
%
%   \vbox to6.7cm
%   {\floatsetup[figure]{floatrowsep=none}\killfloatstyle
%    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]
%     {\input{TheCat.picture}}
%     {\caption[¸ :   ]{%^^A
%        :    
%   }\label{floatrow:three:figI}} \vss \ffigbox[.8\hsize]
%     {\input{BlackDog.picture}}%
%     {\caption[¸ :   ]{%^^A
%       }%
%   \label{floatrow:threemirr:figII}}}%
%   \end{floatrow}%
%   \end{figure}
%
%^^A%   The ``mirror'' layout created by following commands:
%       :
%\begin{Quote}
%|\begin{figure}[t]\|\FRkey[FB]{TopFloatBoxes}
%|\begin{floatrow}|
%|\vtop to7cm|
%| {\floatsetup[figure]{floatrowsep=none}\killfloatstyle|
%|    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]|
%|      ...|
%|    \vss|
%|    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]|
%|      ...%|
%| \vskip0pt}\floatrowsep|
%| |
%|\ffigbox[\Xhsize][7cm-11pt]|
%|  ...|
%|\end{floatrow}%|
%|\end{figure}|
%\end{Quote}
%^^A%   Note that in second example with ``mirror'' layout the
%^^A%   trick with \meta{height} definition was used---caption of float in the left
%^^A%   column is one line longer, so for the right column height of float
%^^A%   was reduced by 11pt---|\baselineskip| for |\small|
%^^A%   size
%^^A%   (here the \package{calc} package possibilities were used). The |\vtop| of
%^^A%   left column ends with |\vskip0pt|, otherwise you get fanny unwanted
%^^A%   layout.
%    ,     ~ 
%      ~  ~
%   \meta{height} "---  ~     ,
%            11pt
%   "---|\baselineskip|   
%   |\small|\footnote{    ~ 
%          \package{caption}
%     3.0d.} (    
%   \package{calc}).  |\vtop| ~   
%   |\vskip0pt|,     .
%
%   \begin{figure}\TopFloatBoxes
%   \begin{floatrow}
%   \vtop to8cm {\floatsetup[figure]{floatrowsep=none}\killfloatstyle
%    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]
%     {\input{TheCat.picture}}
%     {\caption[  :   ]{%^^A
%     ~   :
%     ~
%   }\label{floatrow:threemirr:figI}}
%   \vss
%   \ffigbox[.8\hsize]
%     {\input{BlackDog.picture}}%
%     {\caption[  :   ]{%^^A
%     ~   :
%     ~ }%
%   \label{floatrow:three:figII}}\vskip0pt}\floatrowsep
%
%   \ffigbox[\Xhsize][8cm-11pt]
%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/58}%^^A
%     \input{Mouse.picture}}%
%     {\caption[  :  ]{%^^A
%     ~   :
%    ~ }\label{floatrow:threemirr:figIII}}
%   \end{floatrow}%
%   \end{figure}
%
%^^A%   In both examples for two floats one above another was cancelled
%^^A%   |\floatrowsep| code inside |\vbox|/|\vtop|.
%   ~         
%    |\floatrowsep|  |\vbox|/|\vtop|.
%
%^^A%   Note that these examples are rather specific---you may try with
%^^A%   other combinations (e.g. more-``columned''), but maybe these layouts
%^^A%   need more care with usage of |\Xhsize| and/or |\floatrowsep|.
%    ,      "--- 
%       (,
%   ),      
%      ~ |\Xhsize| /
%   |\floatrowsep|.
%
%^^A%   I suppose that last two examples could conflict with ``motto'' of
%^^A%   this package---to reduce and remove layout code from document; but
%^^A%   photo-album-like layout is rather rare in technical literature (It
%^^A%   isn't?).
%   ~,      ~
%     \cdash---  ~   
%    ;      
%   ~  (   ?).
%
%^^A%   \subsubsection{Photo-Album-Like Layouts: Common Height for Beside Photos}
%   \subsubsection{¸  :      ~}
%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=brace,font=footnotesize}
%^^A%   This section shows example which allows to set common height for rectangular graphics,
%^^A%   i.e. photos and fill full width of this row. To emulate the rectangular photos here,
%^^A%   each graphic was loaded inside |\fbox| with zeroed |\fboxsep|. (See also file \texttt{frsample06.tex}.)
%       ~     ,
%   .\,.  .    .   , 
%    ~|\fbox| ~  |\fboxsep|.
%   (.~  \texttt{frsample06.tex}.)
%
%^^A%   The code of example uses the |\includegraphics| command (\package{graphicx}
%^^A%   package).
%^^A%   You load the |\CommonHeightRow| command:
%       |\includegraphics| (
%   \package{graphicx}).
%    |\CommonHeightRow|   :
%\begin{Quote}%
%|\CommonHeightRow|\oarg{supposed height}\marg{floatrow environment}
%\end{Quote}%
%^^A%   with supposed value of height in the optional argument,
%^^A%   which could be near the necessary common height.
%    ~      ,
%     .
%^^A%   The default value is controlled by the |\DefaultCommonHeight| command.
%^^A%   It was defined
%        |\DefaultCommonHeight|.
%     
%\begin{Quote}%
%|\newcommand\DefaultCommonHeight{25pt}|
%\end{Quote}%
%^^A%   It seems that |\DefaultCommonHeight| could differ from one documentation to another,
%^^A%   but inside one documentation the value in this command which once succeed in the row will gives
%^^A%   the same almost correct result in other rows also.
%      |\DefaultCommonHeight|   ~ ,
%           
%   ~~    .
%
%^^A%   The second argument---the contents of the |floatrow| environment.
%^^A%   All float boxes in this row must use the |[\FBwidth]| option.
%     \cdash---  |floatrow|   .
%   \emph{}       |[\FBwidth]|.
%\begin{Quote}%
%\begin{preamble}%
%|\usepackage{graphicx}|
%|\floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}\floatsetup[widefloat]{margins=hangleft}|
%\end{preamble}%
%   |\begin{figure*}\fboxsep-.4pt|\nopagebreak
%   |\CommonHeightRow{\begin{floatrow}[4]|\nopagebreak
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%   |{\includegraphics[height=\CommonHeight]{...}}{\caption{...}}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%   |{\includegraphics[height=\CommonHeight]{...}}{\caption{...}}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%   |{\includegraphics[height=\CommonHeight]{...}}{\caption{...}}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%   |{\includegraphics[height=\CommonHeight]{...}}{\caption{...}}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{floatrow}}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{figure*}%|
%\end{Quote}%
%
%^^A%  Here you may see the result.
%    .
%\begingroup
%  \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}\floatsetup[widefloat]{margins=hangleft}
%   \begin{figure*}[H]\fboxsep-.4pt%^^A
%   \CommonHeightRow{\begin{floatrow}[4]%^^A
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]%^^A
%   {\caption{~I ~   }%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CH:Dog}}%^^A
%   {\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{BlackDog.picture}}}}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]%^^A
%   {\caption{~II ~   }%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CH:WcatI}}%^^A
%   {\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{TheCat.picture}}}}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]%^^A
%   {\caption{~III ~   }%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CH:mouse}}%^^A
%   {\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{Mouse.picture}}}}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]%^^A
%   {\caption{~IV ~   }%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CH:cheese}}%^^A
%   {\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{Cheese.picture}}}}%^^A
%   \end{floatrow}}%^^A
%   \end{figure*}%
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   The next example is a~variation of previous one. The command |\CommonHeightRow| here
%^^A%   was used for the |subfloatrow| environment.
%       .  |\CommonHeightRow|
%       |subfloatrow|.
%\begin{Quote}%
%\begin{preamble}%
%|\usepackage{graphicx}|
%|\floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}\floatsetup[widefloat]{margins=hangleft}|
%\end{preamble}%
%   |\begin{figure*}\fboxsep-.4pt|\nopagebreak
%   |\ffigbox{}{\CommonHeightRow{\begin{subfloatrow}[4]|\nopagebreak
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%   |{\includegraphics[height=\CommonHeight]{...}}{\caption{...}}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%   |{\includegraphics[height=\CommonHeight]{...}}{\caption{...}}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%   |{\includegraphics[height=\CommonHeight]{...}}{\caption{...}}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%   |{\includegraphics[height=\CommonHeight]{...}}{\caption{...}}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{subfloatrow}}\caption{...}}|
%   |\end{figure*}%|
%\end{Quote}%
%
%^^A%  Here you may see the result.
%    .
%\begingroup
%  \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}\floatsetup[widefloat]{margins=hangleft}
%   \begin{figure*}[H]\fboxsep-.4pt%^^A
%   \ffigbox{}{\CommonHeightRow{\begin{subfloatrow}[4]%^^A
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]%^^A
%   {\caption{ ~I ~   }%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHI:Dog}}%^^A
%   {\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{BlackDog.picture}}}}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]%^^A
%   {\caption{ ~II ~   }%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHI:WcatI}}%^^A
%   {\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{TheCat.picture}}}}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]%^^A
%   {\caption{ ~III ~   }%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHI:mouse}}%^^A
%   {\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{Mouse.picture}}}}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]%^^A
%   {\caption{ ~IV ~   }%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHI:cheese}}%^^A
%   {\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{Cheese.picture}}}}%^^A%
%   \end{subfloatrow}}\caption{ ~ "=  }}%^^A
%   \end{figure*}%
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%   The last example load labels of parts of figures beside graphics.
%        ~.
%\begin{Quote}%
%\begin{preamble}%
%|\usepackage{graphicx}|
%|\floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}\floatsetup[widefloat]{margins=hangleft}|
%|\floatsetup[subfigure]{capbesideposition=left}|
%\end{preamble}%
%   |\begin{figure*}\fboxsep-.4pt|\nopagebreak
%   |\ffigbox{}{\CommonHeightRow{\begin{subfloatrow}[4]\useFCwidth|\nopagebreak
%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%   |{\includegraphics[height=\CommonHeight]{...}}{\caption{}}|
%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%   |{\includegraphics[height=\CommonHeight]{...}}{\caption{}}|
%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%   |{\includegraphics[height=\CommonHeight]{...}}{\caption{}}|
%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
%   |{\includegraphics[height=\CommonHeight]{...}}{\caption{}}|\nopagebreak
%   |\end{subfloatrow}}\caption{...}}|
%   |\end{figure*}%|
%\end{Quote}%
%
%^^A%  Here you may see the result.
%    .
%\begingroup
%  \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}\floatsetup[widefloat]{margins=hangleft}
%  \floatsetup[subfigure]{capbesideposition=left}
%   \begin{figure*}[H]\fboxsep-.4pt%^^A
%   \ffigbox{}{\CommonHeightRow{\begin{subfloatrow}[4]\useFCwidth
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]%^^A
%   {\caption{}%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHII:Dog}}%^^A
%   {\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{BlackDog.picture}}}}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]%^^A
%   {\caption{}%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHII:WcatI}}%^^A
%   {\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{TheCat.picture}}}}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]%^^A
%   {\caption{}%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHII:mouse}}%^^A
%   {\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{Mouse.picture}}}}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]%^^A
%   {\caption{}%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHII:cheese}}
%   {\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{Cheese.picture}}}}%^^A%
%   \end{subfloatrow}}\caption{ ~ "=   ( )}}%^^A
%   \end{figure*}%
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%  The examples with beside figures which also include labeled parts.
%^^A%  They need starred version of command.
%   ~  ,    
%    . ~     .
%
%^^A%  The row with labels beside.
%   ~ .
%\begin{Quote}%
%  |\floatsetup[subfigure]{capbesideposition=left}|
%   |\begin{figure*}[H]|
%   |\CommonHeightRow*%|
%   |{\begin{floatrow}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}%|
%   |{\begin{subfloatrow}\useFCwidth|
%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}\label{...}...}|
%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}\label{...}...}|
%   |\end{subfloatrow}\caption{ ~I}}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}%|
%   |{\begin{subfloatrow}\useFCwidth|
%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}\label{...}...}|
%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}\label{...}...}|
%   |\end{subfloatrow}\caption{ ~II...}}|
%   |\end{floatrow}}%|
%   |\end{figure*}|%
%\end{Quote}%
%^^A%  Here you may see the result.
%    .
%\begingroup\makeatletter
%  \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}\floatsetup[widefloat]{margins=hangleft}
%  \floatsetup[subfigure]{capbesideposition=left}
%   \begin{figure*}[H]\fboxsep-.4pt
%   \CommonHeightRow*%^^A\def\CommonHeight{2.5cm}
%   {\begin{floatrow}%^^A%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}%^^A%
%   {\begin{subfloatrow}\useFCwidth
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHs:Dog}\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{BlackDog.picture}}}}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHs:WcatI}\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{TheCat.picture}}}}%^^A
%   \end{subfloatrow}\caption{ ~I ~  ~ }}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}%^^A%
%   {\begin{subfloatrow}\useFCwidth
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHs:mouse}\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{Mouse.picture}}}}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHs:cheese}\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{Cheese.picture}}}}%^^A
%   \end{subfloatrow}\caption{ ~II ~  ~ }}%^^A
%   \end{floatrow}}%
%   \end{figure*}%
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%  The row with labels below.
%   ~ .
%\begin{Quote}%
%  |\floatsetup[subfigure]{capbesideposition=left}|
%   |\begin{figure*}[H]|
%   |\CommonHeightRow*%|
%   |{\begin{floatrow}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}%|
%   |{\begin{subfloatrow}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}\label{...}...}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}\label{...}...}|
%   |\end{subfloatrow}\caption{ ~I...}}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}%|
%   |{\begin{subfloatrow}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}\label{...}...}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}\label{...}...}|
%   |\end{subfloatrow}\caption{ ~II...}}|
%   |\end{floatrow}}%|
%   |\end{figure*}|%
%\end{Quote}%
%^^A%  Here you may see the result.
%    .
%\begingroup
%  \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}\floatsetup[widefloat]{margins=hangleft}
%   \begin{figure*}[H]\fboxsep-.4pt
%   \CommonHeightRow*%^^A%
%   {\begin{floatrow}%^^A%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}%^^A%
%   {\begin{subfloatrow}%^^A%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{~I ~   }%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHsI:Dog}\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{BlackDog.picture}}}}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{~II ~   }%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHsI:WcatI}\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{TheCat.picture}}}}%^^A
%   \end{subfloatrow}\caption{ ~I ~  ~ }}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}%^^A%
%   {\begin{subfloatrow}%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{~III ~   }%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHsI:mouse}\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{Mouse.picture}}}}%^^A
%%^^A
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{~IV ~   }%^^A%
%   \label{fig:CHsI:cheese}\resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{Cheese.picture}}}}%^^A
%   \end{subfloatrow}\caption{ ~II ~  ~ }}%^^A
%   \end{floatrow}}%
%   \end{figure*}%
%\endgroup
%
%^^A%  The more mixed row with labels beside.
%   ~   ( ~  ).
%\begin{Quote}%
%  |\floatsetup[subfigure]{capbesideposition=left}|
%   |\begin{figure*}[H]|
%   |\CommonHeightRow*%|
%   |{\begin{floatrow}|%
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}|
%   |{\begin{subfloatrow}[3]\useFCwidth|
%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}\label{...}...}|
%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}\label{...}...}|
%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}\label{...}...}|
%   |\end{subfloatrow}\caption{Common caption~I}}|
%   |\ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{Caption~II...}\label{...}...}|
%   |\end{floatrow}}%|
%   |\end{figure*}|%
%\end{Quote}%
%^^A%  Here you may see the result.
%    .
%\begingroup\makeatletter
%  \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}\floatsetup[widefloat]{margins=hangleft}
%  \floatsetup[subfigure]{capbesideposition=left}
%   \begin{figure*}[H]\fboxsep-.4pt
%   \CommonHeightRow*%^^A%
%   {\begin{floatrow}[2]%^^A%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}%^^A%
%   {\begin{subfloatrow}[3]\useFCwidth%^^A%
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}%^^A%
%   \resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{BlackDog.picture}}}}%^^A%
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}%^^A%
%   \resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{TheCat.picture}}}}%^^A%
%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}%^^A%
%   \resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{Mouse.picture}}}}%^^A%
%   \end{subfloatrow}\caption{Common caption~I}}%^^A%
%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]{}{\caption{}%^^A%
%   \resizebox!{\CommonHeight}{\fbox{\input{Cheese.picture}}}}%^^A%
%   \end{floatrow}}%
%   \end{figure*}%
%\endgroup
%
%   \clearpage
%^^A%   \subsection{Sample files}\label{sec:samples}
%   \subsection{ }\label{sec:samples}
%^^A%   The |floatrow| package distribution offers a few files with
%^^A%   examples, which show settings, not covered by current document (some
%^^A%   of them are bit exotic for technical literature). The samples have no aim to
%^^A%   create perfect layout, but to show easy modification for all float
%^^A%   types, and show goals and drawbacks in combinations of chosen layout
%^^A%   with different float types and their contents.
%     |floatrow|   
%   ~,   ,   ~
%    (         ).
%         ,  
%    ~     
%   , ~  ~ ~
%        .
%
%^^A%   \emph{Note}. All miscellaneous float styles (i.e.\ almost
%^^A%   all sample files) need at least two \LaTeX{} runs.
%   \emph{}.     ( 
%    )      \LaTeX'.
%
%^^A%   The list of samples:
%     :
%
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%^^A%     \item[frsample01.tex]   all possible combinations of predefined
%^^A%       \package{floatrow} styles for captions above/below floats with foot
%^^A%       material; the plain floating environments and
%^^A%       |floatrow|s were created, also the boxes with
%^^A%       alone objects and alone captions;
%     \item[frsample01.tex]     
%          \package{floatrow}
%         / ~;  
%        ,  ~  (
%       |floatrow|), ~    
%       ~  ;
%^^A%     \item[frsample02.tex] all possible combinations of predefined
%^^A%       \package{floatrow} styles for beside captions and all possible
%^^A%       caption positions;
%     \item[frsample02.tex]   
%       ~   \package{floatrow}  
%        ~   ;
%^^A%     \item[frsample03.tex]   various tests with tables;
%     \item[frsample03.tex]     ~;
%^^A%     \item[frsample04.tex]   sample with fancy layout with usage of
%^^A%        beside captions;
%     \item[frsample04.tex]    ~ 
%       ~  ;
%^^A%     \item[frsample05.tex]   one-column facing layout; miscellaneous
%^^A%        caption settings.
%     \item[frsample05.tex]    ,  
%        ;    .
%^^A%     \item[frsample06.tex]   examples of attempts to get common height for
%^^A%        rectangular graphics (photos) in the filled row of floats or parts
%^^A%        of floats. Also the examples of usage of the |\Xhsize| command
%^^A%        in the mixed-level rows were added.
%     \item[frsample06.tex]     ~   
%          () ~    .
%           ~  |\Xhsize| ~
%           ~.
%   \end{Options}
%
%^^A%   The next bundle of samples is a few file-headers with various
%^^A%   preambles which run the same file with various float
%^^A%   layouts. For these examples a new float type of
%^^A%   float |textbox| was created. It includes text in its object contents.
%      -  
%   "= ~ , 
%     ~  .
%   ~      
%   |textbox| "---   ~ .
%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
%^^A%     \item[frsample10.tex]   one column non-facing layout; figures
%^^A%       printed in |plain| style; text boxes use miscellaneous
%^^A%       ruled style;
%     \item[frsample10.tex]    ;  
%       ~ |plain|;  
%       (|textbox|)    ~;
%^^A%     \item[frsample11.tex]   one-column non-facing layout with elements
%^^A%       hanged on left margin (e.g. wide floats, in starred environments,
%^^A%       like |figure*|);
%     \item[frsample11.tex]     ~
%           (, 
%        ~ ,  |figure*|);
%^^A%     \item[frsample12.tex]   two-column layout with attempts of
%^^A%       colored float styles.
%     \item[frsample12.tex]     ~
%          .
%   \end{Options}
%
%^^A%    {\sloppy Also added sample file \file{sample-longtable.tex} was added
%^^A%    which uses \emph{beta-temp} package-patch \package{fr-longtable}
%^^A%    with defined commands |\endlasthead| and |\endprelastfoot| which
%^^A%    defines captions for continued and last pages of long table in three
%^^A%    possible ways.\par}
%      - \file{sample-longtable.tex}
%     \emph{beta-temp}  \package{fr-longtable}, 
%      |\endlasthead| ~|\endprelastfoot|,   
%       ( )  
%    ~  |longtable|.
%\vfil
%
%   \begin{small}
%^^A%   \subsection{Obsolete Commands}\label{sec:changed}
%   \subsection{ }\label{sec:changed}
%   \FRorisubsubsection{ ---  
%     [\package{float}]}\label{sec:floatborrowI}
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\newfloat}\slshape
%^^A%   The most important command in \package{float}
%^^A%   is the |\newfloat| command\footnote{It doubles the
%^^A%   \cmd{\DeclareNewFloatType} command.}. It is patterned on
%^^A%   |\newtheorem|. The |\newfloat| command takes three required and
%^^A%   one optional argument; it is of the form
%      ~ \package{float}
%     |\newfloat|\footnote{  
%   \cmd{\DeclareNewFloatType}.}.
%      
%   |\newtheorem|.  |\newfloat|    ~ 
%   ;  :
%   \RestoreSpaces
%   \begin{Quote}
%   \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\newfloat{|\meta{type}|}{|^^A
%     \meta{placement}|}{|\meta{ext}|}[|\meta{within}{\tt]}
%   \end{Quote}
%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt\parskip0pt
%   \item
%^^A%   \marg{type} is the `type' of the new class of floats, like
%^^A%   |program| or |algorithm|. After the appropriate
%^^A%   |\newfloat|, commands like |\begin{program}| or |\end{algorithm*}|
%^^A%   will be available.
%   \marg{type}     ,  
%   |program| ()  |algorithm| ().
%      ~
%   |\newfloat|,    ,  |\begin{program}|
%    |\end{algorithm*}|.
%   \item
%^^A%   \marg{placement} gives the default placement
%^^A%   parameters for this class of floats. The placement parameters are
%^^A%   the same as in standard \LaTeX, i.e., |t|, |b|,
%^^A%   |p| and |h| for `top', `bottom', `page' and `here',
%^^A%   respectively.
%   \marg{placement}    
%      .    ,
%    ~~ \LaTeX', , |t|, |b|,
%   |p| ~|h|  `top' (), `bottom' (),
%   `page' ( ) ~`here' (),
%   .
%   \item
%^^A%   \marg{ext} When \LaTeX\ writes the captions to an auxiliary file
%^^A%   for the list of figures (or whatever), it'll use the job name
%^^A%   followed by \marg{ext} as a file name.
%   \marg{ext}.  \LaTeX\     
%      (   ),  
%      ()
%   ~ \marg{ext}   .
%   \item
%^^A%   \oarg{within} Finally, the optional
%^^A%   argument \meta{within} determines whether floats of this class will
%^^A%   be numbered within some sectional unit of the document. For example,
%^^A%   if \oarg{within}${}={}$|chapter|, the floats will be numbered
%^^A%   within chapters. (In standard \LaTeX, this happens with figures and
%^^A%   tables in the \cls{report} and \cls{book} document styles.) As an
%^^A%   example, Program~\ref{prog1.1}  was created by a command sequence
%^^A%   similar to that shown in the following
%^^A%   Example\footnote{Settings for Example float
%^^A%   environment were created by \cmd{\DeclareNewFloatType} macro stuff.}.
%   \oarg{within}. , 
%    \meta{within}     
%     
%      . ,
%    \oarg{within}${}={}$|chapter|,   
%    . (~ \LaTeX',     ~
%   ~  \cls{report} ~\cls{book}.) 
%   , ~\ref{prog1.1}    
%      ~
%   \footnote{    
%      \cs{}\FRkey{DeclareNewFloatType}.}.
%   \end{itemize}
%^^A%   \emph{Floatrow note.}
%^^A%   There is also created a |\newfloat*| pair, which works similar to
%^^A%   |\restylefloat*| command (see below).
%   \emph{ \textsf{floatrow}.}
%     - |\newfloat*|,    
%   |\restylefloat*| (.~).
%   \begin{Example}[H]
%   \begin{verse}
%   |\floatstyle{ruled}|\\
%   |\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}[section]|\\
%   \dots\ loads o' stuff \dots\\
%   |\begin{Program}|\\
%   |\begin{verbatim}|\\
%   \dots\ program text \dots\\
%   |\end{verbatim}|\\
%   |\caption{|\dots\ caption \dots|}|\\
%   |\end{Program}|
%   \end{verse}
%   \caption{     . 
%     ,   ,     {\tt[H]}, 
%      \textbf{ }.}\label{exa1.1}
%   \end{Example}
%   \begin{Program}
%\begin{verbatim}
%#include <stdio.h>
%
%int main(int argc, char **argv) {
%       int i;
%       for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i)
%               printf("argv[%d] = %s\n", i, argv[i]);
%       return 0;
%}
%\end{verbatim}
%   \caption{ .     ~,
%     ~  .
%       \texttt{ruled}%
%      \label{prog1.1}}
%   \end{Program}
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\floatstyle}
%^^A%   The |\floatstyle| command sets a default
%^^A%   float style. This float style will be used for all the floats that
%^^A%   are subsequently defined using |\newfloat|, until another
%^^A%   |\floatstyle| command appears. The |\floatstyle| command takes one
%^^A%   argument, the name of a float style. For instance,
%^^A%   |\floatstyle{ruled}|. Specifying a string that does not name a valid
%^^A%   float style is an error.
%    |\floatstyle|    
%   .        
%       ~ |\newfloat|,   
%    |\floatstyle|.  |\floatstyle|   ,
%     . ,
%   |\floatstyle{ruled}|.      ~.
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\floatname}
%^^A%   The |\floatname| command lets you define
%^^A%   the \emph{float name} that \LaTeX\ uses in the caption of a float,
%^^A%   i.e., `Figure' for a figure and so on. For example,
%^^A%   |\floatname{program}{Program}|. The |\newfloat| command sets the
%^^A%   float name to its argument \meta{type} if no other name has been
%^^A%   specified before.
%    |\floatname|   
%   \emph{ },  \LaTeX\  ~ ,
%   , `Figure'    ~ . ,
%   |\floatname{program}{Program}| {\em (
%      |\floatname|\nobreak
%   |{Program}|\allowbreak
%   |{\CYRP\cyrr\cyro\cyrg\cyrr\cyra\cyrm\cyrm\cyra}|
%   \unskip)}.
%    |\newfloat| 
%          (\meta{type})   
%       .
%
% \pagebreak[3]
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\floatplacement}
%^^A%   The |\floatplacement| command resets
%^^A%   the default placement specifier of a class of floats. E.g.,
%^^A%   |\floatplacement{figure}{tp}|.
%    |\floatplacement| 
%          . ,
%   |\floatplacement{figure}{tp}|.
%
%   \DescribeMacro{\restylefloat}\nopagebreak
%^^A%   The |\restylefloat| command is necessary
%^^A%   to change styles for the standard float types
%^^A%   |figure| and |table|. Since these aren't usually
%^^A%   defined via |\newfloat|, they don't have a style associated with
%^^A%   them. Thus you have to say, for example,
%    |\restylefloat|  
%        
%   |figure| ~|table|.     
%     |\newfloat|,    ,  ~.
%      , ,
%   \begin{Quote}
%   \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\floatstyle{ruled}|
%   \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\restylefloat{table}|
%   \end{Quote}
%^^A%   to have tables come out |ruled|. The command also lets you
%^^A%   change style for floats that you define via |\newfloat|, although
%^^A%   this is, typographically speaking, not a good idea. See
%^^A%   table~\ref{table1} for an example\footnote{The \package{float} package
%^^A%   created special caption style with bold label for |boxed|
%^^A%   style. Please note that |plain| and |boxed| float
%^^A%   styles have not any special settings in \package{caption} 3.x package.
%^^A%   To emulate |boxed| style from \package{float} documentation there
%^^A%   were: cleared all special caption settings for tables, and restored
%^^A%   default colon separator after label.}. There is a |\restylefloat*|
%^^A%   command which will restyle an existing float type but will keep the
%^^A%   new float style from taking over the |\caption| command. In this
%^^A%   case the user is responsible for handling their own captions.
%      ~ |ruled|.   
%     ,   |\newfloat|, 
%   ,   ,   . .
%   .~\ref{table1}  \footnote{~ \package{float}
%       ~  
%     |boxed|.
%    ,    |plain| ~|boxed|
%       ~ \package{caption} 3.x.
%      |boxed|    \package{float} :
%        , ~ 
%       .}. 
%    |\restylefloat*|,
%      ,     .
%   ~        .
%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
%   %^^AEmulation of float's documentation settings
%   %^^A\floatstyle{boxed}
%   %^^A\restylefloat{table}
%   \begingroup
%   \clearcaptionsetup{table}
%   \captionsetup{labelsep=default,labelfont=bf}
%   \floatsetup[table]{style=boxed}
%   \begin{table}[h] \def\B#1{$\displaystyle{n\choose#1}$}
%   \begin{center} \begin{tabular}{c|cccccccc}
%   $n$&\B0&\B1&\B2&\B3&\B4&\B5&\B6&\B7\\ \hline
%    0 & 1\\
%    1 & 1&1\\
%    2 & 1&2&1\\
%    3 & 1&3&3&1\\
%    4 & 1&4&6&4&1\\
%    5 & 1&5&10&10&5&1\\
%    6 & 1&6&15&20&15&6&1\\
%    7 & 1&7&21&35&35&21&7&1
%   \end{tabular} \end{center}
%   \caption{ .   
%    \LaTeX' \texttt{table}.%^^A
%     \label{table1}}
%   \end{table}
%   \endgroup
%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}
%
% \end{small}
%
%\clearpage
%   \begingroup\extrarowheight1.75pt\small\openup-.5pt\tabcolsep.5\tabcolsep\LTpre=0ptplus3pt\LTpost\LTpre
%   \subsubsection{ ~ \texorpdfstring{\cs{floatsetup}}{floatsetup},    0.1b}
%      ,   
%      |\floatsetup|,
%        0.1b.
%
%   \parindent0pt
%   \begin{longtable}{@{\extracolsep{-.3ptplus1fill}}|
%     >{\rightskip0ptplus1fil}p{.35\hsize}|
%     >{\rightskip0ptplus1fil}p{.6\hsize}|}
%   \multicolumn{2}{c}{   }
%   \\\hline
%    \thead{}
%   &
%   \thead{ }
%   \\\hline
%   \extrarowheight0pt\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}
%   \cmd{\renewfloatstyle},\\
%   \cmd{\newfloatstyle},\\
%   \cmd{\definefloatstyle}
%   \end{tabular}&
%   \cmd{\DeclareFloatStyle} "---  
%       \cmd{\floatsetup}
%   \\\hline
%    \cmd{\restorerestylefloat} & 
%   \\\hline
%    \cmd{\captionskip} & ,   
%   \\\hline
%    \cmd{\floatfootskip} & ,   
%   \\\hline
%   \end{longtable}
%
%   \vskip1pt
%   \begin{longtable}{@{\extracolsep{-.3ptplus1fill}}|
%     >{\rightskip0ptplus1fil}p{.35\hsize}|
%     >{\rightskip0ptplus1fil}p{.6\hsize}|}
%   \multicolumn{2}{c}{,   }
%   \\\hline
%   \thead{ }
%   &
%   \thead{-}
%   \\\hline
%    \cmd{\floatobjectset} &
%      \emph{   
%     },  
%    |objectset=|
%   \\\hline
%    \cmd{\alignsidecaption}&
%     |capbesideframe=yes|
%   \\\hline
%   \extrarowheight0pt\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}
%    \smash{\cmd{\capbesidecenter}},\\ \smash{\cmd{\capbesidetop}},\\
%         \smash{\cmd{\capbesidebottom}},\\
%         \smash{\cmd{\capbesideinside}},\\
%         \smash{\cmd{\capbesideoutside}},\\
%         \smash{\cmd{\capbesideleft}},\\
%         \smash{\cmd{\capbesideright}}
%   \end{tabular}&
%   \extrarowheight0pt\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}
%         |capbesideposition=center|\\
%         |capbesideposition=top|\\
%         |capbesideposition=bottom|\\
%         |capbesideposition=inside|\\
%         |capbesideposition=outside|\\
%         |capbesideposition=left|\\
%         |capbesideposition=right|
%   \end{tabular}
%   \\\hline
%   \extrarowheight0pt\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}
%    \cmd{\floatrowsep},\\ \cmd{\floatcapbesidesep}
%   \end{tabular}&
%      \emph{   
%    },  \par
%  \extrarowheight0pt
%   \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}
%    |floatrowsep=|\\
%    |capbesidesep=|
%   \end{tabular}
%   \\\hline
%   \extrarowheight0pt\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}
%    \cmd{\FBcenter}\vphantom{g},\\ \cmd{\FBleft}\vphantom{g},\\
%    \cmd{\FBright},\\
%    \cmd{\FBnormal}
%   \end{tabular}&
%   \extrarowheight0pt\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}
%         |margins=center|,\\
%         |margins=raggedright|,\\
%         |margins=raggedleft|, \\
%         |margins=center|,\\
%   \end{tabular}
%   \\\hline
%    \cmd{\setfloatstyle} & |style=|
%   \\\hline
%   \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}
%    \cmd{\Setframe}\\
%    \cmd{\setframe}
%   \end{tabular}
%   &   |framestyle=|  |frameset=|
%   \\\hline
%    \cmd{\setrules}
%   &  |precode=|, |postcode=|,
%    |midcode=| ( 
%   |rowpercode|  |rowpostcode|) 
%   \\\hline
%   \end{longtable}
%
%   \vskip1pt
%   \begin{longtable}{@{\extracolsep{-.3ptplus1fill}}|
%     >{\rightskip0ptplus1fil}p{.35\hsize}|
%     >{\rightskip0ptplus1fil}p{.6\hsize}|}
%   \multicolumn{2}{c}{ }
%   \\\hline
%   \thead{}
%   &
%   \thead{ }
%   \\\hline
%   \endhead
%    |attachedcapstyle=| & |relatedcapstyle=|
%   \\\hline
%    |floatstyle=| & |style=|
%   \\\hline
%    |floatfont=| & |font=|
%   \\\hline
%    |putcaptionbeside=| & {capposition=beside}
%   \\\hline
%    |besidecapposition=| & |capbesideposition=|
%   \\\hline
%    |besidecapwidth=| & |capbesidewidth=|
%   \\\hline
%    |besidecapframe=| & |capbesideframe=|
%   \\\hline
%    |floatmarginsset=| & |margins=|
%   \\\hline
%    |besidecapsep=| & |capbesidesep=|
%   \\\hline
%    |Precode=| & |rowprecode=|
%   \\\hline
%    |Postcode=| & |rowpostcode=|
%   \\\hline
%    |framereduce=| & |framefit=|
%   \\\hline
%   \extrarowheight0pt\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}
%    \vphantom{(}  |objectset=|\\
%    \quad  |margins=|\\
%    |flushleft|,\\ |flushright|,\\|center|
%   \end{tabular} &
%   \extrarowheight0pt\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}
%    \vphantom{(}  |objectset=|
%      ~|margins=|\\\quad
%      ( 
%      ~ \\\quad   ~
%      \package{caption})\\
%    |raggedright|,\\ |raggedleft|,\\
%    |centering|
%   \end{tabular}
%   \\\hline
%   \end{longtable}
%   \endgroup
%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
%
% \Finale
%\endinput